雜阿含經 卷第十七Saṃyukta Āgama · Fascicle 17
優陀夷立不住三受,瓶沙王立不住二受,世尊答:「我有時說一受,或時說二受,或說三、四、五、六、十八、三十六,乃至百八受,或時說無量受」〔T02 0124a05〕。這一卷三十五經,卷首十經與卷末一經說界,中間二十四經說受;界生受,受悉苦,知受者了知,不知者中第二箭。
一、受從界生
「緣界故生說,非不界,緣界故生見,非不界,緣界故生想,非不界」〔T02 0117a06〕;連「於三藐三佛陀起非三藐三佛陀見」〔T02 0117a14〕也「亦緣界而生」〔T02 0117a16〕。眼界色界三事和合生觸,「喜觸因緣生樂受」〔T02 0117c28〕;「緣界種種故生種種觸」〔T02 0125a07〕,乃至緣熱生求,不可倒說。羅睺羅一問,世尊先以六界答,「彼一切非我、不異我、不相在如實知」〔T02 0119a02〕,再以三受答,「觸因、觸集、觸生、觸轉」〔T02 0119a17〕——界與受是同一問的兩個入處。
二、受悉是苦
「我以一切行無常故,一切諸行變易法故,說諸所有受悉皆是苦」〔T02 0121a09〕;又「以諸行漸次寂滅故說,以諸行漸次止息故說」〔T02 0121a28〕,初禪言語寂滅,直到「想受滅正受時,想受寂滅」〔T02 0121b08〕,其上更有「無上止息」〔T02 0121b18〕:「於貪欲心不樂、解脫,恚、癡心不樂、解脫」〔T02 0121b22〕。所以觀受:「觀於樂受而作苦想,觀於苦受作劍刺想,觀不苦不樂受作無常想」〔T02 0119a27〕。一受是苦,百八受也是苦;樂有層層之勝,而「此非世尊所說受樂數」〔T02 0124b13〕。
三、第二箭
凡夫聖人同生苦樂受,差別在「增長二受,若身受、若心受」〔T02 0120a11〕:凡夫「譬如士夫身被雙毒箭」〔T02 0120a12〕,為貪使、恚使、癡使所使,「為生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦所繫」〔T02 0120a22〕;聖弟子「唯生一受,所謂身受,不生心受」〔T02 0120a25〕。深嶮不在大海,「若從身生諸受,眾苦逼迫,或惱、或死,是名大海極深嶮處」〔T02 0119c10〕;得止息處者,是於身受「不起憂悲想」〔T02 0119c23〕的人。
四、黠慧
七佛未成佛時同觀一事:「云何為受?云何受集?云何受滅?云何受集道跡?云何受滅道跡?云何受味?云何受患?云何受離?」〔T02 0121b29〕如實知故,「為脫、為出、為脫諸顛倒,得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」〔T02 0122a23〕;不如實知者「非沙門、非婆羅門」〔T02 0122a29〕。受不止於染:「正見因緣故,眾生生受」〔T02 0122c04〕,「不證者證生」〔T02 0122c08〕亦生受。供養之福是有食之樂,「汝當精勤,時時學遠離喜樂,具足身作證」〔T02 0123a06〕;見梵天是世所共許的見第一,「如其所觀,次第盡諸漏,是為見第一」〔T02 0123c14〕。
黠慧能了知:四七〇至四七三四經之偈首句各異而後段同式,「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動,於此一切受,黠慧能了知」〔T02 0120b10〕,四七三作「𭶑慧」。了知不是數清幾受,是知受從界生、知受悉苦、知第一箭入時不放第二箭;於三受如於食、如於名色、如於十業跡,「生正厭離、不樂、背捨,得盡諸漏」〔T02 0124b19〕。
Udāyin cannot establish three feelings, King Bimbisāra cannot establish two, and the World-Honored One answers: “I sometimes teach one feeling, sometimes two, or three, four, five, six, eighteen, thirty-six, up to a hundred and eight feelings, or sometimes innumerable feelings.” Of the thirty-five discourses of this fascicle, the ten at the head and the one at the end speak of the elements, and the twenty-four between speak of feeling; the elements give rise to feeling, feeling is all suffering, one who knows feeling understands, and one who does not is struck by the second dart.
Feeling Arises from the Elements
“Conditioned by an element arises speech, never without an element; conditioned by an element arises a view, never without an element; conditioned by an element arises a perception, never without an element”; even “the view, toward the Fully and Perfectly Awakened One, that he is not fully and perfectly awakened” “too arises conditioned by an element.” The eye element, the form element, the meeting of the three give rise to contact, and “conditioned by joyful contact arises pleasant feeling”; “conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts,” and so on to the quest conditioned by fever, and this cannot be said in reverse. To Rāhula’s one question the World-Honored One answers first with the six elements, “all of it one knows as it really is to be not self, not other than self, not within one another,” and then with the three feelings, “contact as their cause, contact as their origin, contact as their birth, contact as their turning”: the elements and feeling are two entrances to the one question.
Feeling Is All Suffering
“Because all formations are impermanent, because all formations are subject to change, I say that all feelings whatsoever are suffering”; and further, “because of the gradual stilling of formations I say it, because of the gradual quieting of formations I say it”: speech is stilled in the first dhyāna, on to “in the attainment of the cessation of perception and feeling, perception and feeling are stilled,” and above that there is still “the unsurpassed quieting”: “the mind takes no delight in desire and is liberated, takes no delight in hatred and delusion and is liberated.” So one contemplates feeling: “see pleasant feeling with the notion of suffering, see painful feeling with the notion of a sword’s thrust, see neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling with the notion of impermanence.” One feeling is suffering, and a hundred and eight feelings are suffering too; there is happiness higher by layer upon layer, and yet “this is not what the World-Honored One counts as the happiness of feeling.”
The Second Dart
The ordinary person and the noble one alike give rise to pleasant and painful feeling; the difference is in “giving rise to two feelings, a bodily feeling and a mental feeling”: the ordinary person is “like a man struck in the body by two poisoned darts,” driven by the fetter of greed, the fetter of hatred, the fetter of delusion, “bound by birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, grief, vexation, and suffering”; in the noble disciple “only one feeling arises, namely the bodily feeling, and no mental feeling.” The abyss is not in the great ocean: “feelings arising from the body, pressed by many pains, to vexation or to death: this is called the deepest abyss of the great ocean”; the one who finds a place of rest is the one who, when feeling arises from the body, “does not give rise to the notion of sorrow and grief.”
The Wise
The seven Buddhas, before they became Buddhas, all examined one thing: “What is feeling? What is the origin of feeling? What is the cessation of feeling? What is the path leading to the origin of feeling? What is the path leading to the cessation of feeling? What is the gratification in feeling? What is the danger in feeling? What is the escape from feeling?” Because they knew as it really is, “he is liberated, has escaped, is free of the inversions, and has attained unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening”; one who does not know as it really is “is not an ascetic, not a brāhmaṇa.” Feeling does not stop at defilement: “conditioned by right view, beings give rise to feeling,” and “realizing what is unrealized” gives rise to feeling too. The merit of offerings is carnal happiness: “you should be diligent and train from time to time in the joy of seclusion, realizing it fully with the body”; to see Brahmā is the foremost seeing the world agrees on, but “as one has seen, one ends the outflows in due order: this is the foremost seeing.”
The wise can understand: the verses of the four discourses from the four hundred and seventieth to the four hundred and seventy-third open each with a different line but share one closing form, “a bhikṣu strives with skilful means, with right knowledge unshaken; all these feelings whatsoever, the wise can understand,” and the four hundred and seventy-third writes the wise with a different character. To understand is not to count how many feelings there are; it is to know that feeling arises from the elements, to know that feeling is all suffering, to know, when the first dart enters, not to let fly the second; and toward the three feelings, as toward nutriment, as toward name and form, as toward the ten courses of action, “to give rise to right weariness, take no delight, and turn away, and attain the ending of the outflows.”
宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》〈受相應·卷第十七〉· 大正藏 T02n0099〔起 T02 0116c08〕。段/行首〔T02 …〕=大正藏頁・欄・行錨;「(N)」=底本經序(本卷35經)。
〔T02 0116c08〕雜阿含經卷第十七 宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯 雜因誦第三品之五 〔T02 0116c12〕(四五六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有光界、淨界、無量空入處界、無量識入處界、無所有入處界、非想非非想入處界,有滅界。」時,有異比丘從座起,整衣服,稽首禮足,合掌白佛言:「世尊!彼光界、淨界、無量空入處界、無量識入處界、無所有入處界、非想非非想入處界、滅界。如此諸界,何因緣可知?」佛告比丘:「彼光界者,緣闇故可知,淨界緣不淨故可知,無量空入處界者,緣色故可知,無量識入處界者,緣內故可知,無所有入處界者,緣所有可知,非想非非想入處界者,緣有第一故可知,滅界者,緣有身可知。」諸比丘白佛言:「世尊!彼光界,乃至滅界,以何正受而得?」佛告比丘:「彼光界、淨界、無量空入處界、無量識入處界、無所有入處界,此諸界於自行正受而得,非想非非想入處界,於第一有正受而得,滅界者,於有身滅正受而 〔T02 0117a01〕得。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0117a03〕(四五七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國東園鹿子母講堂。爾時,世尊晡時從禪覺,於講堂陰中敷座,於大眾前坐,說優檀那句,告諸比丘:「緣界故生說,非不界,緣界故生見,非不界,緣界故生想,非不界。緣下界,我說生下說、下見、下想、下思、下欲、下願、下士夫、下所作、下施設、下建立、下部分、下顯示、下受生。如是中。如是勝界,緣勝界,我說彼生勝說、勝見、勝想、勝思、勝願、勝士夫、勝所作、勝施設、勝建立、勝部分、勝顯示、勝受生勝。」時,有婆迦利比丘在佛後執扇扇佛,白佛言:「世尊!若於三藐三佛陀起非三藐三佛陀見,彼見亦緣界而生耶?」佛告比丘:「於三藐三佛陀起非三藐三佛陀見,亦緣界而生,非不界。所以者何?凡夫界者,是無明界,如我先說,緣下界生下說、下見,乃至下受生,中勝界生勝說、勝見,乃至勝受生。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0117a21〕(四五八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有因生欲想,非無因,有因生恚想、害想,非無因。「云何因生欲想?謂緣欲界也。緣欲界故,生欲想、欲欲、欲覺、欲熱、欲求。愚癡凡夫起欲求已,此眾生起三處邪,謂身、口、心。如是邪因緣故,現法苦住,有苦、有礙、有惱、有熱,身壞命終,生惡趣中,是名因緣生欲想。「云何因緣生恚想、害想?謂害界也。緣害界,生害想、害欲、害覺、害熱、害求,愚癡凡夫起害求已,此眾生起三處邪,謂身、口、心。起三處邪因緣已,現法苦住,有苦、有礙、有惱、有熱,身壞命終,生惡趣中,是名因緣生害想。「諸比丘!若諸沙門、婆羅門如是安於生,生危嶮想,不求捨離,不覺、不吐,彼則現法苦住,有苦、有礙、有惱、有熱,身壞命終,生惡趣中。譬如城邑聚落不遠有曠野,大火卒起,彼無有力能滅火者,當知彼諸野中眾生悉被火害。如是諸沙門、婆羅門安於生,生危嶮想,身壞命終,生惡趣中。「諸比丘!有因生出要想,非無因。云何有因生出要想?謂出要界,緣出要界,生出要想、出要欲、出要覺、出要熱、出要求,謂彼慧者出要求時,眾生三處生正,謂身、口、心,彼如是生正因緣已,現法樂住,不苦、不礙、不惱、不熱,身壞命終,生善趣中,是名因緣生出要想。「云何因緣生不恚、不害想?謂不害界也,不害界因緣生不害想、不害欲、不害覺、不害熱、不害求,彼慧者不害求時,眾生三處正,謂身、口、心。彼正因緣生已,現法樂住,不苦、不礙、不惱、不熱,身壞命終,生善趣中,是名因緣生不害想。「若諸沙門、婆羅門安於生,生不害想,不捨離、不覺、不吐,現法樂住,不苦、不礙、不惱、不熱,身壞命終,生善趣中。譬如城邑聚落邊有曠野,大火卒起,有人堪能手足滅火,當知彼諸眾生依草木者,悉不被害。如是諸沙門、婆羅門安於生,生正想,不捨、不覺、不吐,現法樂住,不苦、不礙、不惱、不熱,身壞命終,生善趣中。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0117c02〕(四五九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。時,有婆羅門來詣佛所,與世尊面相慰勞已,於一面住,白佛言:「眾生非自作、非他作?」佛告婆羅門:「如是論者,我不與相見,汝今自來,而言我非自作、非他作?」婆羅門言:「云何?瞿曇!眾生為自作、為他作耶?」佛告婆羅門:「我今問汝,隨意答我。婆羅門!於意云何?有眾生方便界,令諸眾生知作方便耶?」婆羅門言:「瞿曇!有眾生方便界,令諸眾生知作方便也。」佛告婆羅門:「若有方便界,令諸眾生知有方便者,是則眾生自作、是則他作。婆羅門!於意云何?有眾生安住界、堅固界、出界、造作界,令彼眾生知有造作耶?」婆羅門白佛:「有眾生安住界、堅固界、出界、造作界,令諸眾生知有造作。」佛告婆羅門:「若彼安住界、堅固界、出界、造作界,令諸眾生知有造作者,是則眾生自作、是則他作。」婆羅門白佛:「有眾生自作、有他作,瞿曇!世間多事,今當請辭。」佛告婆羅門:「世間多事,宜知是時。」時,彼婆羅門聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,從座起去。 〔T02 0117c23〕(四六〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住拘睒彌國瞿師羅園。爾時,瞿師羅長者詣尊者阿難所,禮尊者阿難足,退坐一面,白尊者阿難:「所說種種界。云何為種種界?」尊者阿難告瞿師羅長者:「眼界異、色界異喜處,二因緣生識,三事和合生觸,又喜觸因緣生樂受。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法,亦如是說。復次,長者!有異眼 〔T02 0118a01〕界、異色界憂處,二因緣生識,三事和合生苦觸,彼苦觸因緣生苦受。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法,亦如是說。「復次,長者!異眼界、異色界捨處,二因緣生識,三事和合生不苦不樂觸,不苦不樂觸因緣生不苦不樂受。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法,亦如是說。」爾時,瞿師羅長者聞尊者阿難所說,歡喜隨喜,禮足而去。 〔T02 0118a08〕(四六一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住拘睒彌國瞿師羅園。爾時,瞿師羅長者詣尊者阿難所,稽首禮足,於一面坐。白尊者阿難:「所說種種界。云何為種種界?」尊者阿難告瞿師羅長者:「有三界。云何三?謂欲界、色界、無色界。」爾時,尊者阿難即說偈言: 「曉了於欲界,色界亦復然, 捨一切有餘,得無餘寂滅。 於身和合界,永盡無餘證, 三耶三佛說,無憂離垢句。」 尊者阿難說是經已,瞿師羅長者歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。 〔T02 0118a20〕(四六二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住拘睒彌國瞿師羅園。爾時,瞿師羅長者詣尊者阿難所,稽首禮足,退坐一面,白尊者阿難:「所說種種界。云何名為種種界?」尊者阿難告瞿師羅長者:「有三界,色界、無色界、滅界,是名三界。」即說偈言: 「若色界眾生,及住無色界, 不識滅界者,還復受諸有。 若斷於色界,不住無色界, 滅界心解脫,永離於生死。」 尊者阿難說是經已,瞿師羅長者歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。 〔T02 0118b02〕(四六三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住拘睒彌國瞿師羅園。爾時,瞿師羅長者詣尊者阿難所,稽首禮足,退坐一面,白尊者阿難:「所說種種界。云何為種種界?」尊者阿難答瞿師羅長者:「謂三種出界。云何三?謂從欲界出至色界,色界出至無色界、一切諸行一切思想滅界,是名三出界。」即說偈言: 「知從欲界出,超踰於色界, 一切行寂滅,勤修正方便。 斷除一切愛,一切行滅盡, 知一切有餘,不復轉還有。」 尊者阿難說是經已,瞿師羅長者歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。 〔T02 0118b15〕(四六四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住拘睒彌國瞿師羅園。爾時,尊者阿難往詣上座上座名者所,詣已,恭敬問訊,問訊已,退坐一面,問上座上座名者言:「若比丘於空處、樹下、閑房思惟,當以何法專精思惟?」上座答言:「尊者阿難!於空處、樹下、閑房思惟者,當以二法專精思惟,所謂止、觀。」尊者阿難復問上座:「修習於止,多修習已,當何所成,修習於觀,多修習已,當何所成?」上座答言:「尊者阿難!修習於止,終成於觀,修習觀已,亦成於止。謂聖弟子止、觀俱修,得諸解脫界。」阿難復問上座:「云何諸解脫界?」上座答言:「尊者阿難!若斷界、無欲界、滅界,是名諸解脫界。」尊者阿難復問上座:「云何斷界?乃至滅界?」上座答言:「尊者阿難!斷一切行,是名斷界;斷除愛欲,是無欲界,一切行滅,是名滅界。」時,尊者阿難聞上座所說,歡喜隨喜,往詣五百比丘所,恭敬問訊,退坐一面,白五百比丘言:「若比丘於空處、樹下、閑房思惟時,當以何法專精思惟?」時,五百比丘答尊者阿難:「當以二法專精思惟,乃至滅界,如上座所說。」時,尊者阿難聞五百比丘所說,歡喜隨喜,往詣佛所,稽首佛足,退坐一面,白佛言:「世尊!若比丘空處、樹下、閑房思惟,當以何法專精思惟?」佛告阿難:「若比丘空處、樹下、閑房思惟,當以二法專精思惟,乃至滅界,如五百比丘所說。」時,尊者阿難白佛言:「奇哉!世尊!大師及諸弟子皆悉同法、同句、同義、同味,我今詣上座名上座者,問如此義,亦以此義、此句、此味答我,如今世尊所說,我復詣五百比丘所,亦以此義、此句、此味而問,彼五百比丘亦以此義、此句、此味答,如今世尊所說。是故當知,師及弟子一切同法、同義、同句、同味。」佛告阿難:「汝知彼上座為何如比丘?」阿難白佛:「不知。世尊!」佛告阿難:「上座者是阿羅漢,諸漏已盡,已捨重擔,正智心善解脫,彼五百比丘亦皆如是。」佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0118c24〕(四六五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,尊者羅睺羅詣世尊所,稽首禮足,退坐一面,白佛言:「世尊!云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使?」佛告羅睺羅:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。羅睺羅!若比丘於所有地界,若過 〔T02 0119a01〕去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切非我、不異我、不相在如實知,水界、火界、風界、空界、識界亦復如是。「羅睺羅!比丘如是知、如是見,於我此識身及外境界一切相,無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使。羅睺羅!若比丘於此識身及外境界一切相,無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使,是名斷愛,轉諸結,正慢無間等,究竟苦邊。」佛說此經已,尊者羅睺羅聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0119a11〕(四六六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,尊者羅睺羅往詣佛所,稽首禮足,退坐一面,白佛言:「世尊!云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使?」佛告羅睺羅:「有三受——苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受。此三受何因、何集、何生、何轉?謂此三受,觸因、觸集、觸生、觸轉;彼彼觸因、彼彼受生,若彼彼觸滅,彼彼受亦滅、止、清涼、沒。如是知、如是見我此識及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使。」佛說此經已,尊者羅睺羅聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0119a22〕(四六七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,尊者羅睺羅往詣佛所,稽首禮足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使?」佛告羅睺羅:「有三受,苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受。觀於樂受而作苦想,觀於苦受作劍刺想,觀不苦不樂受作無常想。若彼比丘觀於樂受而作苦想,觀於苦受作劍刺想,觀不苦不樂受作無常、滅想者,是名正見。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「觀樂作苦想,苦受同劍刺, 於不苦不樂,修無常滅想, 是則為比丘。正見成就者, 寂滅安樂道,住於最後邊, 永離諸煩惱,摧伏眾魔軍。」 佛說此經已,尊者羅睺羅聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0119b11〕(四六八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,尊者羅睺羅往詣佛所,稽首佛足,退坐一面,白佛言:「世尊!云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使?」佛告羅睺羅:「有三受——苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受。觀於樂受,為斷樂受貪使故,於我所修梵行;斷苦受瞋恚使故,於我所修梵行;斷不苦不樂受癡使故,於我所修梵行。「羅睺羅!若比丘樂受貪使已斷、已知,苦受恚使已斷、已知,不苦不樂受癡使已斷、已知者,是名比丘斷除愛欲,轉去諸結,慢無間等,究竟苦邊。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「樂受所受時,則不知樂受, 貪使之所使,不見出要道。 苦受所受時,則不知苦受, 瞋恚使所使,不見出要道。 不苦不樂受,正覺之所說, 不善觀察者,終不度彼岸。 比丘勤精進,正知不動轉, 如此一切受,慧者能覺知。 覺知諸受者,現法盡諸漏, 明智者命終,不墮於眾數。 眾數既已斷,永處般涅槃。」 佛說此經已,尊者羅睺羅聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0119c07〕(四六九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「大海深嶮者,此世間愚夫所說深嶮,非賢聖法、律所說深嶮。世間所說者,是大水積聚數耳,若從身生諸受,眾苦逼迫,或惱、或死,是名大海極深嶮處。愚癡無聞凡夫於此身生諸受,苦痛逼迫,或惱、或死,憂悲稱怨,啼哭號呼,心亂發狂,長淪沒溺,無止息處。多聞聖弟子於身生諸受,苦痛逼迫,或惱、或死,不生憂悲、啼哭號呼、心生狂亂,不淪生死,得止息處。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「身生諸苦受,逼迫乃至死, 憂悲不息忍,號呼發狂亂, 心自生障礙,招集眾苦增, 永淪生死海,莫知休息處。 能捨身諸受,身所生苦惱, 切迫乃至死,不起憂悲想。 不啼哭號呼,能自忍眾苦, 心不生障礙,招集眾苦增。 不淪沒生死,永得安隱處。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0119c28〕(四七〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「愚癡無聞凡夫 〔T02 0120a01〕生苦樂受、不苦不樂受,多聞聖弟子亦生苦樂受、不苦不樂受。諸比丘!凡夫、聖人有何差別?」諸比丘白佛:「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。善哉!世尊!唯願廣說,諸比丘聞已,當受奉行。」佛告諸比丘:「愚癡無聞凡夫身觸生諸受,苦痛逼迫,乃至奪命,憂愁啼哭,稱怨號呼。」佛告諸比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。諸比丘!愚癡無聞凡夫身觸生諸受,增諸苦痛,乃至奪命,愁憂稱怨,啼哭號呼,心生狂亂,當於爾時,增長二受,若身受、若心受。「譬如士夫身被雙毒箭,極生苦痛,愚癡無聞凡夫亦復如是。增長二受,身受、心受,極生苦痛。所以者何?以彼愚癡無聞凡夫不了知故,於諸五欲生樂受觸,受五欲樂,受五欲樂故,為貪使所使;苦受觸故,則生瞋恚,生瞋恚故,為恚使所使。於此二受,若集、若滅、若味、若患、若離不如實知;不如實知故,生不苦不樂受,為癡使所使。為樂受所繫終不離,苦受所繫終不離,不苦不樂受所繫終不離。云何繫?謂為貪、恚、癡所繫,為生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦所繫。「多聞聖弟子身觸生苦受,大苦逼迫,乃至奪命,不起憂悲稱怨、啼哭號呼、心亂發狂,當於爾時,唯生一受,所謂身受,不生心受。「譬如士夫被一毒箭,不被第二毒箭,當於爾時,唯生一受,所謂身受,不生心受。為樂受觸,不染欲樂,不染欲樂故,於彼樂受,貪使不使。於苦觸受不生瞋恚,不生瞋恚故,恚使不使。於彼二使,集、滅、味、患、離如實知,如實知故,不苦不樂受癡使不使,於彼樂受解脫不繫,苦受、不苦不樂受解脫不繫。於何不繫?謂貪、恚、癡不繫,生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦不繫。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「多聞於苦樂,非不受覺知, 彼於凡夫人,其實大有聞。 樂受不放逸,苦觸不增憂, 苦樂二俱捨,不順亦不違。 比丘勤方便,正智不傾動, 於此一切受,黠慧能了知。 了知諸受故,現法盡諸漏, 身死不墮數,永處般涅槃。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0120b15〕(四七一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如空中狂風卒起,從四方來,有塵土風、無塵土風、毘濕波風、鞞嵐婆風、薄風、厚風,乃至風輪起風。身中受風亦復如是,種種受起——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受,樂身受、苦身受、不苦不樂身受,樂心受、苦心受、不苦不樂心受,樂食受、苦食受、不苦不樂食受,樂無食、苦無食、不苦不樂無食受,樂貪受、苦貪受、不苦不樂貪受,樂出要受、苦出要受、不樂不苦出要受。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「譬如虛空中,種種狂風起, 東西南北風,四維亦如是。 有塵及無塵,乃至風輪起, 如是此身中,諸受起亦然。 若樂若苦受,及不苦不樂, 有食與無食,貪著不貪著。 比丘勤方便,正智不傾動, 於此一切受,黠慧能了知。 了知諸受故,現法盡諸漏, 身死不墮數,永處般涅槃。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0120c08〕(四七二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「譬如客舍種種人住,若剎利、婆羅門、長者居士、野人獵師、持戒犯戒、在家出家,悉於中住。此身亦復如是,種種受生——苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受,樂身受、苦身受、不苦不樂身受,樂心受、苦心受、不苦不樂心受,樂食受、苦食受、不苦不樂食受,樂無食受、苦無食受、不苦不樂無食受,樂貪著受、苦貪著受、不苦不樂貪著受,樂出要受、苦出要受、不苦不樂出要受。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「譬如客舍中,種種人住止, 剎利婆羅門,長者居士等, 旃陀羅野人,持戒犯戒者, 在家出家人,如是等種種, 此身亦如是。種種諸受生, 若樂若苦受,及不苦不樂, 有食與無食,貪著不貪著, 比丘勤方便,正智不傾動, 於此一切受,黠慧能了知, 了知諸受故,現法盡諸漏, 身死不墮數,永處般涅槃。」 〔T02 0121a01〕佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0121a02〕(四七三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。時,有異比丘獨一靜處禪思,念言:「世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受,又說諸所有受悉皆是苦,此有何義?」是比丘作是念已,從禪起,往詣佛所,稽首禮足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!我於靜處禪思,念言:『世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受,又說諸所有受悉皆是苦,此有何義?』」佛告比丘:「我以一切行無常故,一切諸行變易法故,說諸所有受悉皆是苦。」爾時,世尊即說偈言: 「知諸行無常,皆是變易法, 故說受悉苦,正覺之所知。 比丘勤方便,正智不傾動, 於諸一切受,𭶑慧能了知。 悉知諸受已,現法盡諸漏, 身死不墮數,永處般涅槃。」 佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0121a19〕(四七四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,尊者阿難獨一靜處禪思,念言:「世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受,又復說諸所有受悉皆是苦,此有何義?」作是念已,從禪起,詣世尊所,稽首禮足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!我獨一靜處禪思,念言:『如世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受,又說一切諸受悉皆是苦,此有何義?』」佛告阿難:「我以一切行無常故,一切行變易法故,說諸所有受悉皆是苦。又復,阿難!我以諸行漸次寂滅故說,以諸行漸次止息故說,一切諸受悉皆是苦。」阿難白佛言:「云何?世尊!以諸受漸次寂滅故說?」佛告阿難:「初禪正受時,言語寂滅,第二禪正受時,覺觀寂滅,第三禪正受時,喜心寂滅,第四禪正受時,出入息寂滅;空入處正受時,色想寂滅,識入處正受時,空入處想寂滅,無所有入處正受時,識入處想寂滅,非想非非想入處正受時,無所有入處想寂滅,想受滅正受時,想受寂滅,是名漸次諸行寂滅。」阿難白佛言:「世尊!云何漸次諸行止息?」佛告阿難:「初禪正受時,言語止息,二禪正受時,覺觀止息,三禪正受時,喜心止息,四禪正受時,出入息止息;空入處正受時,色想止息,識入處正受時,空入處想止息,無所有入處正受時,識入處想止息,非想非非想入處正受時,無所有入處想止息,想受滅正受時,想受止息,是名漸次諸行止息。」阿難白佛:「世尊!是名漸次諸行止息。」佛告阿難:「復有勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息。如是止息,於餘止息無過上者。」阿難白佛:「何等為勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息,諸餘止息無過上者?」佛告阿難:「於貪欲心不樂、解脫,恚、癡心不樂、解脫,是名勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息,諸餘止息無過上者。」佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0121b26〕(四七五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「毘婆尸如來未成佛時,獨一靜處,禪思思惟,作如是觀,觀察諸受。云何為受?云何受集?云何受滅?云何受集道跡?云何受滅道跡?云何受味?云何受患?云何受離?如是觀察,有三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。觸集是受集,觸滅是受滅。若於受愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,是名受集道跡。若於受不愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,是名受滅道跡。若受因緣生樂喜,是名受味,若受無常變易法,是名受患。若於受斷欲貪、越欲貪,是名受離。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如毘婆尸佛,如是式棄佛、毘濕波浮佛、迦羅迦孫提佛、迦那迦牟尼佛、迦葉佛,及我釋迦文佛,未成佛時思惟觀察諸受,亦復如是。 〔T02 0121c13〕(四七六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,有異比丘獨一靜處禪思。如是觀察諸受。云何受?云何受集?云何受滅?云何受集道跡?云何受滅道跡?云何受味?云何受患?云何受離?時,彼比丘從禪覺已,詣世尊所,稽首禮足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!我獨一靜處禪思,觀察諸受。云何為受?云何受集?云何受滅?云何受集道跡?云何受滅道跡?云何受味?云何受患?云何受離?」佛告比丘:「有三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。觸集是受集,觸滅是受滅。若於受愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,是名受集道跡。若於受不愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,是名受滅道跡。若受因緣生樂喜,是名受味,若受無常變易法,是名受患。若於受斷欲貪、越欲貪,是名受離。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0121c29〕(四七七) 如異比丘問經,尊者阿難所問經亦 〔T02 0122a01〕如是。 〔T02 0122a02〕(四七八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「云何為受?云何受集?云何受滅?云何受集道跡?云何受滅道跡?」諸比丘白佛言:「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。善哉!世尊!唯願廣說,諸比丘聞已,當受奉行。」佛告諸比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。」佛告比丘:「有三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。觸集是受集、觸滅是受滅。若於受愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,是名受集道跡;若於受不愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,是名受滅道跡。若受因緣生樂喜,是名受味;若受無常變易,是名受患;若於受斷欲貪、越欲貪,是名受離。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0122a15〕(四七九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若我於諸受不如實知,受集、受滅、受集道跡、受滅道跡、受味、受患、受離不如實知,我於諸天世間、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人眾中,不得解脫、出離、脫諸顛倒,亦非阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。以我於諸受、受集、受滅、受集道跡、受滅道跡、受味、受患、受離如實知故,於諸天世間、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人眾中,為脫、為出、為脫諸顛倒,得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0122a26〕(四八〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若沙門、婆羅門於諸受不如實知,受集、受滅、受集道跡、受滅道跡、受味、受患、受離不如實知者;非沙門、非婆羅門,不同沙門、不同婆羅門,非沙門義、非婆羅門義,現法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』「若沙門、婆羅門於諸受如實知,受集、受滅、受集道跡、受滅道跡、受味、受患、受離如實知者,彼是沙門之沙門、婆羅門之婆羅門,同沙門、同婆羅門,沙門義、婆羅門義,現法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如沙門、非沙門,如是沙門數、非沙門數亦如是。 〔T02 0122b13〕(四八一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住壹奢能伽羅國壹奢能伽羅林中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我欲於此中半月坐禪。諸比丘!勿復遊行,唯除乞食及布薩,即便坐禪,不復遊行,唯除乞食及布薩。」爾時,世尊半月過已,敷坐具,於眾前坐,告諸比丘:「我以初成佛時所思惟禪法少許禪分,於今半月,思惟作是念:『諸有眾生,生受皆有因緣,非無因緣。云何因緣?欲是因緣、覺是因緣、觸是因緣。』「諸比丘!於欲不寂滅、覺不寂滅、觸不寂滅,彼因緣故,眾生生受,以不寂滅因緣故,眾生生受。彼欲寂滅、覺不寂滅、觸不寂滅,以彼因緣故,眾生生受,以不寂滅因緣故,眾生生受。彼欲寂滅、覺寂滅、觸不寂滅,以彼因緣故,眾生生受,以不寂滅因緣故,眾生生受。彼欲寂滅、覺寂滅、觸寂滅,以彼因緣故,眾生生受,以彼寂滅因緣故,眾生生受。邪見因緣故,眾生生受,邪見不寂滅因緣故,眾生生受。邪志、邪語、邪業、邪命、邪方便、邪念、邪定、邪解脫、邪智因緣故,眾生生受,邪智不寂滅因緣故,眾生生受。正見因緣故,眾生生受,正見寂滅因緣故,眾生生受。正志、正語、正業、正命、正方便、正念、正定、正解脫、正智因緣故,眾生生受,正智寂滅因緣故,眾生生受。若彼欲不得者得、不獲者獲、不證者證生,以彼因緣故,眾生生受,以彼寂滅因緣故,眾生生受。是名不寂滅因緣,眾生生受,寂滅因緣,眾生生受。「若沙門、婆羅門如是緣緣、緣緣集、緣緣滅、緣緣集道跡、緣緣滅道跡不如實知者,彼非沙門之沙門、非婆羅門之婆羅門,不同沙門之沙門、不同婆羅門之婆羅門,非沙門義、非婆羅門義,現法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』「若沙門、婆羅門於此緣緣、緣緣集、緣緣滅、緣緣集道跡、緣緣滅道跡如實知者,當知是沙門之沙門、婆羅門之婆羅門,同沙門、同婆羅門,以沙門義、婆羅門義,現法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0122c24〕(四八二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。夏安居時。爾時,給孤獨長者來詣佛所,稽首禮足,却坐一面,佛為說法,示、教、照、喜,說種種法。示、教、照、喜已,從座起,整衣服,為佛作禮,合掌白佛言:「唯願世尊與諸大眾受我三月請衣被、飲食、應病湯藥。」爾 〔T02 0123a01〕時,世尊默然而許。時,給孤獨長者知佛默然受請已,從座起去,還歸自家,過三月已,來詣佛所,稽首禮足,退坐一面。佛告給孤獨長者:「善哉!長者!三月供養衣被、飲食、應病湯藥。汝以莊嚴淨治上道,於未來世當獲安樂果報,然汝今莫得默然樂受此法,汝當精勤,時時學遠離喜樂,具足身作證。」時,給孤獨長者聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,從座起而去。爾時,尊者舍利弗於眾中坐,知給孤獨長者去已,白佛言:「奇哉!世尊!善為給孤獨長者說法,善勸勵給孤獨長者,言:『汝已三月具足供養如來大眾中,淨治上道,於未來世,當受樂報;汝莫默然樂著此福,汝當時時學遠離喜樂,具足身作證。』世尊!若使聖弟子學遠離喜樂,具足身作證,得遠離五法,修滿五法。云何遠離五法?謂斷欲所長養喜、斷欲所長養憂、斷欲所長養捨、斷不善所長養喜、斷不善所長養憂,是名五法遠離。云何修滿五法?謂隨喜、歡喜、猗息、樂、一心。」佛告舍利弗:「如是,如是。若聖弟子修學遠離喜樂,具足身作證,遠離五法,修滿五法。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0123a23〕(四八三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有食念者、有無食念者、有無食無食念者;有食樂者、無食樂者、有無食無食樂者;有食捨者、有無食捨者、有無食無食捨者;有食解脫者、有無食解脫者、有無食無食解脫者。「云何食念?謂五欲因緣生念。云何無食念?謂比丘離欲、離惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,初禪具足住,是名無食念。云何無食無食念?謂比丘有覺有觀息,內淨一心,無覺無觀,定生喜樂,第二禪具足住,是名無食無食念。「云何有食樂?謂五欲因緣生樂、生喜,是名有食樂。云何無食樂?謂息有覺有觀,內淨一心,無覺無觀,定生喜樂,是名無食樂。云何無食無食樂?謂比丘離喜貪,捨心住正念正知,安樂住彼聖說捨,是名無食無食樂。「云何有食捨?謂五欲因緣生捨,是名有食捨。云何無食捨?謂彼比丘離喜貪,捨心住正念正知,安樂住彼聖說捨,第三禪具足住,是名無食捨。云何無食無食捨?謂比丘離苦息樂,憂喜先已離,不苦不樂捨,淨念一心,第四禪具足住,是名無食無食捨。「云何有食解脫?謂色俱行。云何無食解脫?謂無色俱行。云何無食無食解脫?謂彼比丘貪欲不染、解脫,瞋恚、愚癡心不染、解脫,是名無食無食解脫。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0123b20〕(四八四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,尊者跋陀羅比丘及尊者阿難俱住祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,尊者阿難往詣尊者跋陀羅所,共相問訊慰勞已,於一面住。時,尊者阿難問尊者跋陀羅比丘言:「云何名為見第一?云何聞第一?云何樂第一?云何想第一?云何有第一?」尊者跋陀羅語尊者阿難言:「有梵天自在造作、化如意,為世之父,若見彼梵天者,名曰見第一。「阿難!有眾生離生喜樂,處處潤澤,處處敷悅,舉身充滿,無不滿處。所謂離生喜樂,彼從三昧起,舉聲唱說,遍告大眾:『極寂靜者,離生喜樂,極樂者,離生喜樂。』諸有聞彼聲者,是名聞第一。「復次,阿難!有眾生於此身離喜之樂潤澤,處處潤澤,敷悅充滿,舉身充滿,無不滿處,所謂離喜之樂,是名樂第一。「云何想第一?阿難!有眾生度一切識入處無所有,無所有入處具足住,若起彼想者,是名想第一。「云何有第一?復次,阿難!有眾生度一切無所有入處,非想非非想入處具足住,若起彼有者,是名有第一。」尊者阿難語尊者跋陀羅比丘言:「多有人作如是見、如是說,汝亦同彼,有何差別?我作方便問汝,汝當諦聽,當為汝說。如其所觀,次第盡諸漏,是為見第一。如其所聞,次第盡諸漏,是名聞第一。如所生樂,次第盡諸漏者,是名樂第一。如其所想,次第盡諸漏者,是名想第一。如實觀察,次第盡諸漏,是名有第一。」時,二正士共論說已,從座起去。 〔T02 0123c21〕(四八五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,瓶沙王詣尊者優陀夷所,稽首作禮,退坐一面。時,瓶沙王白尊者優陀夷言:「云何世尊所說諸受?」優陀夷言:「大王!世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。」瓶沙王白尊者優陀夷:「莫作是言:『世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。』正應有二受——樂受、苦受。若不苦不樂受,是則寂滅。」如是三說,優陀夷不能為王立三受,王亦不 〔T02 0124a01〕能立二受,俱共詣佛所,稽首禮足,退住一面。時,尊者優陀夷以先所說,廣白世尊:「我亦不能立三受,王亦不能立二受,今故共來具問世尊如是之義,定有幾受?」佛告優陀夷:「我有時說一受,或時說二受,或說三、四、五、六、十八、三十六,乃至百八受,或時說無量受。「云何我說一受?如說所有受,皆悉是苦,是名我說一受。云何說二受?說身受、心受,是名二受。云何三受?樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。云何四受?謂欲界繫受、色界繫受、無色界繫受,及不繫受。云何說五受?謂樂根、喜根、苦根、憂根、捨根,是名說五受。云何說六受?謂眼觸生受。耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生受。云何說十八受?謂隨六喜行、隨六憂行、隨六捨行受,是名說十八受。云何三十六受,依六貪著喜、依六離貪著喜、依六貪著憂、依六離貪著憂、依六貪著捨、依六離貪著捨,是名說三十六受。云何說百八受?謂三十六受,過去三十六、未來三十六、現在三十六,是名說百八受。云何說無量受?如說此受彼受等,比如是無量名說,是名說無量受。「優陀夷!我如是種種說受如實義,世間不解,故而共諍論,共相違反,終竟不得我法、律中真實之義以自止息。優陀夷!若於我此所說種種受義,如實解知者,不起諍論、共相違反,起、未起諍能以法、律止令休息。「然,優陀夷!有二受,欲受、離欲受。云何欲受,五欲功德因緣生受,是名欲受。云何離欲受?謂比丘離欲、惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,初禪具足住,是名離欲受。「若有說言眾生依此初禪,唯是為樂非餘者,此則不然。所以者何?更有勝樂過於此故,何者是?謂比丘離有覺有觀,內淨,定生喜、樂,第二禪具足住,是名勝樂。如是,乃至非想非非想入處,轉轉勝說。「若有說言:『唯有此處,乃至非想非非想極樂非餘。』亦復不然。所以者何?更有勝樂過於此故,何者是?謂比丘度一切非想非非想入處,想受滅,身作證具足住,是名勝樂過於彼者。「若有異學出家作是說言:『沙門釋種子唯說想受滅,名為至樂。』此所不應。所以者何?應當語言:『此非世尊所說受樂數,世尊說受樂數者,如說。』「優陀夷!有四種樂。何等為四?謂離欲樂、遠離樂、寂滅樂、菩提樂。」佛說此經已,尊者優陀夷及瓶沙王聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0124b18〕(四八六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若於一法,生正厭離、不樂、背捨,得盡諸漏,所謂一切眾生由食而存。復有二法,名及色。復有三法,謂三受。復有四法,謂四食。復有五法,謂五受陰。復有六法,謂六內外入處。復有七法,謂七識住。復有八法,謂世八法。復有九法,謂九眾生居。復有十法,謂十業跡。於此十法,生厭、不樂、背捨,得盡諸漏。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0124b28〕(四八七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若於一法,生正厭離、不樂、背捨,究竟苦邊,解脫於苦,謂一切眾生由食而存。復有二法,名及色。復有三法,謂三受。復有四法,謂四食。復有五法,謂五受陰。復有六法,謂六內外入處。復有七法,謂七識住。復有八法,謂世八法。復有九法,謂九眾生居。復有十法,謂十業跡。於此十法,生正厭離、不樂、背捨,究竟苦邊,解脫於苦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0124c10〕(四八八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若於一法,觀察無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,得盡諸漏,謂一切眾生由食而存。復有二法,名及色。復有三法,謂三受。復有四法,謂四食。復有五法,謂五受陰。復有六法,謂六內外入處。復有七法,謂七識住。復有八法,謂世八法。復有九法,謂九眾生居。復有十法,謂十業跡。於此十法,正觀無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,得盡諸漏。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0124c22〕(四八九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若於一法,觀察無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,究竟苦邊,解脫於苦,謂一切眾生由食存。復有二法,名及色。復有三法,謂三受。復有四法,謂四食。復有五法,謂五受陰。復有六法,謂六內外入處。復有七法,謂七識住。復有八法,謂世八法。復有九法,謂九 〔T02 0125a01〕眾生居。復有十法,謂十業跡。於此十業跡,觀察無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,究竟苦邊,解脫於苦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 雜阿含經卷第十七 〔T02 0125a06〕(四五五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「緣界種種故生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種想,緣種種想生種種欲,緣種種欲生種種覺,緣種種覺生種種熱,緣種種熱生種種求。「云何種種界?謂十八界,眼界,乃至法界。「云何緣種種界生種種觸?云何?乃至緣種種熱生種種求?謂緣眼界生眼觸,非緣眼觸生眼界,但緣眼界生眼觸;緣眼觸生眼想,非緣眼想生眼觸,但緣眼觸生眼想;緣眼想生眼欲,非緣眼欲生眼想,但緣眼想生眼欲;緣眼欲生眼覺,非緣眼覺生眼欲,但緣眼欲生眼覺;緣眼覺生眼熱,非緣眼熱生眼覺,但緣眼覺生眼熱;緣眼熱生眼求,非緣眼求生眼熱,但緣眼熱生眼求。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意界緣生意觸,乃至緣意熱生意求,亦如是廣說。是名比丘緣種種界生種種觸,乃至緣種種熱生種種求,非緣種種求生種種熱,乃至非緣種種觸生種種界,但緣種種界生種種觸,乃至緣種種熱生種種求。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如內六入處,外六入處亦如是說。
The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.
宋求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》卷第十七,屬受相應;本卷收經三十五部:自經四百五十六至經四百八十九,卷末尾題之後另有經四百五十五一部,白話亦列於最後。卷首十經就界而說:或說光界、淨界、無量空入處界、無量識入處界、無所有入處界、非想非非想入處界、滅界,各緣何而可知、以何正受而得;或於鹿子母講堂說優檀那句,緣下界、中界、勝界而生下、中、勝之說、見、想乃至受生,婆迦利比丘問起非三藐三佛陀見亦緣界否;或說欲想、恚想、害想有因而生,出要想、不害想亦有因而生,並以曠野大火為譬;或婆羅門問眾生自作他作,佛以方便界、安住界、堅固界、出界、造作界反問;或瞿師羅長者四問尊者阿難種種界,阿難或答以喜處、憂處、捨處,或答以欲界、色界、無色界,或答以色界、無色界、滅界,或答以三出界,後三答皆說偈;或尊者阿難問上座、問五百比丘、問佛當以何法專精思惟,三處同答以止、觀,乃至斷界、無欲界、滅界。其後二十四經就受而說:羅睺羅四問云何知見得無我、我所見、我慢繫著使,佛或答以六界非我,或答以三受觸因觸集,或答以觀樂受作苦想、苦受作劍刺想、不苦不樂受作無常想,或答以斷三受之貪使、恚使、癡使,後二答皆說偈;或以大海深嶮、二毒箭、虛空狂風、客舍種種人住為譬,說凡夫與聖弟子於諸受之差別,皆說偈;或異比丘與尊者阿難問三受與諸受皆苦之義,佛答以諸行無常變易,並說諸行漸次寂滅、漸次止息,乃至勝止息;或說毘婆尸等七佛未成佛時觀察諸受之受、集、滅、集道跡、滅道跡、味、患、離;或說佛與沙門、婆羅門於諸受如實知與否;或世尊半月坐禪後說眾生生受以欲、覺、觸為因緣;或給孤獨長者三月供養,佛勸以學遠離喜樂,尊者舍利弗承之說遠離五法、修滿五法;或說有食、無食、無食無食之念、樂、捨、解脫;或尊者阿難與尊者跋陀羅論見、聞、樂、想、有之第一;或瓶沙王與尊者優陀夷諍三受二受,共詣佛所,佛說一受乃至無量受,及四種樂;或說一法乃至十法,生厭離、觀無常等,得盡諸漏、究竟苦邊。卷末經四百五十五說緣種種界生種種觸、想、欲、覺、熱、求。說者:多為世尊告諸比丘;經四百五十六,異比丘與諸比丘問、佛答;經四百五十七,婆迦利比丘問;經四百五十九,婆羅門問;經四百六十至四百六十三,瞿師羅長者問、尊者阿難答;經四百六十四,尊者阿難三問,上座、五百比丘與佛三答;經四百六十五至四百六十八,尊者羅睺羅問;經四百七十與四百七十八,世尊先問,諸比丘請說;經四百七十三,異比丘問;經四百七十四,尊者阿難問;經四百七十六,異比丘問;經四百八十二,佛為給孤獨長者說,尊者舍利弗承佛語而說;經四百八十四,尊者阿難與尊者跋陀羅互論,無佛之語;經四百八十五,瓶沙王與尊者優陀夷共問。本卷有偈十首:經四百六十一至四百六十三為尊者阿難所說,經四百六十七至四百七十三為世尊所說,白話皆以偈體逐句譯之;無攝頌。往返問答與長經,經內依問答回合分段。底本略說之處——經四百六十之三處、經四百五十五經內與經末之略說——白話依底本之語照省,不代為補出;經四百七十七為承前經之結集者之語,白話照譯,不展為一經;經四百八十經末之『如……,如是……亦如是』為結集者省文,白話照譯;經四百七十五經末之『如毘婆尸佛……及我釋迦文佛……亦復如是』為佛自說之語。段首(…)=大正藏頁·欄·行錨。
〔0·題署〕(0116c08)經名是「雜阿含經」〔T02 0116c08〕,這是「卷第十七」〔T02 0116c08〕。譯者署名「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0116c10〕——宋代從天竺來的三藏法師求那跋陀羅所翻譯。卷首又題「雜因誦第三品之五」〔T02 0116c11〕——雜因誦第三品的第五分。本卷收經三十五部,自經四百五十六至經四百八十九;有偈十首,在經四百六十一至四百六十三、經四百六十七至四百七十三;經四百八十九之後,以「雜阿含經卷第十七」〔T02 0125a05〕作結,尾題之後另有經四百五十五一部。
〔456·有光界、淨界〕(0116c12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有光界、淨界、無量空入處界、無量識入處界、無所有入處界、非想非非想入處界,有滅界。』當時,有一位異比丘從座位起身,整理衣服,稽首禮佛雙足,合掌對佛說:『世尊!那光界、淨界、無量空入處界、無量識入處界、無所有入處界、非想非非想入處界、滅界——這些界,憑什麼因緣可以得知呢?』佛告訴比丘:『那光界,是緣於闇的緣故可以得知;淨界,是緣於不淨的緣故可以得知;無量空入處界,是緣於色的緣故可以得知;無量識入處界,是緣於內的緣故可以得知;無所有入處界,是緣於所有而可以得知;非想非非想入處界,是緣於有第一的緣故可以得知;滅界,是緣於有身而可以得知。』
諸比丘對佛說:『世尊!那光界,乃至滅界,要以什麼正受而得呢?』佛告訴比丘:『那光界、淨界、無量空入處界、無量識入處界、無所有入處界——這些界,是在自行正受中而得;非想非非想入處界,是在第一有正受中而得;滅界,是在有身滅正受中而得。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔457·說優檀那句〕(0117a03)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國東園鹿子母講堂。那時,世尊在晡時從禪定中起來,在講堂的陰涼處鋪設座位,在大眾面前坐下,說了優檀那句,告訴諸比丘:『緣於界的緣故而生起言說,不是沒有界;緣於界的緣故而生起見,不是沒有界;緣於界的緣故而生起想,不是沒有界。緣於下界,我說生起下的言說、下的見、下的想、下的思、下的欲、下的願、下的士夫、下的所作、下的施設、下的建立、下的部分、下的顯示、下的受生。中界也是這樣。勝界也是這樣:緣於勝界,我說那生起勝的言說、勝的見、勝的想、勝的思、勝的願、勝的士夫、勝的所作、勝的施設、勝的建立、勝的部分、勝的顯示、勝的受生——都是勝的。』
當時,有婆迦利比丘在佛的身後拿著扇子為佛扇涼,對佛說:『世尊!如果對三藐三佛陀生起非三藐三佛陀的見,那個見也是緣於界而生起的嗎?』佛告訴比丘:『對三藐三佛陀生起非三藐三佛陀的見,也是緣於界而生起,不是沒有界。為什麼呢?凡夫的界,就是無明界。如我先前所說:緣於下界,生起下的言說、下的見,乃至下的受生;中界、勝界,生起勝的言說、勝的見,乃至勝的受生。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔458·有因生欲想〕(0117a21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有因而生起欲想,不是無因;有因而生起恚想、害想,不是無因。
『怎樣是有因而生起欲想呢?就是緣於欲界。緣於欲界的緣故,生起欲想、欲欲、欲覺、欲熱、欲求。愚癡凡夫生起欲求之後,這眾生在三處生起邪,就是身、口、心。由於這樣的邪因緣,現法中苦住,有苦、有礙、有惱、有熱,身壞命終,生在惡趣之中,這叫做因緣生欲想。
『怎樣是因緣生起恚想、害想呢?就是害界。緣於害界,生起害想、害欲、害覺、害熱、害求;愚癡凡夫生起害求之後,這眾生在三處生起邪,就是身、口、心。生起三處邪的因緣之後,現法中苦住,有苦、有礙、有惱、有熱,身壞命終,生在惡趣之中,這叫做因緣生害想。
『諸比丘!如果諸沙門、婆羅門像這樣安於所生,生起危嶮之想,不求捨離,不覺察、不吐棄,他們就現法中苦住,有苦、有礙、有惱、有熱,身壞命終,生在惡趣之中。譬如城邑聚落不遠處有曠野,大火突然燃起,那裡沒有能夠滅火的有力之人,應當知道那些野地中的眾生全都被火所害。像這樣,諸沙門、婆羅門安於所生,生起危嶮之想,身壞命終,生在惡趣之中。
『諸比丘!有因而生起出要想,不是無因。怎樣是有因而生起出要想呢?就是出要界。緣於出要界,生起出要想、出要欲、出要覺、出要熱、出要求。就是那有智慧的人求出要的時候,眾生在三處生起正,就是身、口、心。他這樣生起正的因緣之後,現法中樂住,不苦、不礙、不惱、不熱,身壞命終,生在善趣之中,這叫做因緣生出要想。
『怎樣是因緣生起不恚、不害想呢?就是不害界。以不害界為因緣,生起不害想、不害欲、不害覺、不害熱、不害求。那有智慧的人求不害的時候,眾生在三處正,就是身、口、心。那正的因緣生起之後,現法中樂住,不苦、不礙、不惱、不熱,身壞命終,生在善趣之中,這叫做因緣生不害想。
『如果諸沙門、婆羅門安於所生,生起不害想,不捨離、不覺察、不吐棄,就現法中樂住,不苦、不礙、不惱、不熱,身壞命終,生在善趣之中。譬如城邑聚落旁邊有曠野,大火突然燃起,有人能夠用手足滅火,應當知道那些依附草木的眾生,全都不被傷害。像這樣,諸沙門、婆羅門安於所生,生起正想,不捨、不覺、不吐,現法中樂住,不苦、不礙、不惱、不熱,身壞命終,生在善趣之中。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔459·眾生非自作、非他作〕(0117c02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。當時,有一位婆羅門來到佛所在之處,與世尊當面互相慰勞之後,在一旁站住,對佛說:『眾生不是自作、不是他作嗎?』佛告訴婆羅門:『持這種論說的人,我不與他相見;你現在自己前來,卻說我不是自作、不是他作?』婆羅門說:『怎麼樣呢?瞿曇!眾生是自作,還是他作呢?』
佛告訴婆羅門:『我現在問你,隨你的意思回答我。婆羅門!你意下如何?有眾生的方便界,使諸眾生知道作方便嗎?』婆羅門說:『瞿曇!有眾生的方便界,使諸眾生知道作方便。』佛告訴婆羅門:『如果有方便界,使諸眾生知道有方便,這就是眾生自作、這就是他作。婆羅門!你意下如何?有眾生的安住界、堅固界、出界、造作界,使那些眾生知道有造作嗎?』婆羅門對佛說:『有眾生的安住界、堅固界、出界、造作界,使諸眾生知道有造作。』佛告訴婆羅門:『如果那安住界、堅固界、出界、造作界,使諸眾生知道有造作,這就是眾生自作、這就是他作。』
婆羅門對佛說:『有眾生自作、有他作。瞿曇!世間事多,現在應當告辭。』佛告訴婆羅門:『世間事多,應當知道是時候了。』當時,那位婆羅門聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜,從座位起身離去。
〔460·眼界異、色界異〕(0117c23)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在拘睒彌國瞿師羅園。那時,瞿師羅長者前往尊者阿難所在之處,禮尊者阿難雙足,退坐一旁,對尊者阿難說:『所說的種種界,什麼是種種界呢?』尊者阿難告訴瞿師羅長者:『眼界相異、色界相異,是喜處,以這二者為因緣而生起識,三事和合而生起觸,又以喜觸為因緣而生起樂受。像這樣,耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法,也像這樣說。
『再者,長者!有相異的眼界、相異的色界,是憂處,以這二者為因緣而生起識,三事和合而生起苦觸,以那苦觸為因緣而生起苦受。像這樣,耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法,也像這樣說。
『再者,長者!相異的眼界、相異的色界,是捨處,以這二者為因緣而生起識,三事和合而生起不苦不樂觸,以不苦不樂觸為因緣而生起不苦不樂受。像這樣,耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法,也像這樣說。』那時,瞿師羅長者聽了尊者阿難所說的,歡喜隨喜,禮足而去。
〔461·謂欲界、色界、無色界〕(0118a08)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在拘睒彌國瞿師羅園。那時,瞿師羅長者前往尊者阿難所在之處,稽首禮足,在一旁坐下,對尊者阿難說:『所說的種種界,什麼是種種界呢?』尊者阿難告訴瞿師羅長者:『有三界。哪三種呢?就是欲界、色界、無色界。』那時,尊者阿難隨即說了偈:
『明了通達欲界,色界也是這樣,
捨棄一切有餘,證得無餘的寂滅。
對於身和合的界,永盡而無餘地證得,
這是三耶三佛所說,無憂離垢之句。』
尊者阿難說完這部經,瞿師羅長者歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。
〔462·色界、無色界、滅界〕(0118a20)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在拘睒彌國瞿師羅園。那時,瞿師羅長者前往尊者阿難所在之處,稽首禮足,退坐一旁,對尊者阿難說:『所說的種種界,什麼叫做種種界呢?』尊者阿難告訴瞿師羅長者:『有三界:色界、無色界、滅界,這叫做三界。』隨即說了偈:
『如果色界的眾生,以及住於無色界的,
不認識滅界的人,還會再受諸有。
如果斷除了色界,不住於無色界,
於滅界心得解脫,永遠離開生死。』
尊者阿難說完這部經,瞿師羅長者歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。
〔463·三種出界〕(0118b02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在拘睒彌國瞿師羅園。那時,瞿師羅長者前往尊者阿難所在之處,稽首禮足,退坐一旁,對尊者阿難說:『所說的種種界,什麼是種種界呢?』尊者阿難回答瞿師羅長者:『就是三種出界。哪三種呢?就是從欲界出而至色界,從色界出而至無色界,以及一切諸行、一切思想滅界,這叫做三出界。』隨即說了偈:
『知道從欲界出離,超越色界,
一切行寂滅,勤修正方便。
斷除一切愛,一切行滅盡,
知道一切有餘,不再轉還於有。』
尊者阿難說完這部經,瞿師羅長者歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。
〔464·上座上座名者〕(0118b15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在拘睒彌國瞿師羅園。那時,尊者阿難前往上座上座名者所在之處,到了之後,恭敬問訊;問訊之後,退坐一旁,問上座上座名者說:『如果比丘在空處、樹下、閑房思惟,應當以什麼法專精思惟呢?』上座回答說:『尊者阿難!在空處、樹下、閑房思惟的人,應當以二法專精思惟,就是止、觀。』尊者阿難又問上座:『修習止,多修習之後,會成就什麼?修習觀,多修習之後,會成就什麼?』上座回答說:『尊者阿難!修習止,終究成就觀;修習觀之後,也成就止。就是說聖弟子止、觀同修,得諸解脫界。』阿難又問上座:『什麼是諸解脫界呢?』上座回答說:『尊者阿難!斷界、無欲界、滅界,這叫做諸解脫界。』尊者阿難又問上座:『什麼是斷界,乃至滅界呢?』上座回答說:『尊者阿難!斷一切行,這叫做斷界;斷除愛欲,這是無欲界;一切行滅,這叫做滅界。』
當時,尊者阿難聽了上座所說的,歡喜隨喜,前往五百比丘所在之處,恭敬問訊,退坐一旁,對五百比丘說:『如果比丘在空處、樹下、閑房思惟的時候,應當以什麼法專精思惟呢?』當時,五百比丘回答尊者阿難:『應當以二法專精思惟,乃至滅界,如同上座所說的。』
當時,尊者阿難聽了五百比丘所說的,歡喜隨喜,前往佛所在之處,稽首禮佛足,退坐一旁,對佛說:『世尊!如果比丘在空處、樹下、閑房思惟,應當以什麼法專精思惟呢?』佛告訴阿難:『如果比丘在空處、樹下、閑房思惟,應當以二法專精思惟,乃至滅界,如同五百比丘所說的。』
當時,尊者阿難對佛說:『奇哉!世尊!大師與諸弟子全都同法、同句、同義、同味。我前往那名為上座的上座那裡,問這樣的義,他也以這義、這句、這味回答我,正如現在世尊所說的;我又前往五百比丘那裡,也以這義、這句、這味來問,那五百比丘也以這義、這句、這味回答,正如現在世尊所說的。所以應當知道,師與弟子一切同法、同義、同句、同味。』佛告訴阿難:『你知道那位上座是怎樣的比丘嗎?』阿難對佛說:『不知道,世尊!』佛告訴阿難:『那上座是阿羅漢,諸漏已盡,已捨重擔,正智而心善解脫;那五百比丘也都是這樣。』佛說完這部經,尊者阿難聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔465·於所有地界〕(0118c24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,尊者羅睺羅前往世尊所在之處,稽首禮足,退坐一旁,對佛說:『世尊!要怎樣知、怎樣見,對於我這有識之身及外在境界的一切相,才得以沒有我、我所見、我慢繫著使呢?』佛告訴羅睺羅:『仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你解說。羅睺羅!如果比丘對於所有的地界,或過去、或未來、或現在,或內、或外,或麁、或細,或好、或醜,或遠、或近,那一切都如實知道:非我、不異我、不相在。水界、火界、風界、空界、識界,也是這樣。
『羅睺羅!比丘這樣知、這樣見,對於我這有識之身及外在境界的一切相,就沒有我、我所見、我慢繫著使。羅睺羅!如果比丘對於這有識之身及外在境界的一切相,沒有我、我所見、我慢繫著使,這叫做斷愛,轉諸結,正慢無間等,究竟苦邊。』佛說完這部經,尊者羅睺羅聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔466·觸因、觸集〕(0119a11)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,尊者羅睺羅前往佛所在之處,稽首禮足,退坐一旁,對佛說:『世尊!要怎樣知、怎樣見,對於我這有識之身及外在境界的一切相,才得以沒有我、我所見、我慢繫著使呢?』佛告訴羅睺羅:『有三受——苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受。這三受以什麼為因、以什麼為集、從什麼而生、由什麼而轉?就是說這三受,以觸為因、以觸為集、從觸而生、由觸而轉。隨著那一一觸為因,那一一受就生起;如果那一一觸滅,那一一受也就滅、止息、清涼、沒去。這樣知、這樣見,對於我這有識及外在境界的一切相,就得以沒有我、我所見、我慢繫著使。』佛說完這部經,尊者羅睺羅聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔467·作劍刺想〕(0119a22)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,尊者羅睺羅前往佛所在之處,稽首禮足,退後站在一旁,對佛說:『世尊!要怎樣知、怎樣見,對於我這有識之身及外在境界的一切相,才得以沒有我、我所見、我慢繫著使呢?』佛告訴羅睺羅:『有三受:苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受。觀察樂受而作苦想,觀察苦受作劍刺想,觀察不苦不樂受作無常想。如果那比丘觀察樂受而作苦想,觀察苦受作劍刺想,觀察不苦不樂受作無常、滅想,這叫做正見。』那時,世尊隨即說了偈:
『觀察樂而作苦想,苦受如同劍刺,
對於不苦不樂,修習無常、滅想,
這就是比丘。正見成就的人,
行於寂滅安樂之道,住於最後邊,
永遠離開諸煩惱,摧伏眾魔的軍隊。』
佛說完這部經,尊者羅睺羅聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔468·斷樂受貪使〕(0119b11)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,尊者羅睺羅前往佛所在之處,稽首禮佛足,退坐一旁,對佛說:『世尊!要怎樣知、怎樣見,對於我這有識之身及外在境界的一切相,才得以沒有我、我所見、我慢繫著使呢?』佛告訴羅睺羅:『有三受——苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受。觀察樂受,為了斷除樂受的貪使,在我這裡修梵行;為了斷除苦受的瞋恚使,在我這裡修梵行;為了斷除不苦不樂受的癡使,在我這裡修梵行。
『羅睺羅!如果比丘對樂受的貪使已斷、已知,對苦受的恚使已斷、已知,對不苦不樂受的癡使已斷、已知,這叫做比丘斷除愛欲,轉去諸結,慢無間等,究竟苦邊。』那時,世尊隨即說了偈:
『正在領受樂受的時候,就不了知樂受,
被貪使所驅使,看不見出要之道。
正在領受苦受的時候,就不了知苦受,
被瞋恚使所驅使,看不見出要之道。
不苦不樂受,是正覺所說的,
不善於觀察的人,終究不能度到彼岸。
比丘勤加精進,正知而不動轉,
像這樣的一切受,有智慧的人能夠覺知。
覺知諸受的人,現法中盡除諸漏,
明智的人命終之後,不墮於眾數。
眾數既已斷除,永遠處於般涅槃。』
佛說完這部經,尊者羅睺羅聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔469·大海深嶮〕(0119c07)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『大海深嶮,是這世間愚夫所說的深嶮,不是賢聖法、律所說的深嶮。世間所說的,只是大水積聚之數罷了;如果從身生起諸受,眾苦逼迫,或惱、或死,這叫做大海極深嶮之處。愚癡無聞凡夫在這身生起諸受,苦痛逼迫,或惱、或死,憂悲稱怨,啼哭號呼,心亂發狂,長久淪沒沉溺,沒有止息之處。多聞聖弟子在身生起諸受,苦痛逼迫,或惱、或死,不生起憂悲、啼哭號呼、心生狂亂,不淪沒於生死,得到止息之處。』那時,世尊隨即說了偈:
『身生起諸苦受,逼迫乃至死亡,
憂悲不息、不能忍受,號呼而發狂亂,
心自己生起障礙,招集眾苦而增長,
永遠淪沒於生死之海,不知休息之處。
能捨身中諸受,身所生的苦惱,
切迫乃至死亡,不生起憂悲之想。
不啼哭號呼,能自己忍受眾苦,
心不生起障礙——那招集眾苦而增長的障礙。
不淪沒於生死,永遠得到安隱之處。』
佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔470·身被雙毒箭〕(0119c28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『愚癡無聞凡夫生起苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受,多聞聖弟子也生起苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受。諸比丘!凡夫與聖人有什麼差別呢?』諸比丘對佛說:『世尊是法根、法眼、法依。善哉!世尊!唯願廣說,諸比丘聽了之後,當受持奉行。』佛告訴諸比丘:『愚癡無聞凡夫身觸生起諸受,苦痛逼迫,乃至奪命,憂愁啼哭,稱怨號呼。』
佛告訴諸比丘:『仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你們解說。諸比丘!愚癡無聞凡夫身觸生起諸受,增加諸苦痛,乃至奪命,愁憂稱怨,啼哭號呼,心生狂亂;在那個時候,增長二受,或身受、或心受。
『譬如士夫身中了雙毒箭,極生苦痛;愚癡無聞凡夫也是這樣,增長二受——身受、心受,極生苦痛。為什麼呢?因為那愚癡無聞凡夫不了知的緣故,對於諸五欲生起樂受觸,受五欲之樂;受五欲之樂的緣故,被貪使所驅使。苦受觸的緣故,就生起瞋恚;生起瞋恚的緣故,被恚使所驅使。對於這二受,或集、或滅、或味、或患、或離,不如實知;不如實知的緣故,生起不苦不樂受,被癡使所驅使。被樂受所繫縛,終究不得脫離;被苦受所繫縛,終究不得脫離;被不苦不樂受所繫縛,終究不得脫離。怎樣繫縛呢?就是被貪、恚、癡所繫縛,被生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦所繫縛。
『多聞聖弟子身觸生起苦受,大苦逼迫,乃至奪命,不生起憂悲稱怨、啼哭號呼、心亂發狂;在那個時候,只生起一受,就是身受,不生起心受。
『譬如士夫中了一支毒箭,不中第二支毒箭;在那個時候,只生起一受,就是身受,不生起心受。被樂受觸及,不染著於欲樂;不染著於欲樂的緣故,對於那樂受,貪使不能驅使。對於苦觸受,不生起瞋恚;不生起瞋恚的緣故,恚使不能驅使。對於那二使,集、滅、味、患、離如實知;如實知的緣故,不苦不樂受的癡使不能驅使。對於那樂受解脫而不受繫縛,對於苦受、不苦不樂受解脫而不受繫縛。對於什麼不受繫縛呢?就是貪、恚、癡不能繫縛,生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦不能繫縛。』那時,世尊隨即說了偈:
『多聞的人對於苦與樂,並非不領受、不覺知,
他與凡夫人相比,其實大有所聞。
對樂受不放逸,遇苦觸不增加憂愁,
苦與樂二者都捨,不順從也不違逆。
比丘勤加方便,正智而不傾動,
對這一切受,以黠慧能夠了知。
由於了知諸受,現法中盡除諸漏,
身死之後不墮於數,永遠處於般涅槃。』
佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔471·空中狂風卒起〕(0120b15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如空中狂風突然颳起,從四方而來:有塵土風、無塵土風、毘濕波風、鞞嵐婆風、薄風、厚風,乃至風輪起風。身中的受風也是這樣,種種受生起——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受,樂身受、苦身受、不苦不樂身受,樂心受、苦心受、不苦不樂心受,樂食受、苦食受、不苦不樂食受,樂無食、苦無食、不苦不樂無食受,樂貪受、苦貪受、不苦不樂貪受,樂出要受、苦出要受、不樂不苦出要受。』那時,世尊隨即說了偈:
『譬如在虛空之中,種種狂風颳起,
東西南北之風,四維也是這樣。
有塵的以及無塵的,乃至風輪颳起,
像這樣,在這身中,諸受生起也是如此。
或樂或苦受,以及不苦不樂,
有食與無食,貪著與不貪著。
比丘勤加方便,正智而不傾動,
對這一切受,以黠慧能夠了知。
由於了知諸受,現法中盡除諸漏,
身死之後不墮於數,永遠處於般涅槃。』
佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔472·譬如客舍〕(0120c08)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『譬如客舍有種種人居住:或剎利、婆羅門、長者居士、野人獵師、持戒犯戒、在家出家,都在其中居住。這身也是這樣,種種受生起——苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受,樂身受、苦身受、不苦不樂身受,樂心受、苦心受、不苦不樂心受,樂食受、苦食受、不苦不樂食受,樂無食受、苦無食受、不苦不樂無食受,樂貪著受、苦貪著受、不苦不樂貪著受,樂出要受、苦出要受、不苦不樂出要受。』那時,世尊隨即說了偈:
『譬如在客舍中,種種人住止,
剎利、婆羅門,長者、居士等,
旃陀羅、野人,持戒的、犯戒的,
在家人、出家人,像這樣等等種種,
這身也是如此。種種諸受生起,
或樂或苦受,以及不苦不樂,
有食與無食,貪著與不貪著,
比丘勤加方便,正智而不傾動,
對這一切受,以黠慧能夠了知,
由於了知諸受,現法中盡除諸漏,
身死之後不墮於數,永遠處於般涅槃。』
佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔473·受悉皆是苦〕(0121a02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。當時,有一位異比丘獨自在一處靜處禪思,心想:世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受,又說所有的受全都是苦,這有什麼義呢?這比丘這樣想了之後,從禪中起來,前往佛所在之處,稽首禮足,退後站在一旁,對佛說:『世尊!我在靜處禪思,心想:世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受,又說所有的受全都是苦,這有什麼義呢?』佛告訴比丘:『我因為一切行無常的緣故,一切諸行是變易法的緣故,說所有的受全都是苦。』那時,世尊隨即說了偈:
『知道諸行無常,都是變易之法,
所以說受全是苦,這是正覺所知的。
比丘勤加方便,正智而不傾動,
對諸一切受,以𭶑慧能夠了知。
完全知道諸受之後,現法中盡除諸漏,
身死之後不墮於數,永遠處於般涅槃。』
佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔474·諸行漸次寂滅〕(0121a19)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,尊者阿難獨自在一處靜處禪思,心想:世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受,又說所有的受全都是苦,這有什麼義呢?這樣想了之後,從禪中起來,前往世尊所在之處,稽首禮足,退後站在一旁,對佛說:『世尊!我獨自在一處靜處禪思,心想:如世尊所說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受,又說一切諸受全都是苦,這有什麼義呢?』佛告訴阿難:『我因為一切行無常的緣故,一切行是變易法的緣故,說所有的受全都是苦。再者,阿難!我因為諸行漸次寂滅的緣故而說,因為諸行漸次止息的緣故而說,一切諸受全都是苦。』
阿難對佛說:『怎麼樣呢?世尊!因為諸受漸次寂滅的緣故而說?』佛告訴阿難:『初禪正受的時候,言語寂滅;第二禪正受的時候,覺觀寂滅;第三禪正受的時候,喜心寂滅;第四禪正受的時候,出入息寂滅;空入處正受的時候,色想寂滅;識入處正受的時候,空入處想寂滅;無所有入處正受的時候,識入處想寂滅;非想非非想入處正受的時候,無所有入處想寂滅;想受滅正受的時候,想受寂滅。這叫做漸次諸行寂滅。』
阿難對佛說:『世尊!怎樣是漸次諸行止息呢?』佛告訴阿難:『初禪正受的時候,言語止息;二禪正受的時候,覺觀止息;三禪正受的時候,喜心止息;四禪正受的時候,出入息止息;空入處正受的時候,色想止息;識入處正受的時候,空入處想止息;無所有入處正受的時候,識入處想止息;非想非非想入處正受的時候,無所有入處想止息;想受滅正受的時候,想受止息。這叫做漸次諸行止息。』阿難對佛說:『世尊!這叫做漸次諸行止息。』
佛告訴阿難:『還有勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息。這樣的止息,在其餘止息之中沒有超過其上的。』阿難對佛說:『什麼是勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息,其餘止息沒有超過其上的呢?』佛告訴阿難:『對於貪欲,心不樂著、解脫;對於恚、癡,心不樂著、解脫,這叫做勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息,其餘止息沒有超過其上的。』佛說完這部經,尊者阿難聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔475·毘婆尸如來〕(0121b26)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『毘婆尸如來還沒有成佛的時候,獨自在一處靜處,禪思思惟,作這樣的觀,觀察諸受:什麼是受?什麼是受集?什麼是受滅?什麼是受集道跡?什麼是受滅道跡?什麼是受味?什麼是受患?什麼是受離?這樣觀察:有三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。觸集就是受集,觸滅就是受滅。如果對受愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,這叫做受集道跡。如果對受不愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,這叫做受滅道跡。如果以受為因緣而生樂喜,這叫做受味;如果受是無常變易之法,這叫做受患。如果對受斷除欲貪、超越欲貪,這叫做受離。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
『如同毘婆尸佛,像這樣,式棄佛、毘濕波浮佛、迦羅迦孫提佛、迦那迦牟尼佛、迦葉佛,以及我釋迦文佛,還沒有成佛的時候思惟觀察諸受,也是這樣。』
〔476·如是觀察諸受〕(0121c13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,有一位異比丘獨自在一處靜處禪思,這樣觀察諸受:什麼是受?什麼是受集?什麼是受滅?什麼是受集道跡?什麼是受滅道跡?什麼是受味?什麼是受患?什麼是受離?當時,那位比丘從禪中覺起之後,前往世尊所在之處,稽首禮足,退後站在一旁,對佛說:『世尊!我獨自在一處靜處禪思,觀察諸受:什麼是受?什麼是受集?什麼是受滅?什麼是受集道跡?什麼是受滅道跡?什麼是受味?什麼是受患?什麼是受離?』
佛告訴比丘:『有三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。觸集就是受集,觸滅就是受滅。如果對受愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,這叫做受集道跡。如果對受不愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,這叫做受滅道跡。如果以受為因緣而生樂喜,這叫做受味;如果受是無常變易之法,這叫做受患。如果對受斷除欲貪、超越欲貪,這叫做受離。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔477·如異比丘問經〕(0121c29)如同異比丘所問的那部經,尊者阿難所問的那部經也是這樣。
〔478·云何為受〕(0122a02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『什麼是受?什麼是受集?什麼是受滅?什麼是受集道跡?什麼是受滅道跡?』諸比丘對佛說:『世尊是法根、法眼、法依。善哉!世尊!唯願廣說,諸比丘聽了之後,當受持奉行。』佛告訴諸比丘:『仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你們解說。』
佛告訴比丘:『有三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。觸集就是受集,觸滅就是受滅。如果對受愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,這叫做受集道跡;如果對受不愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,這叫做受滅道跡。如果以受為因緣而生樂喜,這叫做受味;如果受是無常變易,這叫做受患;如果對受斷除欲貪、超越欲貪,這叫做受離。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔479·我於諸受不如實知〕(0122a15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果我對於諸受不如實知,對於受集、受滅、受集道跡、受滅道跡、受味、受患、受離不如實知,我在諸天世間、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人眾中,就不得解脫、出離、脫離諸顛倒,也不是阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。因為我對於諸受、受集、受滅、受集道跡、受滅道跡、受味、受患、受離如實知的緣故,在諸天世間、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門、天、人眾中,得以解脫、得以出離、得以脫離諸顛倒,得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔480·沙門之沙門〕(0122a26)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果沙門、婆羅門對於諸受不如實知,對於受集、受滅、受集道跡、受滅道跡、受味、受患、受離不如實知,就不是沙門、不是婆羅門,不同於沙門、不同於婆羅門,不是沙門義、不是婆羅門義,現法自知作證〔三本於「現」前有「非」字〕:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。
『如果沙門、婆羅門對於諸受如實知,對於受集、受滅、受集道跡、受滅道跡、受味、受患、受離如實知,他就是沙門中的沙門、婆羅門中的婆羅門,同於沙門、同於婆羅門,是沙門義、婆羅門義,現法中自知作證:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
如同沙門、非沙門,像這樣,沙門數、非沙門數也是這樣。
〔481·半月坐禪〕(0122b13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在壹奢能伽羅國壹奢能伽羅林中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我想要在這裡坐禪半個月。諸比丘!不要再遊行,唯除乞食及布薩;隨即坐禪,不再遊行,唯除乞食及布薩。』
那時,世尊半個月過去之後,鋪設坐具,在大眾面前坐下,告訴諸比丘:『我以初成佛時所思惟的禪法中少許的禪分,在這半個月中思惟,作這樣的念:諸有眾生,生起受都有因緣,不是沒有因緣。什麼因緣呢?欲是因緣、覺是因緣、觸是因緣。
『諸比丘!在欲不寂滅、覺不寂滅、觸不寂滅時,以那因緣的緣故,眾生生起受;以不寂滅之因緣的緣故,眾生生起受。那欲寂滅、覺不寂滅、觸不寂滅,以那因緣的緣故,眾生生起受;以不寂滅之因緣的緣故,眾生生起受。那欲寂滅、覺寂滅、觸不寂滅,以那因緣的緣故,眾生生起受;以不寂滅之因緣的緣故,眾生生起受。那欲寂滅、覺寂滅、觸寂滅,以那因緣的緣故,眾生生起受;以那寂滅之因緣的緣故,眾生生起受。
『以邪見為因緣的緣故,眾生生起受;以邪見不寂滅為因緣的緣故,眾生生起受。以邪志、邪語、邪業、邪命、邪方便、邪念、邪定、邪解脫、邪智為因緣的緣故,眾生生起受;以邪智不寂滅為因緣的緣故,眾生生起受。以正見為因緣的緣故,眾生生起受;以正見寂滅為因緣的緣故,眾生生起受。以正志、正語、正業、正命、正方便、正念、正定、正解脫、正智為因緣的緣故,眾生生起受;以正智寂滅為因緣的緣故,眾生生起受。如果那欲,未得的得、未獲的獲、未證的證而生起,以那因緣的緣故,眾生生起受;以那寂滅之因緣的緣故,眾生生起受。這叫做不寂滅因緣,眾生生起受;寂滅因緣,眾生生起受。
『如果沙門、婆羅門對這樣的緣緣、緣緣集、緣緣滅、緣緣集道跡、緣緣滅道跡不如實知,他就不是沙門中的沙門、不是婆羅門中的婆羅門,不同於沙門中的沙門、不同於婆羅門中的婆羅門,不是沙門義、不是婆羅門義,現法自知作證〔三本於「現」前有「非」字〕:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。
『如果沙門、婆羅門對這緣緣、緣緣集、緣緣滅、緣緣集道跡、緣緣滅道跡如實知,應當知道這是沙門中的沙門、婆羅門中的婆羅門,同於沙門、同於婆羅門,以沙門義、婆羅門義,現法中自知作證:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔482·給孤獨長者來詣…〕(0122c24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園,正是夏安居的時候。那時,給孤獨長者來到佛所在之處,稽首禮足,退坐一旁。佛為他說法,示、教、照、喜,說種種法。示、教、照、喜之後,長者從座位起身,整理衣服,向佛作禮,合掌對佛說:『唯願世尊與諸大眾,接受我三個月的供請——衣被、飲食、應病湯藥。』那時,世尊默然而允許。當時,給孤獨長者知道佛默然接受了供請,從座位起身離去,回到自己家中。
過了三個月之後,長者來到佛所在之處,稽首禮足,退坐一旁。佛告訴給孤獨長者:『善哉!長者!三個月供養衣被、飲食、應病湯藥。你以此莊嚴、淨治上道,在未來世將獲得安樂的果報。然而你現在不可默然樂於領受這法;你應當精勤,時時修學遠離喜樂,具足以身作證。』當時,給孤獨長者聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜,從座位起身而去。
那時,尊者舍利弗在大眾中坐,知道給孤獨長者離去之後,對佛說:『奇哉!世尊!善為給孤獨長者說法,善於勸勉激勵給孤獨長者,說:你已三個月在如來大眾中具足供養,淨治上道,在未來世將受安樂的果報;你不可默然樂著這福,你應當時時修學遠離喜樂,具足以身作證。世尊!如果使聖弟子修學遠離喜樂,具足以身作證,就得以遠離五法,修滿五法。怎樣是遠離五法呢?就是斷除由欲所長養的喜、斷除由欲所長養的憂、斷除由欲所長養的捨、斷除由不善所長養的喜、斷除由不善所長養的憂,這叫做五法遠離。怎樣是修滿五法呢?就是隨喜、歡喜、猗息、樂、一心。』佛告訴舍利弗:『正是這樣,正是這樣。如果聖弟子修學遠離喜樂,具足以身作證,就遠離五法,修滿五法。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔483·有食念者、有無食念者〕(0123a23)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有的是有食念,有的是無食念,有的是無食無食念;有的是有食樂,有的是無食樂,有的是無食無食樂;有的是有食捨,有的是無食捨,有的是無食無食捨;有的是有食解脫,有的是無食解脫,有的是無食無食解脫。
『什麼是食念?就是以五欲為因緣而生的念。什麼是無食念?就是比丘離欲、離惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,初禪具足而住,這叫做無食念。什麼是無食無食念?就是比丘有覺有觀止息,內淨一心,無覺無觀,定生喜樂,第二禪具足而住,這叫做無食無食念。
『什麼是有食樂?就是以五欲為因緣而生樂、生喜,這叫做有食樂。什麼是無食樂?就是止息有覺有觀,內淨一心,無覺無觀,定生喜樂,這叫做無食樂。什麼是無食無食樂?就是比丘離喜貪,捨心住於正念正知,安樂而住,即彼聖者所說的捨,這叫做無食無食樂。
『什麼是有食捨?就是以五欲為因緣而生的捨,這叫做有食捨。什麼是無食捨?就是那比丘離喜貪,捨心住於正念正知,安樂而住,即彼聖者所說的捨,第三禪具足而住,這叫做無食捨。什麼是無食無食捨?就是比丘離苦息樂,憂喜先前已離,不苦不樂捨,淨念一心,第四禪具足而住,這叫做無食無食捨。
『什麼是有食解脫?就是與色俱行。什麼是無食解脫?就是與無色俱行。什麼是無食無食解脫?就是那比丘對貪欲不染著、解脫,對瞋恚、愚癡心不染著、解脫,這叫做無食無食解脫。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔484·見第一〕(0123b20)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,尊者跋陀羅比丘與尊者阿難一同住在祇樹給孤獨園。那時,尊者阿難前往尊者跋陀羅所在之處,互相問訊慰勞之後,在一旁站住。當時,尊者阿難問尊者跋陀羅比丘說:『什麼叫做見第一?什麼是聞第一?什麼是樂第一?什麼是想第一?什麼是有第一?』
尊者跋陀羅對尊者阿難說:『有梵天自在造作、化作如意,為世間之父;如果見到那梵天,叫做見第一。
『阿難!有眾生以離生喜樂,處處潤澤,處處敷悅,舉身充滿,沒有不充滿之處——就是所謂的離生喜樂。他從三昧中起來,舉聲唱說,遍告大眾:極寂靜的,是離生喜樂;極樂的,是離生喜樂。凡是聽到他這聲音的,這叫做聞第一。
『再者,阿難!有眾生在這身中以離喜之樂潤澤,處處潤澤,敷悅充滿,舉身充滿,沒有不充滿之處——就是所謂的離喜之樂,這叫做樂第一。
『什麼是想第一?阿難!有眾生超越一切識入處而入無所有,無所有入處具足而住;如果生起那想,這叫做想第一。
『什麼是有第一?再者,阿難!有眾生超越一切無所有入處,非想非非想入處具足而住;如果生起那有,這叫做有第一。』
尊者阿難對尊者跋陀羅比丘說:『有很多人作這樣的見、這樣的說,你也與他們相同,有什麼差別呢?我作方便來問你,你應當仔細聽,我當為你解說。如其所觀,次第盡除諸漏,這是見第一。如其所聞,次第盡除諸漏,這叫做聞第一。如所生之樂,次第盡除諸漏,這叫做樂第一。如其所想,次第盡除諸漏,這叫做想第一。如實觀察,次第盡除諸漏,這叫做有第一。』當時,兩位正士共同論說之後,從座位起身離去。
〔485·定有幾受〕(0123c21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,瓶沙王前往尊者優陀夷所在之處,稽首作禮,退坐一旁。當時,瓶沙王對尊者優陀夷說:『世尊所說的諸受是怎樣的?』優陀夷說:『大王!世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。』瓶沙王對尊者優陀夷說:『不要這樣說:世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。應當只有二受——樂受、苦受。如果是不苦不樂受,那就是寂滅。』這樣說了三次,優陀夷不能為國王立定三受,國王也不能立定二受,於是一同前往佛所在之處,稽首禮足,退後站在一旁。當時,尊者優陀夷把先前所說的,詳細稟白世尊:『我不能立定三受,國王也不能立定二受,所以現在一同前來,詳問世尊這樣的義:究竟有幾種受?』
佛告訴優陀夷:『我有時說一受,有時說二受,或說三、四、五、六、十八、三十六,乃至百八受,有時說無量受。
『怎樣是我說一受?如說所有的受,全都是苦,這叫做我說一受。怎樣說二受?說身受、心受,這叫做二受。怎樣是三受?樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。怎樣是四受?就是欲界繫受、色界繫受、無色界繫受,以及不繫受。怎樣說五受?就是樂根、喜根、苦根、憂根、捨根,這叫做說五受。怎樣說六受?就是眼觸生受,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生受。怎樣說十八受?就是隨六喜行、隨六憂行、隨六捨行的受,這叫做說十八受。怎樣是三十六受?依六貪著喜、依六離貪著喜、依六貪著憂、依六離貪著憂、依六貪著捨、依六離貪著捨,這叫做說三十六受。怎樣說百八受?就是三十六受——過去三十六、未來三十六、現在三十六,這叫做說百八受。怎樣說無量受?如說此受、彼受等等,類比這樣以無量之名來說,這叫做說無量受。
『優陀夷!我這樣種種說受的如實之義,世間不能理解,所以共相諍論,互相違反,終究不能得到我法、律中的真實之義來使自己止息。優陀夷!如果對我這所說的種種受義如實解知,就不生起諍論、互相違反;已起、未起的諍論,能以法、律止息,使之休息。
『然而,優陀夷!有二受:欲受、離欲受。怎樣是欲受?以五欲功德為因緣而生的受,這叫做欲受。怎樣是離欲受?就是比丘離欲、惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,初禪具足而住,這叫做離欲受。
『如果有人說:眾生依這初禪,唯有這是樂,不是其餘的——這是不對的。為什麼呢?因為還有超過這個的勝樂。是什麼呢?就是比丘離有覺有觀,內淨,定生喜、樂,第二禪具足而住,這叫做勝樂。像這樣,乃至非想非非想入處,輾轉更勝地說。
『如果有人說:唯有這處,乃至非想非非想是極樂,不是其餘的——這也是不對的。為什麼呢?因為還有超過這個的勝樂。是什麼呢?就是比丘超越一切非想非非想入處,想受滅,以身作證具足而住,這叫做超過那個的勝樂。
『如果有異學出家人這樣說:沙門釋種子只說想受滅叫做至樂——這是不應當的。為什麼呢?應當對他說:這不是世尊所說的受樂之數;世尊所說的受樂之數,是如其所說。
『優陀夷!有四種樂。哪四種呢?就是離欲樂、遠離樂、寂滅樂、菩提樂。』佛說完這部經,尊者優陀夷及瓶沙王聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔486·生正厭離〕(0124b18)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果對於一法,生起正確的厭離、不樂、背捨,就得以盡除諸漏——就是一切眾生由食而存。又有二法,就是名與色。又有三法,就是三受。又有四法,就是四食。又有五法,就是五受陰。又有六法,就是六內外入處。又有七法,就是七識住。又有八法,就是世八法。又有九法,就是九眾生居。又有十法,就是十業跡。對於這十法,生起厭離、不樂、背捨,就得以盡除諸漏。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔487·究竟苦邊〕(0124b28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果對於一法,生起正確的厭離、不樂、背捨,就究竟苦邊,從苦中解脫——就是一切眾生由食而存。又有二法,就是名與色。又有三法,就是三受。又有四法,就是四食。又有五法,就是五受陰。又有六法,就是六內外入處。又有七法,就是七識住。又有八法,就是世八法。又有九法,就是九眾生居。又有十法,就是十業跡。對於這十法,生起正確的厭離、不樂、背捨,就究竟苦邊,從苦中解脫。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔488·觀察無常〕(0124c10)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果對於一法,觀察無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,就得以盡除諸漏——就是一切眾生由食而存。又有二法,就是名與色。又有三法,就是三受。又有四法,就是四食。又有五法,就是五受陰。又有六法,就是六內外入處。又有七法,就是七識住。又有八法,就是世八法。又有九法,就是九眾生居。又有十法,就是十業跡。對於這十法,正確觀察無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,就得以盡除諸漏。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔489·由食存〕(0124c22)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果對於一法,觀察無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,就究竟苦邊,從苦中解脫——就是一切眾生由食存。又有二法,就是名與色。又有三法,就是三受。又有四法,就是四食。又有五法,就是五受陰。又有六法,就是六內外入處。又有七法,就是七識住。又有八法,就是世八法。又有九法,就是九眾生居。又有十法,就是十業跡。對於這十業跡,觀察無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,就究竟苦邊,從苦中解脫。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
〔455·緣界種種〕(0125a06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『緣於種種界的緣故而生種種觸,緣於種種觸而生種種想,緣於種種想而生種種欲,緣於種種欲而生種種覺,緣於種種覺而生種種熱,緣於種種熱而生種種求。
『什麼是種種界?就是十八界——眼界,乃至法界。
『怎樣是緣於種種界而生種種觸?怎樣……乃至緣於種種熱而生種種求呢?就是緣於眼界而生眼觸,不是緣於眼觸而生眼界,只是緣於眼界而生眼觸;緣於眼觸而生眼想,不是緣於眼想而生眼觸,只是緣於眼觸而生眼想;緣於眼想而生眼欲,不是緣於眼欲而生眼想,只是緣於眼想而生眼欲;緣於眼欲而生眼覺,不是緣於眼覺而生眼欲,只是緣於眼欲而生眼覺;緣於眼覺而生眼熱,不是緣於眼熱而生眼覺,只是緣於眼覺而生眼熱;緣於眼熱而生眼求,不是緣於眼求而生眼熱,只是緣於眼熱而生眼求。像這樣,耳、鼻、舌、身,意界為緣而生意觸,乃至緣於意熱而生意求,也像這樣廣說。
『這叫做,比丘!緣於種種界而生種種觸,乃至緣於種種熱而生種種求;不是緣於種種求而生種種熱,乃至不是緣於種種觸而生種種界;只是緣於種種界而生種種觸,乃至緣於種種熱而生種種求。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。
如同內六入處,外六入處也像這樣說。
Fascicle 17 of the Saṃyukta Āgama, translated in the Song by Guṇabhadra, belongs to the Connected Discourses on Feeling; the fascicle holds thirty-five discourses: from the four hundred and fifty-sixth discourse to the four hundred and eighty-ninth, and after the closing title of the fascicle there is one further discourse, the four hundred and fifty-fifth, which the plain rendering also places last. The first ten discourses of the fascicle are taught with regard to the elements: in one, it is taught by what condition each of the element of light, the element of purity, the element of the sphere of infinite space, the element of the sphere of infinite consciousness, the element of the sphere of nothingness, the element of the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception, and the element of cessation can be known, and by what attainment each is reached; in one, the udāna phrase is spoken in the Hall of Deer Mother in the Eastern Park—conditioned by an inferior element, a middling element, and a superior element there arise inferior, middling, and superior speech, views, perceptions, and so on up to rebirth—and the bhikṣu Vakkalin asks whether the view that he is not fully and perfectly awakened also arises conditioned by an element; in one, it is taught that perceptions of desire, of hatred, and of harming arise from a cause, and that perceptions of deliverance and of non-harming also arise from a cause, with a great fire in the wilderness as a simile; in one, a brāhmaṇa asks whether beings are self-made or made by another, and the Buddha questions him in return with the element of endeavour, the element of steadfastness, the element of firmness, the element of going forth, and the element of making; in some, the householder Ghoṣila asks the venerable Ānanda four times about the various elements, and Ānanda answers now with the basis of joy, the basis of sorrow, and the basis of equanimity, now with the realm of desire, the realm of form, and the formless realm, now with the realm of form, the formless realm, and the element of cessation, now with the three elements of escape, and the last three answers each speak a verse; in one, the venerable Ānanda asks the elder, asks the five hundred bhikṣus, and asks the Buddha with what thing one should reflect single-mindedly, and in all three places the answer is the same: calm and insight, up to the element of abandoning, the element of desirelessness, and the element of cessation. The twenty-four discourses after them are taught with regard to feeling: in some, Rāhula asks four times how one should know and see so that there is no ‘I’, no view of ‘mine’, no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches, and the Buddha answers now with the six elements as not self, now with the three feelings that have contact as their cause and contact as their origin, now with seeing pleasant feeling with the notion of suffering, painful feeling with the notion of a sword’s thrust, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling with the notion of impermanence, now with abandoning the fetters of greed, of hatred, and of delusion toward the three feelings, and the last two answers each speak a verse; in some, the deep abyss of the great ocean, the two poisoned darts, the wild wind in the sky, and the many kinds of people lodging in a guesthouse are taken as similes, teaching the difference between the ordinary person and the noble disciple with regard to the feelings, and each speaks a verse; in some, a certain bhikṣu and the venerable Ānanda ask the meaning of the three feelings and of all feelings being suffering, and the Buddha answers with the impermanence and change of formations, and further teaches the gradual stilling of formations and the gradual quieting of formations, up to the superior quieting; in one, it is taught how the seven Buddhas, Vipaśyin and the rest, before they became Buddhas, examined the feelings—feeling, its origin, its cessation, the path leading to its origin, the path leading to its cessation, its gratification, its danger, and the escape from it; in some, it is taught whether or not the Buddha and the ascetics and brāhmaṇas know the feelings as they really are; in one, the World-Honored One, after sitting in meditation for half a month, teaches that the arising of feeling in beings has desire, thought, and contact as its conditions; in one, the householder Anāthapiṇḍada makes offerings for three months, the Buddha exhorts him to train in the joy of seclusion, and the venerable Śāriputra, taking this up, speaks of being free of five things and fulfilling five things; in one, carnal, non-carnal, and beyond-the-non-carnal gladness, happiness, equanimity, and liberation are taught; in one, the venerable Ānanda and the venerable Bhadra discuss the foremost seeing, hearing, happiness, perception, and existence; in one, King Bimbisāra and the venerable Udāyin dispute three feelings against two and go together to the Buddha, who teaches one feeling up to innumerable feelings, and the four kinds of happiness; in some, one thing up to ten things are taught, giving rise to weariness, contemplating impermanence, and the rest, and attaining the ending of the outflows and the utter end of suffering. The four hundred and fifty-fifth discourse at the end of the fascicle teaches that conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, perceptions, desires, thoughts, fevers, and quests. The speaker is mostly the World-Honored One addressing the bhikṣus; in the four hundred and fifty-sixth discourse, a certain bhikṣu and the bhikṣus ask and the Buddha answers; in the four hundred and fifty-seventh discourse, the bhikṣu Vakkalin asks; in the four hundred and fifty-ninth discourse, a brāhmaṇa asks; in the four hundred and sixtieth to the four hundred and sixty-third discourses, the householder Ghoṣila asks and the venerable Ānanda answers; in the four hundred and sixty-fourth discourse, the venerable Ānanda asks three times, and the elder, the five hundred bhikṣus, and the Buddha give three answers; in the four hundred and sixty-fifth to the four hundred and sixty-eighth discourses, the venerable Rāhula asks; in the four hundred and seventieth and the four hundred and seventy-eighth discourses, the World-Honored One asks first and the bhikṣus ask him to teach; in the four hundred and seventy-third discourse, a certain bhikṣu asks; in the four hundred and seventy-fourth discourse, the venerable Ānanda asks; in the four hundred and seventy-sixth discourse, a certain bhikṣu asks; in the four hundred and eighty-second discourse, the Buddha teaches for the householder Anāthapiṇḍada, and the venerable Śāriputra speaks, taking up the Buddha’s words; in the four hundred and eighty-fourth discourse, the venerable Ānanda and the venerable Bhadra discuss with each other, with no words of the Buddha; in the four hundred and eighty-fifth discourse, King Bimbisāra and the venerable Udāyin ask together. This fascicle has ten verses: those of the four hundred and sixty-first to the four hundred and sixty-third discourses are spoken by the venerable Ānanda, and those of the four hundred and sixty-seventh to the four hundred and seventy-third discourses by the World-Honored One; the plain rendering translates all of them line by line in verse form; there is no summary verse. The discourses of question and answer back and forth, and the long discourses, are divided into segments within the discourse by rounds of question and answer. Where the base text abbreviates—the three places in the four hundred and sixtieth discourse, and the abbreviations within and at the end of the four hundred and fifty-fifth discourse—the plain rendering abbreviates as the base text does and does not supply what is passed over; the four hundred and seventy-seventh discourse is the compilers’ words carrying on from the preceding discourse, which the plain rendering translates as it stands and does not expand into a discourse; the ‘as…, so…likewise’ at the end of the four hundred and eightieth discourse is an abbreviation by the compilers, which the plain rendering translates as it stands; the ‘as with the Buddha Vipaśyin…and I, the Buddha Śākyamuni…likewise’ at the end of the four hundred and seventy-fifth discourse is the Buddha’s own words. The figures (…) at the head of each segment give the Taishō page, register, and line.
〔0 · Title〕(0116c08)The title of the sūtra is “Saṃyukta Āgama,” and this is “Fascicle 17.” The translator’s attribution reads “translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”—translated by Guṇabhadra, the Tripiṭaka master who came from India in the time of the Song. The head of the fascicle further bears the title “Recitation on Miscellaneous Causes, Chapter Three, Part Five”—the fifth part of the third chapter of the Recitation on Miscellaneous Causes. The fascicle holds thirty-five discourses, from the four hundred and fifty-sixth to the four hundred and eighty-ninth; it has ten verses, in the four hundred and sixty-first to the four hundred and sixty-third discourses and the four hundred and sixty-seventh to the four hundred and seventy-third discourses; after the four hundred and eighty-ninth discourse it closes with “Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 17,” and after the closing title there is one further discourse, the four hundred and fifty-fifth.
〔456 · The Element of Light and the Element of Purity〕(0116c12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There is the element of light, the element of purity, the element of the sphere of infinite space, the element of the sphere of infinite consciousness, the element of the sphere of nothingness, the element of the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception; there is the element of cessation.” Then a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robe, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! The element of light, the element of purity, the element of the sphere of infinite space, the element of the sphere of infinite consciousness, the element of the sphere of nothingness, the element of the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception, the element of cessation—by what condition can these elements be known?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “The element of light is known in dependence on darkness; the element of purity is known in dependence on impurity; the element of the sphere of infinite space is known in dependence on form; the element of the sphere of infinite consciousness is known in dependence on the inner; the element of the sphere of nothingness is known in dependence on something; the element of the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception is known in dependence on the summit of existence; the element of cessation is known in dependence on the existing body.”
The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! The element of light, up to the element of cessation—by what attainment are they reached?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “The element of light, the element of purity, the element of the sphere of infinite space, the element of the sphere of infinite consciousness, the element of the sphere of nothingness—these elements are reached in the attainment proper to each; the element of the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception is reached in the attainment of the summit of existence; the element of cessation is reached in the attainment of the cessation of the existing body.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔457 · Speaking the Udāna Phrase〕(0117a03)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Hall of Deer Mother in the Eastern Park. At that time the World-Honored One, in the late afternoon, rose from meditation, spread a seat in the shade of the hall, sat down before the great assembly, spoke the udāna phrase, and said to the bhikṣus: “Conditioned by an element arises speech, never without an element; conditioned by an element arises a view, never without an element; conditioned by an element arises a perception, never without an element. Conditioned by an inferior element, I say, there arise inferior speech, inferior views, inferior perceptions, inferior intentions, inferior desires, inferior aspirations, an inferior person, inferior deeds, inferior designations, inferior establishings, inferior allotments, inferior displays, inferior rebirth. So too with the middling element. So too with the superior element: conditioned by the superior element, I say, there arise superior speech, superior views, superior perceptions, superior intentions, superior aspirations, a superior person, superior deeds, superior designations, superior establishings, superior allotments, superior displays, superior rebirth—all of them superior.”
At that time the bhikṣu Vakkalin, standing behind the Buddha and fanning him with a fan, said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! If, toward the Fully and Perfectly Awakened One, one gives rise to the view that he is not fully and perfectly awakened, does that view too arise conditioned by an element?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “The view, toward the Fully and Perfectly Awakened One, that he is not fully and perfectly awakened also arises conditioned by an element, never without an element. Why? The element of the ordinary person is the element of ignorance. As I said before: conditioned by an inferior element there arise inferior speech, inferior views, up to inferior rebirth; with the middling element and the superior element there arise superior speech, superior views, up to superior rebirth.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔458 · A Perception of Desire Arises from a Cause〕(0117a21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “A perception of desire arises from a cause, not without a cause; perceptions of hatred and of harming arise from a cause, not without a cause.
“How does a perception of desire arise from a cause? It is conditioned by the element of desire. Conditioned by the element of desire there arise the perception of desire, the desire for it, the thought of it, the fever of it, the quest for it. When the foolish ordinary person has given rise to the quest for desire, this being goes wrong in three places: body, speech, and mind. Because of going wrong in this way as a condition, he dwells in suffering here and now, with pain, with obstruction, with vexation, with fever, and at the breaking up of the body, at the end of life, he is reborn in an evil destination. This is called the perception of desire arising from conditions.
“How do perceptions of hatred and of harming arise from conditions? From the element of harming. Conditioned by the element of harming there arise the perception of harming, the desire for it, the thought of it, the fever of it, the quest for it; when the foolish ordinary person has given rise to the quest for harming, this being goes wrong in three places: body, speech, and mind. Having given rise to going wrong in the three places as a condition, he dwells in suffering here and now, with pain, with obstruction, with vexation, with fever, and at the breaking up of the body, at the end of life, he is reborn in an evil destination. This is called the perception of harming arising from conditions.
“Bhikṣus! If ascetics and brāhmaṇas rest in this way in what has arisen, giving rise to a perilous perception, not seeking to relinquish it, not waking to it, not spitting it out, they dwell in suffering here and now, with pain, with obstruction, with vexation, with fever, and at the breaking up of the body, at the end of life, they are reborn in an evil destination. It is like a wilderness not far from a town or village, where a great fire suddenly breaks out, and there is no one of strength able to put it out; know that the creatures in that wild land will all be harmed by the fire. In the same way, ascetics and brāhmaṇas who rest in what has arisen, giving rise to a perilous perception, at the breaking up of the body, at the end of life, are reborn in an evil destination.
“Bhikṣus! A perception of deliverance arises from a cause, not without a cause. How does a perception of deliverance arise from a cause? From the element of deliverance. Conditioned by the element of deliverance there arise the perception of deliverance, the desire for it, the thought of it, the fever of it, the quest for it. When one who has wisdom seeks deliverance, beings go right in three places: body, speech, and mind. Having given rise to going right in this way as a condition, he dwells in happiness here and now, without pain, without obstruction, without vexation, without fever, and at the breaking up of the body, at the end of life, he is reborn in a good destination. This is called the perception of deliverance arising from conditions.
“How do perceptions of non-hatred and of non-harming arise from conditions? From the element of non-harming. With the element of non-harming as condition there arise the perception of non-harming, the desire for it, the thought of it, the fever of it, the quest for it. When one who has wisdom seeks non-harming, beings are right in three places: body, speech, and mind. When that right condition has arisen, he dwells in happiness here and now, without pain, without obstruction, without vexation, without fever, and at the breaking up of the body, at the end of life, he is reborn in a good destination. This is called the perception of non-harming arising from conditions.
“If ascetics and brāhmaṇas rest in what has arisen, giving rise to the perception of non-harming, not relinquishing it, not waking to it, not spitting it out, they dwell in happiness here and now, without pain, without obstruction, without vexation, without fever, and at the breaking up of the body, at the end of life, they are reborn in a good destination. It is like a wilderness beside a town or village, where a great fire suddenly breaks out, and there is a person able to put out the fire with hands and feet; know that the creatures that live among the grass and trees will none of them be harmed. In the same way, ascetics and brāhmaṇas who rest in what has arisen, giving rise to right perception, not relinquishing, not waking, not spitting out, dwell in happiness here and now, without pain, without obstruction, without vexation, without fever, and at the breaking up of the body, at the end of life, they are reborn in a good destination.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔459 · Beings Are Neither Self-Made Nor Made by Another〕(0117c02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. Then a certain brāhmaṇa came to where the Buddha was, and having exchanged greetings face to face with the World-Honored One, stood to one side and said to the Buddha: “Are beings neither self-made nor made by another?” The Buddha said to the brāhmaṇa: “Those who hold such a thesis I do not meet with; you yourself have now come, and yet you say that I am neither self-made nor made by another?” The brāhmaṇa said: “How is it, Gautama? Are beings self-made, or made by another?”
The Buddha said to the brāhmaṇa: “I shall now question you; answer as you see fit. Brāhmaṇa, what do you think? Is there an element of endeavour in beings, enabling beings to know how to make endeavour?” The brāhmaṇa said: “Gautama, there is an element of endeavour in beings, enabling beings to know how to make endeavour.” The Buddha said to the brāhmaṇa: “If there is an element of endeavour, enabling beings to know that there is endeavour, then beings are self-made, then they are made by another. Brāhmaṇa, what do you think? Is there an element of steadfastness, an element of firmness, an element of going forth, an element of making in beings, enabling those beings to know that there is making?” The brāhmaṇa said to the Buddha: “There is an element of steadfastness, an element of firmness, an element of going forth, an element of making in beings, enabling beings to know that there is making.” The Buddha said to the brāhmaṇa: “If that element of steadfastness, element of firmness, element of going forth, element of making enables beings to know that there is making, then beings are self-made, then they are made by another.”
The brāhmaṇa said to the Buddha: “Beings are self-made, and are made by another. Gautama, the world has many affairs; I now take my leave.” The Buddha said to the brāhmaṇa: “The world has many affairs; know that it is time.” Then that brāhmaṇa, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, rose from his seat, and departed.
〔460 · The Eye Element Is Distinct, the Form Element Is Distinct〕(0117c23)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Kauśāmbī, in Ghoṣila’s Park. At that time the householder Ghoṣila went to where the venerable Ānanda was, bowed at the venerable Ānanda’s feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the venerable Ānanda: “The various elements that are spoken of—what are the various elements?” The venerable Ānanda said to the householder Ghoṣila: “The eye element is distinct, the form element is distinct: a basis of joy. From the two as conditions arises consciousness; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact; and conditioned by joyful contact arises pleasant feeling. So too the ear, nose, tongue, body, mind, and dharmas are to be spoken of in the same way.
“Further, householder, there is a distinct eye element and a distinct form element: a basis of sorrow. From the two as conditions arises consciousness; the meeting of the three gives rise to painful contact; and conditioned by that painful contact arises painful feeling. So too the ear, nose, tongue, body, mind, and dharmas are to be spoken of in the same way.
“Further, householder, a distinct eye element and a distinct form element: a basis of equanimity. From the two as conditions arises consciousness; the meeting of the three gives rise to neither-painful-nor-pleasant contact; and conditioned by neither-painful-nor-pleasant contact arises neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling. So too the ear, nose, tongue, body, mind, and dharmas are to be spoken of in the same way.” Then the householder Ghoṣila, having heard what the venerable Ānanda said, rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, bowed at his feet, and departed.
〔461 · The Realm of Desire, the Realm of Form, the Formless Realm〕(0118a08)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Kauśāmbī, in Ghoṣila’s Park. At that time the householder Ghoṣila went to where the venerable Ānanda was, bowed his head at his feet, sat down to one side, and said to the venerable Ānanda: “The various elements that are spoken of—what are the various elements?” The venerable Ānanda said to the householder Ghoṣila: “There are three realms. What are the three? The realm of desire, the realm of form, the formless realm.” Then the venerable Ānanda spoke a verse:
“Clearly comprehending the realm of desire, and the realm of form likewise,
relinquishing all that remains, one attains stilling without remainder.
The elements joined in this body, realized as ended without remainder:
this the Fully Awakened One has taught, the sorrowless, stainless phrase.”
When the venerable Ānanda had spoken this discourse, the householder Ghoṣila rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, paid homage, and departed.
〔462 · The Realm of Form, the Formless Realm, and the Element of Cessation〕(0118a20)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Kauśāmbī, in Ghoṣila’s Park. At that time the householder Ghoṣila went to where the venerable Ānanda was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the venerable Ānanda: “The various elements that are spoken of—what are called the various elements?” The venerable Ānanda said to the householder Ghoṣila: “There are three elements: the realm of form, the formless realm, and the element of cessation; these are called the three elements.” Then he spoke a verse:
“Beings of the realm of form, and those who dwell in the formless realm,
not knowing the element of cessation, return again to existence.
If one has cut off the realm of form and does not dwell in the formless realm,
with the mind liberated in the element of cessation, one is forever free of birth and death.”
When the venerable Ānanda had spoken this discourse, the householder Ghoṣila rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, paid homage, and departed.
〔463 · The Three Elements of Escape〕(0118b02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Kauśāmbī, in Ghoṣila’s Park. At that time the householder Ghoṣila went to where the venerable Ānanda was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the venerable Ānanda: “The various elements that are spoken of—what are the various elements?” The venerable Ānanda answered the householder Ghoṣila: “They are the three elements of escape. What are the three? Escaping from the realm of desire to the realm of form, escaping from the realm of form to the formless realm, and the element of the cessation of all formations and all thinking; these are called the three elements of escape.” Then he spoke a verse:
“Knowing the escape from the realm of desire, passing beyond the realm of form,
all formations stilled, striving with right endeavour,
cutting off all craving, all formations ended,
knowing all that remains, one turns no more back into existence.”
When the venerable Ānanda had spoken this discourse, the householder Ghoṣila rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, paid homage, and departed.
〔464 · The Elder Named Elder〕(0118b15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Kauśāmbī, in Ghoṣila’s Park. At that time the venerable Ānanda went to where the elder named Elder was; having arrived, he respectfully exchanged greetings; having exchanged greetings, he withdrew and sat to one side, and asked the elder named Elder: “If a bhikṣu reflects in an open place, under a tree, or in an empty hut, with what thing should he reflect single-mindedly?” The elder answered: “Venerable Ānanda! One who reflects in an open place, under a tree, or in an empty hut should reflect single-mindedly with two things: calm and insight.” The venerable Ānanda further asked the elder: “When calm is cultivated, and much cultivated, what does it accomplish? When insight is cultivated, and much cultivated, what does it accomplish?” The elder answered: “Venerable Ānanda! Cultivating calm, one ends in accomplishing insight; having cultivated insight, one also accomplishes calm. That is to say, the noble disciple, cultivating calm and insight together, attains the elements of liberation.” Ānanda further asked the elder: “What are the elements of liberation?” The elder answered: “Venerable Ānanda! The element of abandoning, the element of desirelessness, the element of cessation—these are called the elements of liberation.” The venerable Ānanda further asked the elder: “What is the element of abandoning, up to the element of cessation?” The elder answered: “Venerable Ānanda! The abandoning of all formations is called the element of abandoning; the abandoning of craving and desire is the element of desirelessness; the cessation of all formations is called the element of cessation.”
Then the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the elder said, rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, went to where the five hundred bhikṣus were, respectfully exchanged greetings, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the five hundred bhikṣus: “When a bhikṣu reflects in an open place, under a tree, or in an empty hut, with what thing should he reflect single-mindedly?” Then the five hundred bhikṣus answered the venerable Ānanda: “He should reflect single-mindedly with two things, up to the element of cessation, as the elder said.”
Then the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the five hundred bhikṣus said, rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! If a bhikṣu reflects in an open place, under a tree, or in an empty hut, with what thing should he reflect single-mindedly?” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “If a bhikṣu reflects in an open place, under a tree, or in an empty hut, he should reflect single-mindedly with two things, up to the element of cessation, as the five hundred bhikṣus said.”
Then the venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha: “Wonderful, World-Honored One! The Teacher and his disciples are all of the same Dharma, the same phrasing, the same meaning, the same taste. I went to the elder named Elder and asked this meaning, and he too answered me with this meaning, this phrasing, this taste, just as the World-Honored One now says; I went further to the five hundred bhikṣus and asked with this meaning, this phrasing, this taste, and those five hundred bhikṣus too answered with this meaning, this phrasing, this taste, just as the World-Honored One now says. So it should be known that teacher and disciples are in all things of the same Dharma, the same meaning, the same phrasing, the same taste.” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “Do you know what kind of bhikṣu that elder is?” Ānanda said to the Buddha: “I do not know, World-Honored One.” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “That elder is an arhat; his outflows are ended, he has laid down the heavy burden, and with right knowledge his mind is well liberated; those five hundred bhikṣus too are all like this.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔465 · Whatever Earth Element There Is〕(0118c24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the venerable Rāhula went to where the World-Honored One was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! How should one know and how should one see so that in this conscious body of mine and in all the signs of external objects there is no ‘I’, no view of ‘mine’, no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches?” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “Listen carefully, reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you. Rāhula! If a bhikṣu, with regard to whatever earth element there is—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether gross or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—knows all of it as it really is: not self, not other than self, not within one another; so too with the water element, the fire element, the wind element, the space element, and the consciousness element.
“Rāhula! A bhikṣu who knows thus and sees thus has, in this conscious body of mine and in all the signs of external objects, no ‘I’, no view of ‘mine’, no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches. Rāhula! If a bhikṣu has, in this conscious body and in all the signs of external objects, no ‘I’, no view of ‘mine’, no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches, this is called cutting off craving, turning away the bonds, rightly attaining unbroken comprehension of conceit, and reaching the utter end of suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Rāhula, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔466 · Contact Is Their Cause, Contact Is Their Origin〕(0119a11)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the venerable Rāhula went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! How should one know and how should one see so that in this conscious body of mine and in all the signs of external objects there is no ‘I’, no view of ‘mine’, no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches?” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “There are three feelings: painful feeling, pleasant feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling. What is the cause of these three feelings, what is their origin, from what are they born, by what do they turn? These three feelings have contact as their cause, contact as their origin; they are born from contact and turn by contact. As this or that contact is the cause, this or that feeling arises; if this or that contact ceases, this or that feeling also ceases, is stilled, cooled, and gone. Knowing thus and seeing thus, in what of mine is conscious and in all the signs of external objects there comes to be no ‘I’, no view of ‘mine’, no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Rāhula, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔467 · With the Notion of a Sword’s Thrust〕(0119a22)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the venerable Rāhula went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew and stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! How should one know and how should one see so that in this conscious body of mine and in all the signs of external objects there is no ‘I’, no view of ‘mine’, no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches?” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “There are three feelings: painful feeling, pleasant feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling. See pleasant feeling with the notion of suffering, see painful feeling with the notion of a sword’s thrust, see neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling with the notion of impermanence. If that bhikṣu sees pleasant feeling with the notion of suffering, sees painful feeling with the notion of a sword’s thrust, and sees neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling with the notion of impermanence and cessation, this is called right view.” Then the World-Honored One spoke a verse:
“Seeing pleasure with the notion of suffering, painful feeling as a sword’s thrust,
toward what is neither painful nor pleasant, cultivating the notion of impermanence and cessation:
this is a bhikṣu. One accomplished in right view
walks the path of stilling and peace, dwells at the final limit,
forever free of the defilements, crushing the armies of Māra.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Rāhula, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔468 · Abandoning the Fetter of Greed toward Pleasant Feeling〕(0119b11)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the venerable Rāhula went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! How should one know and how should one see so that in this conscious body of mine and in all the signs of external objects there is no ‘I’, no view of ‘mine’, no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches?” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “There are three feelings: painful feeling, pleasant feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling. Seeing pleasant feeling—to abandon the fetter of greed toward pleasant feeling, pure conduct is practised under me; to abandon the fetter of hatred toward painful feeling, pure conduct is practised under me; to abandon the fetter of delusion toward neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, pure conduct is practised under me.
“Rāhula! If a bhikṣu has abandoned and known the fetter of greed toward pleasant feeling, has abandoned and known the fetter of hatred toward painful feeling, has abandoned and known the fetter of delusion toward neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, this is called a bhikṣu who cuts off craving and desire, turns away the bonds, attains unbroken comprehension of conceit, and reaches the utter end of suffering.” Then the World-Honored One spoke a verse:
“While feeling pleasant feeling, one does not understand pleasant feeling;
driven by the fetter of greed, one does not see the path of deliverance.
While feeling painful feeling, one does not understand painful feeling;
driven by the fetter of hatred, one does not see the path of deliverance.
Neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, taught by the Perfectly Awakened One—
one who does not observe it well never crosses to the other shore.
The bhikṣu strives with vigour, with clear comprehension, unmoving;
all such feelings one who has wisdom is able to know.
One who knows the feelings ends the outflows here and now;
the clear-minded one, at life’s end, is not counted among the many.
The count once cut off, one abides forever in final nirvāṇa.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Rāhula, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔469 · The Deep Abyss of the Great Ocean〕(0119c07)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “The deep abyss of the great ocean is the deep abyss as the fools of the world speak of it, not the deep abyss as the Dharma and Discipline of the noble ones speak of it. What the world speaks of is merely a great gathering of water; but when feelings arise from the body, pressed by many pains, to vexation or to death, this is called the deepest abyss of the great ocean. The foolish, unlearned ordinary person, when feelings arise in this body, pressed by pain, to vexation or to death, grieves and laments, cries out and reproaches, wails and howls, the mind distraught and mad, long sunk and drowned, with no place of rest. The learned noble disciple, when feelings arise in the body, pressed by pain, to vexation or to death, does not grieve and lament, wail and howl, or grow distraught in mind; he does not sink in birth and death, and finds a place of rest.” Then the World-Honored One spoke a verse:
“When painful feelings arise in the body, pressing even to death,
grieving without cease, unable to bear it, wailing and growing distraught,
the mind itself raises an obstruction, gathering many pains that increase;
forever sunk in the sea of birth and death, one knows no place of rest.
One who can let go the feelings in the body, the pains and vexations born of the body,
pressing hard even to death, gives rise to no thought of grief.
He does not cry or wail, and can himself bear the many pains;
the mind raises no obstruction—that obstruction which gathers many pains to increase.
He does not sink in birth and death, and forever finds a place of peace.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔470 · Struck in the Body by Two Poisoned Darts〕(0119c28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “The foolish, unlearned ordinary person gives rise to painful feeling, pleasant feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling; the learned noble disciple also gives rise to painful feeling, pleasant feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling. Bhikṣus! What is the difference between the ordinary person and the noble one?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma. Excellent, World-Honored One! May you expound it widely; the bhikṣus, having heard it, will receive and keep it and practice accordingly.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “The foolish, unlearned ordinary person, when feelings arise from bodily contact, pressed by pain, even to the loss of life, grieves and laments, cries out and reproaches, wails and howls.”
The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Listen carefully, reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you. Bhikṣus! The foolish, unlearned ordinary person, when feelings arise from bodily contact, increasing his pains, even to the loss of life, grieves and reproaches, cries and wails, the mind distraught; at that time he gives rise to two feelings, a bodily feeling or a mental feeling.
“It is like a man struck in the body by two poisoned darts, giving rise to extreme pain; so too the foolish, unlearned ordinary person gives rise to two feelings, a bodily feeling and a mental feeling, giving rise to extreme pain. Why? Because that foolish, unlearned ordinary person does not understand, pleasant contact of feeling arises with regard to the five sense pleasures, and he feels the pleasure of the five sense pleasures; because he feels the pleasure of the five sense pleasures, he is driven by the fetter of greed. Because of painful contact of feeling, hatred arises; because hatred arises, he is driven by the fetter of hatred. With regard to these two feelings—their origin, cessation, gratification, danger, and escape—he does not know as it really is; because he does not know as it really is, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling arises, and he is driven by the fetter of delusion. Bound by pleasant feeling, he is never released; bound by painful feeling, he is never released; bound by neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, he is never released. How is he bound? He is bound by greed, hatred, and delusion; he is bound by birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, grief, vexation, and suffering.
“The learned noble disciple, when painful feeling arises from bodily contact, pressed by great pain, even to the loss of life, does not grieve and reproach, cry and wail, or grow distraught in mind; at that time only one feeling arises, namely the bodily feeling, and no mental feeling.
“It is like a man struck by one poisoned dart and not by a second; at that time only one feeling arises, namely the bodily feeling, and no mental feeling. Touched by pleasant feeling, he is not stained by sense pleasure; because he is not stained by sense pleasure, the fetter of greed does not drive him with regard to that pleasant feeling. With regard to painful contact of feeling, hatred does not arise; because hatred does not arise, the fetter of hatred does not drive him. With regard to those two fetters, he knows their origin, cessation, gratification, danger, and escape as they really are; because he knows as it really is, the fetter of delusion toward neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling does not drive him. With regard to that pleasant feeling he is liberated and not bound; with regard to painful feeling and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling he is liberated and not bound. By what is he not bound? Greed, hatred, and delusion cannot bind him; birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, grief, vexation, and suffering cannot bind him.” Then the World-Honored One spoke a verse:
“The learned one, as to pain and pleasure, is not without feeling or knowing;
compared with the ordinary person, he has in truth heard much.
In pleasant feeling he is not heedless; meeting painful contact, his sorrow does not grow;
pain and pleasure alike relinquished, neither following nor opposing.
The bhikṣu strives with skilful means, with right knowledge, unshaken;
all these feelings the wise is able to understand.
Because he understands the feelings, he ends the outflows here and now;
at the body’s death he is not counted, abiding forever in final nirvāṇa.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔471 · A Wild Wind Suddenly Rising in the Sky〕(0120b15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “It is like a wild wind suddenly rising in the sky, coming from the four directions: dusty winds and dustless winds, viśva winds and vairambha winds, thin winds and thick winds, up to the winds that rise from the wind-circle. So too the winds of feeling in the body: various feelings arise—pleasant feeling, painful feeling, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling; pleasant bodily feeling, painful bodily feeling, neither-painful-nor-pleasant bodily feeling; pleasant mental feeling, painful mental feeling, neither-painful-nor-pleasant mental feeling; pleasant carnal feeling, painful carnal feeling, neither-painful-nor-pleasant carnal feeling; pleasant non-carnal, painful non-carnal, neither-painful-nor-pleasant non-carnal feeling; pleasant feeling of attachment, painful feeling of attachment, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling of attachment; pleasant feeling of deliverance, painful feeling of deliverance, neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling of deliverance.” Then the World-Honored One spoke a verse:
“As in the empty sky various wild winds rise,
winds from east, west, south, and north, and from the four intermediate directions likewise,
with dust and without dust, up to the winds that rise from the wind-circle;
so in this body the arising of feelings is likewise:
pleasant or painful feeling, and neither painful nor pleasant,
carnal and non-carnal, attached and unattached.
The bhikṣu strives with skilful means, with right knowledge, unshaken;
all these feelings the wise is able to understand.
Because he understands the feelings, he ends the outflows here and now;
at the body’s death he is not counted, abiding forever in final nirvāṇa.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔472 · Like a Guesthouse〕(0120c08)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “It is like a guesthouse where many kinds of people lodge: kṣatriyas, brāhmaṇas, householders and laymen, wild folk and hunters, keepers of the precepts and breakers of the precepts, those at home and those gone forth—all lodge in it. So too this body: various feelings arise—painful feeling, pleasant feeling, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling; pleasant bodily feeling, painful bodily feeling, neither-painful-nor-pleasant bodily feeling; pleasant mental feeling, painful mental feeling, neither-painful-nor-pleasant mental feeling; pleasant carnal feeling, painful carnal feeling, neither-painful-nor-pleasant carnal feeling; pleasant non-carnal feeling, painful non-carnal feeling, neither-painful-nor-pleasant non-carnal feeling; pleasant feeling of attachment, painful feeling of attachment, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling of attachment; pleasant feeling of deliverance, painful feeling of deliverance, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling of deliverance.” Then the World-Honored One spoke a verse:
“As in a guesthouse many kinds of people stay,
kṣatriyas, brāhmaṇas, householders, laymen, and the rest,
caṇḍālas, wild folk, keepers of the precepts and breakers of the precepts,
those at home and those gone forth, many kinds such as these;
so too this body. Various feelings arise,
pleasant or painful feeling, and neither painful nor pleasant,
carnal and non-carnal, attached and unattached;
the bhikṣu strives with skilful means, with right knowledge, unshaken;
all these feelings the wise is able to understand;
because he understands the feelings, he ends the outflows here and now;
at the body’s death he is not counted, abiding forever in final nirvāṇa.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔473 · All Feelings Are Suffering〕(0121a02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. Then a certain bhikṣu was alone in a quiet place in meditative reflection, and thought: The World-Honored One teaches three feelings—pleasant feeling, painful feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling—and also teaches that all feelings whatsoever are suffering; what is the meaning of this? Having thought thus, this bhikṣu rose from meditation, went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew and stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! I was in meditative reflection in a quiet place, and thought: The World-Honored One teaches three feelings—pleasant feeling, painful feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling—and also teaches that all feelings whatsoever are suffering; what is the meaning of this?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Because all formations are impermanent, because all formations are subject to change, I say that all feelings whatsoever are suffering.” Then the World-Honored One spoke a verse:
“Knowing formations are impermanent, all subject to change,
therefore he says feeling is all suffering: this the Perfectly Awakened One knows.
The bhikṣu strives with skilful means, with right knowledge, unshaken;
all the feelings the wise is able to understand.
Having fully known the feelings, he ends the outflows here and now;
at the body’s death he is not counted, abiding forever in final nirvāṇa.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔474 · The Gradual Stilling of Formations〕(0121a19)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the venerable Ānanda was alone in a quiet place in meditative reflection, and thought: The World-Honored One teaches three feelings—pleasant feeling, painful feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling—and also teaches that all feelings whatsoever are suffering; what is the meaning of this? Having thought thus, he rose from meditation, went to where the World-Honored One was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew and stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! I was alone in a quiet place in meditative reflection, and thought: As the World-Honored One teaches three feelings—pleasant feeling, painful feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling—and also teaches that all feelings are suffering, what is the meaning of this?” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “Because all formations are impermanent, because all formations are subject to change, I say that all feelings whatsoever are suffering. Further, Ānanda, I say it because of the gradual stilling of formations, I say it because of the gradual quieting of formations: all feelings are suffering.”
Ānanda said to the Buddha: “How is it, World-Honored One? Is it said because of the gradual stilling of feelings?” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “In the attainment of the first dhyāna, speech is stilled; in the attainment of the second dhyāna, initial and sustained thought are stilled; in the attainment of the third dhyāna, the joyful mind is stilled; in the attainment of the fourth dhyāna, in-and-out breathing is stilled; in the attainment of the sphere of space, the perception of form is stilled; in the attainment of the sphere of consciousness, the perception of the sphere of space is stilled; in the attainment of the sphere of nothingness, the perception of the sphere of consciousness is stilled; in the attainment of the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception, the perception of the sphere of nothingness is stilled; in the attainment of the cessation of perception and feeling, perception and feeling are stilled. This is called the gradual stilling of formations.”
Ānanda said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! What is the gradual quieting of formations?” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “In the attainment of the first dhyāna, speech is quieted; in the attainment of the second dhyāna, initial and sustained thought are quieted; in the attainment of the third dhyāna, the joyful mind is quieted; in the attainment of the fourth dhyāna, in-and-out breathing is quieted; in the attainment of the sphere of space, the perception of form is quieted; in the attainment of the sphere of consciousness, the perception of the sphere of space is quieted; in the attainment of the sphere of nothingness, the perception of the sphere of consciousness is quieted; in the attainment of the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception, the perception of the sphere of nothingness is quieted; in the attainment of the cessation of perception and feeling, perception and feeling are quieted. This is called the gradual quieting of formations.” Ānanda said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! This is called the gradual quieting of formations.”
The Buddha said to Ānanda: “There is further the superior quieting, the rare quieting, the higher quieting, the unsurpassed quieting. Among the other quietings, none surpasses this quieting.” Ānanda said to the Buddha: “What is the superior quieting, the rare quieting, the higher quieting, the unsurpassed quieting, which no other quieting surpasses?” The Buddha said to Ānanda: “When the mind takes no delight in desire and is liberated, takes no delight in hatred and delusion and is liberated, this is called the superior quieting, the rare quieting, the higher quieting, the unsurpassed quieting, which no other quieting surpasses.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔475 · The Tathāgata Vipaśyin〕(0121b26)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “When the Tathāgata Vipaśyin had not yet become a Buddha, alone in a quiet place, in meditative reflection, he made this contemplation, examining the feelings: What is feeling? What is the origin of feeling? What is the cessation of feeling? What is the path leading to the origin of feeling? What is the path leading to the cessation of feeling? What is the gratification in feeling? What is the danger in feeling? What is the escape from feeling? He examined thus: there are three feelings—pleasant feeling, painful feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling. The origin of contact is the origin of feeling; the cessation of contact is the cessation of feeling. If one delights in feeling, praises it, is attached to it, and abides firmly in it, this is called the path leading to the origin of feeling. If one does not delight in feeling, praise it, become attached to it, or abide firmly in it, this is called the path leading to the cessation of feeling. If pleasure and joy arise conditioned by feeling, this is called the gratification in feeling; that feeling is impermanent and subject to change, this is called the danger in feeling. If one abandons desire and craving for feeling and passes beyond desire and craving, this is called the escape from feeling.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
“As with the Buddha Vipaśyin, so with the Buddha Śikhin, the Buddha Viśvabhū, the Buddha Krakucchanda, the Buddha Kanakamuni, the Buddha Kāśyapa, and I, the Buddha Śākyamuni: when we had not yet become Buddhas, we reflected on and examined the feelings in the same way.”
〔476 · Thus Examining the Feelings〕(0121c13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time a certain bhikṣu was alone in a quiet place in meditative reflection, examining the feelings thus: What is feeling? What is the origin of feeling? What is the cessation of feeling? What is the path leading to the origin of feeling? What is the path leading to the cessation of feeling? What is the gratification in feeling? What is the danger in feeling? What is the escape from feeling? Then that bhikṣu, having woken from meditation, went to where the World-Honored One was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew and stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! I was alone in a quiet place in meditative reflection, examining the feelings: What is feeling? What is the origin of feeling? What is the cessation of feeling? What is the path leading to the origin of feeling? What is the path leading to the cessation of feeling? What is the gratification in feeling? What is the danger in feeling? What is the escape from feeling?”
The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “There are three feelings—pleasant feeling, painful feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling. The origin of contact is the origin of feeling; the cessation of contact is the cessation of feeling. If one delights in feeling, praises it, is attached to it, and abides firmly in it, this is called the path leading to the origin of feeling. If one does not delight in feeling, praise it, become attached to it, or abide firmly in it, this is called the path leading to the cessation of feeling. If pleasure and joy arise conditioned by feeling, this is called the gratification in feeling; that feeling is impermanent and subject to change, this is called the danger in feeling. If one abandons desire and craving for feeling and passes beyond desire and craving, this is called the escape from feeling.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔477 · As in the Discourse of the Certain Bhikṣu’s Question〕(0121c29)As in the discourse asked by a certain bhikṣu, so too the discourse asked by the venerable Ānanda.
〔478 · What Is Feeling〕(0122a02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “What is feeling? What is the origin of feeling? What is the cessation of feeling? What is the path leading to the origin of feeling? What is the path leading to the cessation of feeling?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma. Excellent, World-Honored One! May you expound it widely; the bhikṣus, having heard it, will receive and keep it and practice accordingly.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Listen carefully, reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you.”
The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “There are three feelings—pleasant feeling, painful feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling. The origin of contact is the origin of feeling; the cessation of contact is the cessation of feeling. If one delights in feeling, praises it, is attached to it, and abides firmly in it, this is called the path leading to the origin of feeling; if one does not delight in feeling, praise it, become attached to it, or abide firmly in it, this is called the path leading to the cessation of feeling. If pleasure and joy arise conditioned by feeling, this is called the gratification in feeling; that feeling is impermanent and changing, this is called the danger in feeling; if one abandons desire and craving for feeling and passes beyond desire and craving, this is called the escape from feeling.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔479 · Had I Not Known the Feelings as They Really Are〕(0122a15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Had I not known the feelings as they really are, had I not known the origin of feeling, the cessation of feeling, the path leading to the origin of feeling, the path leading to the cessation of feeling, the gratification in feeling, the danger in feeling, and the escape from feeling as they really are, then among the gods of the world, Māra, Brahmā, ascetics and brāhmaṇas, gods and humans, I would not be liberated, would not have escaped, would not be free of the inversions, nor would it be unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening. Because I know as they really are the feelings, the origin of feeling, the cessation of feeling, the path leading to the origin of feeling, the path leading to the cessation of feeling, the gratification in feeling, the danger in feeling, and the escape from feeling, among the gods of the world, Māra, Brahmā, ascetics and brāhmaṇas, gods and humans, I am liberated, have escaped, am free of the inversions, and have attained unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔480 · An Ascetic among Ascetics〕(0122a26)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not know the feelings as they really are, do not know the origin of feeling, the cessation of feeling, the path leading to the origin of feeling, the path leading to the cessation of feeling, the gratification in feeling, the danger in feeling, and the escape from feeling as they really are, they are not ascetics, not brāhmaṇas, not like ascetics, not like brāhmaṇas, without the goal of an ascetic, without the goal of a brāhmaṇa, realizing for themselves here and now(the three editions have “not” before “here and now”): My birth is ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know for myself that I shall not receive a later existence.
“If ascetics and brāhmaṇas know the feelings as they really are, know the origin of feeling, the cessation of feeling, the path leading to the origin of feeling, the path leading to the cessation of feeling, the gratification in feeling, the danger in feeling, and the escape from feeling as they really are, they are ascetics among ascetics, brāhmaṇas among brāhmaṇas, like ascetics, like brāhmaṇas, with the goal of an ascetic, the goal of a brāhmaṇa, realizing for themselves here and now: My birth is ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know for myself that I shall not receive a later existence.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
As with ascetics and non-ascetics, so too with those counted among ascetics and those not counted among ascetics.
〔481 · Sitting in Meditation for Half a Month〕(0122b13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Icchānaṅgala, in the Icchānaṅgala Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I wish to sit in meditation here for half a month. Bhikṣus! Do not wander about any more, except for almsround and the poṣadha; sit in meditation at once and wander about no more, except for almsround and the poṣadha.”
At that time the World-Honored One, when the half month had passed, spread his sitting cloth, sat down before the great assembly, and said to the bhikṣus: “With a small portion of the meditation I reflected on when I first became a Buddha, I have reflected during this half month, and thought thus: For all beings, the arising of feeling has a condition; it is not without a condition. What condition? Desire is a condition, thought is a condition, contact is a condition.
“Bhikṣus! When desire is not stilled, thought is not stilled, and contact is not stilled, by that condition beings give rise to feeling; by the condition of not being stilled, beings give rise to feeling. When desire is stilled, thought is not stilled, and contact is not stilled, by that condition beings give rise to feeling; by the condition of not being stilled, beings give rise to feeling. When desire is stilled, thought is stilled, and contact is not stilled, by that condition beings give rise to feeling; by the condition of not being stilled, beings give rise to feeling. When desire is stilled, thought is stilled, and contact is stilled, by that condition beings give rise to feeling; by the condition of that stilling, beings give rise to feeling.
“With wrong view as condition, beings give rise to feeling; with wrong view not stilled as condition, beings give rise to feeling. With wrong intention, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong mindfulness, wrong concentration, wrong liberation, and wrong knowledge as condition, beings give rise to feeling; with wrong knowledge not stilled as condition, beings give rise to feeling. With right view as condition, beings give rise to feeling; with right view stilled as condition, beings give rise to feeling. With right intention, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, right concentration, right liberation, and right knowledge as condition, beings give rise to feeling; with right knowledge stilled as condition, beings give rise to feeling. If that desire arises—attaining what was unattained, obtaining what was unobtained, realizing what was unrealized—by that condition beings give rise to feeling; by the condition of its stilling, beings give rise to feeling. This is called: by the condition of not being stilled, beings give rise to feeling; by the condition of stilling, beings give rise to feeling.
“If ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not know as it really is this condition, the origin of the condition, the cessation of the condition, the path leading to the origin of the condition, and the path leading to the cessation of the condition, they are not ascetics among ascetics, not brāhmaṇas among brāhmaṇas, not like ascetics among ascetics, not like brāhmaṇas among brāhmaṇas, without the goal of an ascetic, without the goal of a brāhmaṇa, realizing for themselves here and now(the three editions have “not” before “here and now”): My birth is ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know for myself that I shall not receive a later existence.
“If ascetics and brāhmaṇas know as it really is this condition, the origin of the condition, the cessation of the condition, the path leading to the origin of the condition, and the path leading to the cessation of the condition, know that these are ascetics among ascetics, brāhmaṇas among brāhmaṇas, like ascetics, like brāhmaṇas, who with the goal of an ascetic, the goal of a brāhmaṇa, realize for themselves here and now: My birth is ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know for myself that I shall not receive a later existence.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔482 · The Householder Anāthapiṇḍada Comes to the Buddha〕(0122c24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park; it was the time of the summer retreat. At that time the householder Anāthapiṇḍada came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew and sat to one side. The Buddha taught him the Dharma, showing, instructing, illumining, and gladdening, teaching various dharmas. When he had shown, instructed, illumined, and gladdened him, the householder rose from his seat, arranged his robe, paid homage to the Buddha, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “May the World-Honored One and the great assembly accept my invitation for three months of robes, food and drink, and medicine for illness.” Then the World-Honored One silently consented. Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍada, knowing that the Buddha had silently accepted the invitation, rose from his seat, departed, and returned to his own home.
When three months had passed, the householder came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew and sat to one side. The Buddha said to the householder Anāthapiṇḍada: “Excellent, householder! For three months you have offered robes, food and drink, and medicine for illness. By this you have adorned and purified the higher path, and in a future age you will obtain the fruit of happiness. Yet now you must not rest silently content with this Dharma; you should be diligent and train from time to time in the joy of seclusion, realizing it fully with the body.” Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍada, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, rose from his seat, and departed.
At that time the venerable Śāriputra was sitting in the assembly, and knowing that the householder Anāthapiṇḍada had departed, said to the Buddha: “Wonderful, World-Honored One! You have taught the householder Anāthapiṇḍada well, and have exhorted the householder Anāthapiṇḍada well, saying: For three months you have made full offerings among the Tathāgata’s great assembly and purified the higher path, and in a future age you will receive the fruit of happiness; you must not rest silently attached to this merit; you should train from time to time in the joy of seclusion, realizing it fully with the body. World-Honored One! If a noble disciple is made to train in the joy of seclusion, realizing it fully with the body, he is free of five things and fulfils five things. How is he free of five things? He abandons the joy nourished by desire, abandons the sorrow nourished by desire, abandons the equanimity nourished by desire, abandons the joy nourished by the unwholesome, abandons the sorrow nourished by the unwholesome; this is called being free of five things. How does he fulfil five things? Gladness, joy, tranquillity, happiness, and one-pointedness.” The Buddha said to Śāriputra: “So it is, so it is. If a noble disciple trains in the joy of seclusion, realizing it fully with the body, he is free of five things and fulfils five things.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔483 · Those with Carnal Gladness, Those with Non-Carnal Gladness〕(0123a23)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There is carnal gladness, there is non-carnal gladness, there is gladness beyond the non-carnal; there is carnal happiness, there is non-carnal happiness, there is happiness beyond the non-carnal; there is carnal equanimity, there is non-carnal equanimity, there is equanimity beyond the non-carnal; there is carnal liberation, there is non-carnal liberation, there is liberation beyond the non-carnal.
“What is carnal gladness? Gladness arising conditioned by the five sense pleasures. What is non-carnal gladness? A bhikṣu, secluded from desire, secluded from evil and unwholesome things, with initial and sustained thought, with the joy and happiness born of seclusion, dwells having attained the first dhyāna; this is called non-carnal gladness. What is gladness beyond the non-carnal? A bhikṣu, initial and sustained thought stilled, inwardly pure and one-pointed, without initial or sustained thought, with the joy and happiness born of concentration, dwells having attained the second dhyāna; this is called gladness beyond the non-carnal.
“What is carnal happiness? Happiness and joy arising conditioned by the five sense pleasures; this is called carnal happiness. What is non-carnal happiness? Initial and sustained thought quieted, inwardly pure and one-pointed, without initial or sustained thought, with the joy and happiness born of concentration; this is called non-carnal happiness. What is happiness beyond the non-carnal? A bhikṣu, free of delight and craving, dwelling with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge, dwells in happiness, in what the noble ones call equanimity; this is called happiness beyond the non-carnal.
“What is carnal equanimity? Equanimity arising conditioned by the five sense pleasures; this is called carnal equanimity. What is non-carnal equanimity? That bhikṣu, free of delight and craving, dwelling with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge, dwells in happiness, in what the noble ones call equanimity, and dwells having attained the third dhyāna; this is called non-carnal equanimity. What is equanimity beyond the non-carnal? A bhikṣu, pain abandoned and pleasure stilled, sorrow and joy already gone, with the equanimity that is neither painful nor pleasant, pure mindfulness and one-pointedness, dwells having attained the fourth dhyāna; this is called equanimity beyond the non-carnal.
“What is carnal liberation? It goes with form. What is non-carnal liberation? It goes with the formless. What is liberation beyond the non-carnal? That bhikṣu’s mind is undefiled by desire and liberated, undefiled by hatred and delusion and liberated; this is called liberation beyond the non-carnal.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔484 · The Foremost Seeing〕(0123b20)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the venerable bhikṣu Bhadra and the venerable Ānanda were staying together in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the venerable Ānanda went to where the venerable Bhadra was, and having exchanged greetings, stood to one side. Then the venerable Ānanda asked the venerable bhikṣu Bhadra: “What is called the foremost seeing? What is the foremost hearing? What is the foremost happiness? What is the foremost perception? What is the foremost existence?”
The venerable Bhadra said to the venerable Ānanda: “There is Brahmā, sovereign and creating, transforming at will, the father of the world; if one sees that Brahmā, this is called the foremost seeing.
“Ānanda! There are beings for whom the joy and happiness born of seclusion soak every part, gladden every part, fill the whole body, with no part unfilled—that is, the joy and happiness born of seclusion. Rising from samādhi, he raises his voice and proclaims to the whole assembly: the utterly still is the joy and happiness born of seclusion; the utterly happy is the joy and happiness born of seclusion. Whoever hears his voice—this is called the foremost hearing.
“Further, Ānanda, there are beings for whom, in this body, the happiness free of joy soaks it, soaks every part, gladdens and fills it, fills the whole body, with no part unfilled—that is, the happiness free of joy; this is called the foremost happiness.
“What is the foremost perception? Ānanda! There are beings who, passing beyond the whole sphere of consciousness and entering nothingness, dwell having attained the sphere of nothingness; if that perception arises, this is called the foremost perception.
“What is the foremost existence? Further, Ānanda, there are beings who, passing beyond the whole sphere of nothingness, dwell having attained the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception; if that existence arises, this is called the foremost existence.”
The venerable Ānanda said to the venerable bhikṣu Bhadra: “Many people hold such a view and say so; you say the same as they—what is the difference? I make an endeavour to question you; listen carefully, and I will explain it for you. As one has seen, one ends the outflows in due order: this is the foremost seeing. As one has heard, one ends the outflows in due order: this is called the foremost hearing. As happiness arises, one ends the outflows in due order: this is called the foremost happiness. As one perceives, one ends the outflows in due order: this is called the foremost perception. Contemplating as it really is, one ends the outflows in due order: this is called the foremost existence.” Then the two worthy ones, having discussed together, rose from their seats and departed.
〔485 · How Many Feelings Are There〕(0123c21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time King Bimbisāra went to where the venerable Udāyin was, bowed his head in homage, withdrew and sat to one side. Then King Bimbisāra said to the venerable Udāyin: “What feelings has the World-Honored One taught?” Udāyin said: “Great king! The World-Honored One teaches three feelings: pleasant feeling, painful feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling.” King Bimbisāra said to the venerable Udāyin: “Do not say so—that the World-Honored One teaches three feelings: pleasant feeling, painful feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling. There should be just two feelings, pleasant and painful; as for neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, that is stilling.” Thus it was said three times; Udāyin could not establish three feelings for the king, nor could the king establish two feelings; so they went together to where the Buddha was, bowed their heads at his feet, withdrew and stood to one side. Then the venerable Udāyin reported to the World-Honored One in full what had been said before: “I could not establish three feelings, nor could the king establish two feelings, so now we have come together to ask the World-Honored One in detail this meaning: how many feelings are there?”
The Buddha said to Udāyin: “I sometimes teach one feeling, sometimes two feelings, or three, four, five, six, eighteen, thirty-six, up to a hundred and eight feelings, and sometimes innumerable feelings.
“How do I teach one feeling? As when it is said that all feelings whatsoever are suffering; this is called my teaching one feeling. How do I teach two feelings? I teach bodily feeling and mental feeling; these are called two feelings. What are the three feelings? Pleasant feeling, painful feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling. What are the four feelings? Feeling bound to the realm of desire, feeling bound to the realm of form, feeling bound to the formless realm, and feeling unbound. How do I teach five feelings? The faculty of pleasure, the faculty of joy, the faculty of pain, the faculty of sorrow, the faculty of equanimity; this is called teaching five feelings. How do I teach six feelings? Feeling born of eye-contact, and feeling born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact. How do I teach eighteen feelings? Feelings that follow the six joys, the six sorrows, and the six equanimities; this is called teaching eighteen feelings. What are the thirty-six feelings? The six joys based on attachment, the six joys based on freedom from attachment, the six sorrows based on attachment, the six sorrows based on freedom from attachment, the six equanimities based on attachment, the six equanimities based on freedom from attachment; this is called teaching thirty-six feelings. How do I teach a hundred and eight feelings? The thirty-six feelings—thirty-six past, thirty-six future, thirty-six present; this is called teaching a hundred and eight feelings. How do I teach innumerable feelings? As when one speaks of this feeling and that feeling, and so on, speaking in this way by innumerable names; this is called teaching innumerable feelings.
“Udāyin! The world does not understand the true meaning of my teaching feeling in these various ways, and so they quarrel with one another and contradict one another, and never attain the true meaning in my Dharma and Discipline by which to quiet themselves. Udāyin! If one understands as it really is the meaning of the various feelings I have taught, quarrels and contradiction do not arise; quarrels already arisen and not yet arisen can be settled by the Dharma and Discipline and brought to rest.
“But, Udāyin, there are two feelings: feeling of desire and feeling free of desire. What is feeling of desire? Feeling arising conditioned by the five strands of sense pleasure; this is called feeling of desire. What is feeling free of desire? A bhikṣu, secluded from desire and from evil and unwholesome things, with initial and sustained thought, with the joy and happiness born of seclusion, dwells having attained the first dhyāna; this is called feeling free of desire.
“If someone says: beings, relying on this first dhyāna, have this alone as happiness, and nothing else—this is not so. Why? Because there is a higher happiness beyond it. What is it? A bhikṣu, free of initial and sustained thought, inwardly pure, with the joy and happiness born of concentration, dwells having attained the second dhyāna; this is called a higher happiness. In this way, up to the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception, each is said in turn to be higher.
“If someone says: only this place, up to neither perception nor non-perception, is the utmost happiness, and nothing else—this too is not so. Why? Because there is a higher happiness beyond it. What is it? A bhikṣu, passing beyond the whole sphere of neither perception nor non-perception, dwells having realized with the body the cessation of perception and feeling; this is called the higher happiness beyond that.
“If those gone forth in other teachings say thus: the ascetic son of the Śākyas teaches only the cessation of perception and feeling as the highest happiness—this is not fitting. Why? One should say to them: this is not what the World-Honored One counts as the happiness of feeling; what the World-Honored One counts as the happiness of feeling is as he has taught it.
“Udāyin! There are four kinds of happiness. What are the four? The happiness of freedom from desire, the happiness of seclusion, the happiness of stilling, the happiness of awakening.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Udāyin and King Bimbisāra, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔486 · Giving Rise to Right Weariness〕(0124b18)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If toward one thing one gives rise to right weariness, takes no delight in it, and turns away from it, one attains the ending of the outflows—namely, all beings subsist by nutriment. Again, two things: name and form. Again, three things: the three feelings. Again, four things: the four nutriments. Again, five things: the five aggregates of clinging. Again, six things: the six internal and external sense bases. Again, seven things: the seven stations of consciousness. Again, eight things: the eight worldly dharmas. Again, nine things: the nine abodes of beings. Again, ten things: the ten courses of action. If toward these ten things one gives rise to weariness, takes no delight in them, and turns away from them, one attains the ending of the outflows.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔487 · The Utter End of Suffering〕(0124b28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If toward one thing one gives rise to right weariness, takes no delight in it, and turns away from it, one reaches the utter end of suffering and is liberated from suffering—namely, all beings subsist by nutriment. Again, two things: name and form. Again, three things: the three feelings. Again, four things: the four nutriments. Again, five things: the five aggregates of clinging. Again, six things: the six internal and external sense bases. Again, seven things: the seven stations of consciousness. Again, eight things: the eight worldly dharmas. Again, nine things: the nine abodes of beings. Again, ten things: the ten courses of action. If toward these ten things one gives rise to right weariness, takes no delight in them, and turns away from them, one reaches the utter end of suffering and is liberated from suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔488 · Contemplating Impermanence〕(0124c10)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If toward one thing one contemplates impermanence, contemplates change, contemplates dispassion, contemplates cessation, contemplates relinquishment, one attains the ending of the outflows—namely, all beings subsist by nutriment. Again, two things: name and form. Again, three things: the three feelings. Again, four things: the four nutriments. Again, five things: the five aggregates of clinging. Again, six things: the six internal and external sense bases. Again, seven things: the seven stations of consciousness. Again, eight things: the eight worldly dharmas. Again, nine things: the nine abodes of beings. Again, ten things: the ten courses of action. If toward these ten things one rightly contemplates impermanence, contemplates change, contemplates dispassion, contemplates cessation, contemplates relinquishment, one attains the ending of the outflows.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔489 · Subsisting by Nutriment〕(0124c22)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If toward one thing one contemplates impermanence, contemplates change, contemplates dispassion, contemplates cessation, contemplates relinquishment, one reaches the utter end of suffering and is liberated from suffering—namely, all beings subsist by nutriment. Again, two things: name and form. Again, three things: the three feelings. Again, four things: the four nutriments. Again, five things: the five aggregates of clinging. Again, six things: the six internal and external sense bases. Again, seven things: the seven stations of consciousness. Again, eight things: the eight worldly dharmas. Again, nine things: the nine abodes of beings. Again, ten things: the ten courses of action. If toward these ten courses of action one contemplates impermanence, contemplates change, contemplates dispassion, contemplates cessation, contemplates relinquishment, one reaches the utter end of suffering and is liberated from suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔455 · The Various Elements as Conditions〕(0125a06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts; conditioned by the various contacts arise the various perceptions; conditioned by the various perceptions arise the various desires; conditioned by the various desires arise the various thoughts; conditioned by the various thoughts arise the various fevers; conditioned by the various fevers arise the various quests.
“What are the various elements? The eighteen elements—the eye element, up to the dharma element.
“How do the various contacts arise conditioned by the various elements? How…up to the various quests arising conditioned by the various fevers? Conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact; it is not that conditioned by eye-contact arises the eye element; only conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact. Conditioned by eye-contact arises eye-perception; it is not that conditioned by eye-perception arises eye-contact; only conditioned by eye-contact arises eye-perception. Conditioned by eye-perception arises eye-desire; it is not that conditioned by eye-desire arises eye-perception; only conditioned by eye-perception arises eye-desire. Conditioned by eye-desire arises eye-thought; it is not that conditioned by eye-thought arises eye-desire; only conditioned by eye-desire arises eye-thought. Conditioned by eye-thought arises eye-fever; it is not that conditioned by eye-fever arises eye-thought; only conditioned by eye-thought arises eye-fever. Conditioned by eye-fever arises eye-quest; it is not that conditioned by eye-quest arises eye-fever; only conditioned by eye-fever arises eye-quest. So too the ear, nose, tongue, and body; with the mind element as condition arises mind-contact, up to conditioned by mind-fever arises mind-quest—this too is to be taught at length in the same way.
“This, bhikṣus, is called: conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, up to conditioned by the various fevers arise the various quests; it is not that conditioned by the various quests arise the various fevers, up to it is not that conditioned by the various contacts arise the various elements; only conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, up to conditioned by the various fevers arise the various quests.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
As with the six internal sense bases, so too the six external sense bases are to be taught.
比丘靜處禪思,疑世尊既說三受,又說「諸所有受悉皆是苦」〔T02 0121a04〕,此有何義;世尊答:「我以一切行無常故,一切諸行變易法故,說諸所有受悉皆是苦」〔T02 0121a09〕。這一卷三十五經,卷首十經與卷末所附一經說界,四六六至四八九二十四經說受。界是受所從生:「緣界種種故生種種觸」〔T02 0125a07〕;受是界所成之果,知受悉苦,才於諸法「生正厭離、不樂、背捨」〔T02 0124b19〕。從界到受,從受到厭離,是這一卷的次第。
一、七界與緣界(經四五六·四五七)
光界、淨界、四無色入處界、滅界七界,異比丘問「如此諸界,何因緣可知」〔T02 0116c19〕。答:「彼光界者,緣闇故可知」〔T02 0116c19〕,淨界緣不淨,空入處緣色,識入處緣內,無所有入處緣所有,非想非非想入處「緣有第一故可知」〔T02 0116c23〕,「滅界者,緣有身可知」〔T02 0116c24〕。再問以何正受而得:前五界「於自行正受而得」〔T02 0116c28〕,非想非非想入處「於第一有正受而得」〔T02 0116c28〕,滅界「於有身滅正受而得」〔T02 0116c29〕。界由其所對而知,由其所行而得;滅界對有身,得之於有身滅。
四五七世尊從禪覺,說優檀那句:「緣界故生說,非不界,緣界故生見,非不界,緣界故生想,非不界」〔T02 0117a06〕;緣下界生下說、下見、下想乃至下受生,中界、勝界亦然。婆迦利比丘執扇在後,問:「若於三藐三佛陀起非三藐三佛陀見,彼見亦緣界而生耶?」〔T02 0117a14〕答:「亦緣界而生,非不界」〔T02 0117a16〕,「凡夫界者,是無明界」〔T02 0117a17〕。邪見也不是無因而起,它有它的界;說、見、想、受生,無一不從界來。
二、欲想·害想·出要想(經四五八)
「有因生欲想,非無因,有因生恚想、害想,非無因」〔T02 0117a22〕。因是界:「緣欲界故,生欲想、欲欲、欲覺、欲熱、欲求」〔T02 0117a24〕;愚癡凡夫起欲求已,「此眾生起三處邪,謂身、口、心」〔T02 0117a26〕,「現法苦住,有苦、有礙、有惱、有熱,身壞命終,生惡趣中」〔T02 0117a27〕。恚想、害想同此,「謂害界也」〔T02 0117a29〕。沙門婆羅門安於此生危嶮想而「不求捨離,不覺、不吐」〔T02 0117b05〕,如城邑邊曠野大火卒起而無人能滅,「當知彼諸野中眾生悉被火害」〔T02 0117b09〕。反之,「緣出要界,生出要想、出要欲、出要覺、出要熱、出要求」〔T02 0117b12〕,不害界生不害想;慧者求時三處生正,「現法樂住,不苦、不礙、不惱、不熱,身壞命終,生善趣中」〔T02 0117b15〕,如大火起時「有人堪能手足滅火」〔T02 0117b25〕,依草木者悉不被害。想從界起,求從想起,三處邪正從求起;滅火要在火起之初。
三、方便界(經四五九)
婆羅門來問「眾生非自作、非他作」〔T02 0117c04〕,世尊言「如是論者,我不與相見」〔T02 0117c05〕,而反問之:「我今問汝,隨意答我」〔T02 0117c08〕;「有眾生方便界,令諸眾生知作方便耶?」〔T02 0117c09〕婆羅門自答有。世尊乃結:「若有方便界,令諸眾生知有方便者,是則眾生自作、是則他作」〔T02 0117c11〕。再問「安住界、堅固界、出界、造作界」〔T02 0117c14〕,亦然。不與自作他作之空論相見,而由方便界反問,證成眾生自作、他作;界在,作就在。
四、瞿師羅長者問種種界(經四六〇至四六三)
長者四詣阿難,四問同問種種界,初問作「云何為種種界」〔T02 0117c26〕,四六二多一「名」字;阿難四答各異。初答以受之所從生:「眼界異、色界異喜處,二因緣生識,三事和合生觸,又喜觸因緣生樂受」〔T02 0117c27〕;「異眼界、異色界憂處」〔T02 0117c29〕,「三事和合生苦觸,彼苦觸因緣生苦受」〔T02 0118a01〕;捨處生「不苦不樂觸,不苦不樂觸因緣生不苦不樂受」〔T02 0118a04〕,六根皆然。次答以三界:「謂欲界、色界、無色界」〔T02 0118a12〕,偈云「捨一切有餘,得無餘寂滅」〔T02 0118a15〕。三答「有三界,色界、無色界、滅界」〔T02 0118a24〕,偈云「不識滅界者,還復受諸有」〔T02 0118a27〕。四答以三出界:「從欲界出至色界,色界出至無色界、一切諸行一切思想滅界」〔T02 0118b06〕,偈云「一切行滅盡,知一切有餘,不復轉還有」〔T02 0118b11〕。一問四答,從受之生處,到界之分,到滅界,到出;答愈後愈近於出。
五、止觀與解脫界(經四六四)
阿難問上座,比丘靜處思惟當以何法,答「當以二法專精思惟,所謂止、觀」〔T02 0118b20〕;「修習於止,終成於觀,修習觀已,亦成於止」〔T02 0118b23〕;止觀俱修「得諸解脫界」〔T02 0118b25〕,「若斷界、無欲界、滅界,是名諸解脫界」〔T02 0118b27〕;「斷一切行,是名斷界;斷除愛欲,是無欲界,一切行滅,是名滅界」〔T02 0118b29〕。阿難再問五百比丘,再問世尊,所答皆同,乃歎「師及弟子一切同法、同義、同句、同味」〔T02 0118c18〕。世尊告:「上座者是阿羅漢,諸漏已盡,已捨重擔,正智心善解脫,彼五百比丘亦皆如是」〔T02 0118c21〕。解脫界三名,所斷同是行與愛;同法同味,因所證是一。
六、羅睺羅問六界·緣種種界(經四六五·四五五)
羅睺羅問云何知見,「得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使」〔T02 0118c27〕。答以六界:地界若過去、未來、現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,「彼一切非我、不異我、不相在如實知」〔T02 0119a02〕,「水界、火界、風界、空界、識界亦復如是」〔T02 0119a03〕;如是知見,無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使,「是名斷愛,轉諸結,正慢無間等,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0119a07〕。
卷末所附四五五,說界如何生受以下諸支:「緣界種種故生種種觸,緣種種觸生種種想,緣種種想生種種欲,緣種種欲生種種覺,緣種種覺生種種熱,緣種種熱生種種求」〔T02 0125a07〕;逐支反說其不可倒:「謂緣眼界生眼觸,非緣眼觸生眼界,但緣眼界生眼觸」〔T02 0125a13〕,乃至「非緣種種求生種種熱,乃至非緣種種觸生種種界」〔T02 0125a25〕。界在前,觸想欲覺熱求在後,因果不倒;這一句接上卷十八界諸經,也接下文四六六的觸因觸集。
七、羅睺羅問三受(經四六六至四六八)
羅睺羅三經同一問,世尊三答皆從三受說,各答一層。四六六答受之因:「有三受——苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受。此三受何因、何集、何生、何轉?謂此三受,觸因、觸集、觸生、觸轉」〔T02 0119a15〕;「若彼彼觸滅,彼彼受亦滅、止、清涼、沒」〔T02 0119a18〕。四六七答受之觀:「觀於樂受而作苦想,觀於苦受作劍刺想,觀不苦不樂受作無常想」〔T02 0119a27〕,如是觀者「是名正見」〔T02 0119b02〕。四六八答受之使:「為斷樂受貪使故,於我所修梵行;斷苦受瞋恚使故,於我所修梵行;斷不苦不樂受癡使故,於我所修梵行」〔T02 0119b16〕;三使已斷已知,「是名比丘斷除愛欲,轉去諸結,慢無間等,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0119b21〕;偈云「覺知諸受者,現法盡諸漏,明智者命終,不墮於眾數」〔T02 0119c02〕。知受之因,見受之相,斷受之使:一問三步。前經四六五以六界答同一問,受與界是同一問的兩個入處。
八、大海深嶮與雙毒箭(經四六九·四七〇)
「大海深嶮者,此世間愚夫所說深嶮,非賢聖法、律所說深嶮」〔T02 0119c08〕;賢聖所說深嶮是「若從身生諸受,眾苦逼迫,或惱、或死,是名大海極深嶮處」〔T02 0119c10〕。凡夫於此身生諸受,「憂悲稱怨,啼哭號呼,心亂發狂,長淪沒溺,無止息處」〔T02 0119c13〕;多聞聖弟子於身生諸受,「不淪生死,得止息處」〔T02 0119c16〕。四七〇世尊自問凡夫聖人有何差別:凡夫身觸生受,愁憂號呼,「當於爾時,增長二受,若身受、若心受」〔T02 0120a11〕,「譬如士夫身被雙毒箭」〔T02 0120a12〕;受五欲樂故「為貪使所使」〔T02 0120a16〕,苦受觸生瞋恚故「為恚使所使」〔T02 0120a17〕,於此二受「若集、若滅、若味、若患、若離不如實知」〔T02 0120a18〕,生不苦不樂受「為癡使所使」〔T02 0120a19〕;「謂為貪、恚、癡所繫,為生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦所繫」〔T02 0120a21〕。聖弟子身觸生苦受,「唯生一受,所謂身受,不生心受」〔T02 0120a25〕,「譬如士夫被一毒箭,不被第二毒箭」〔T02 0120a25〕;於二使集滅味患離如實知,「於彼樂受解脫不繫,苦受、不苦不樂受解脫不繫」〔T02 0120b02〕。深嶮不在海,在身受;凡聖之別不在第一箭,在第二箭。
九、狂風·客舍·受悉苦·漸次止息(經四七一至四七四)
「譬如空中狂風卒起,從四方來」〔T02 0120b16〕,有塵無塵、薄厚乃至風輪,「身中受風亦復如是,種種受起」〔T02 0120b18〕:樂、苦、不苦不樂三受,各有身受、心受,有「樂食受、苦食受、不苦不樂食受」〔T02 0120b21〕與無食受,有貪受與「樂出要受、苦出要受、不樂不苦出要受」〔T02 0120b23〕。四七二「譬如客舍種種人住」〔T02 0120c09〕,剎利婆羅門、持戒犯戒、在家出家悉於中住,「此身亦復如是,種種受生」〔T02 0120c11〕;所列諸受與前經同;四七〇至四七三四經之偈首句各異,後段同式,同以「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動」〔T02 0120b10〕起,同以「了知諸受故,現法盡諸漏,身死不墮數,永處般涅槃」〔T02 0120b12〕結,惟四七三作「於諸一切受,𭶑慧能了知。悉知諸受已」〔T02 0121a15〕,式同而字不盡同。
四七三異比丘問三受與悉苦之義,世尊答如卷首所引;偈云「知諸行無常,皆是變易法,故說受悉苦,正覺之所知」〔T02 0121a12〕。四七四阿難同問,世尊於無常變易之外更說一義:「我以諸行漸次寂滅故說,以諸行漸次止息故說,一切諸受悉皆是苦」〔T02 0121a28〕。漸次寂滅者,「初禪正受時,言語寂滅」〔T02 0121b02〕,二禪覺觀寂滅,三禪喜心寂滅,四禪出入息寂滅,四空入處各滅前想,「想受滅正受時,想受寂滅,是名漸次諸行寂滅」〔T02 0121b08〕;漸次止息,同此九位。更有「勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息」〔T02 0121b18〕:「於貪欲心不樂、解脫,恚、癡心不樂、解脫」〔T02 0121b22〕。受悉是苦,不因其樂不樂,因其皆是行,皆可滅可息;滅息之頂不是想受滅,是心於貪恚癡不樂、解脫。
十、七佛觀受(經四七五至四八〇)
毘婆尸如來未成佛時,獨一靜處觀察諸受八句:「云何為受?云何受集?云何受滅?云何受集道跡?云何受滅道跡?云何受味?云何受患?云何受離?」〔T02 0121b29〕如是觀察:「觸集是受集,觸滅是受滅」〔T02 0121c03〕;「若於受愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,是名受集道跡」〔T02 0121c04〕,不愛樂讚歎染著堅住是受滅道跡;「若受因緣生樂喜,是名受味,若受無常變易法,是名受患。若於受斷欲貪、越欲貪,是名受離」〔T02 0121c06〕。式棄佛乃至迦葉佛「及我釋迦文佛,未成佛時思惟觀察諸受,亦復如是」〔T02 0121c11〕。四七六異比丘靜處自觀此八句而問,四七七阿難問亦如是,四七八世尊自舉而為諸比丘說,所答同一八句。四七九說此觀是成佛所由:「若我於諸受不如實知」〔T02 0122a16〕乃至「亦非阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」〔T02 0122a20〕;如實知故,「為脫、為出、為脫諸顛倒,得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」〔T02 0122a23〕。四八〇說此觀是沙門所由:不如實知者「非沙門、非婆羅門,不同沙門、不同婆羅門」〔T02 0122a29〕;如實知者「彼是沙門之沙門、婆羅門之婆羅門」〔T02 0122b06〕,「現法自知作證」〔T02 0122b07〕。七佛同觀,比丘與阿難同問;四七八世尊自舉,問略五項而答具八項,答文又少一「法」字:觀受八句是佛道與沙門道的同一道。
十一、半月坐禪(經四八一)
世尊半月坐禪,告諸比丘:「我以初成佛時所思惟禪法少許禪分,於今半月,思惟作是念」〔T02 0122b18〕:「諸有眾生,生受皆有因緣,非無因緣。云何因緣?欲是因緣、覺是因緣、觸是因緣」〔T02 0122b20〕。三者俱不寂滅,欲寂滅而覺觸不寂滅,欲覺寂滅而觸不寂滅,三俱寂滅,「以彼因緣故,眾生生受」〔T02 0122b25〕。「邪見因緣故,眾生生受」〔T02 0122c01〕,邪志乃至邪智亦然;「正見因緣故,眾生生受,正見寂滅因緣故,眾生生受」〔T02 0122c04〕,正志乃至正智亦然;「若彼欲不得者得、不獲者獲、不證者證生」〔T02 0122c08〕,亦生受。於「緣緣、緣緣集、緣緣滅、緣緣集道跡、緣緣滅道跡」〔T02 0122c18〕如實知者,「當知是沙門之沙門、婆羅門之婆羅門」〔T02 0122c19〕。受不止於染:正見生受,寂滅因緣亦生受,欲得未得、欲證未證者亦生受。知受之緣,不只知其染緣,連道上的受也知其所從來,才是沙門。
十二、遠離喜樂·有食無食(經四八二·四八三)
給孤獨長者三月供養,世尊許其「於未來世當獲安樂果報」〔T02 0123a05〕,而告之「然汝今莫得默然樂受此法,汝當精勤,時時學遠離喜樂,具足身作證」〔T02 0123a06〕。舍利弗申其義:聖弟子學遠離喜樂者「得遠離五法,修滿五法」〔T02 0123a15〕——遠離「斷欲所長養喜、斷欲所長養憂、斷欲所長養捨、斷不善所長養喜、斷不善所長養憂」〔T02 0123a16〕,修滿「隨喜、歡喜、猗息、樂、一心」〔T02 0123a19〕。四八三把念、樂、捨、解脫各分三層:有食、無食、無食無食。「云何食念?謂五欲因緣生念」〔T02 0123a28〕,無食念是初禪,無食無食念是二禪;有食樂是五欲所生,無食樂是二禪定生喜樂,無食無食樂是三禪聖說捨;「有食捨?謂五欲因緣生捨」〔T02 0123b10〕,無食捨是三禪「安樂住彼聖說捨,第三禪具足住」〔T02 0123b12〕,「不苦不樂捨,淨念一心,第四禪具足住,是名無食無食捨」〔T02 0123b14〕;「云何有食解脫?謂色俱行。云何無食解脫?謂無色俱行」〔T02 0123b15〕,無食無食解脫是「貪欲不染、解脫,瞋恚、愚癡心不染、解脫」〔T02 0123b17〕。供養之福是有食之樂;遠離是無食之樂;無食之上還有無食無食,到解脫一層,色俱行是有食,無色俱行是無食,唯心於貪恚癡不染、解脫是無食無食。
十三、見第一(經四八四)
阿難問跋陀羅:「云何名為見第一?云何聞第一?云何樂第一?云何想第一?云何有第一?」〔T02 0123b24〕跋陀羅答以世所共許:「若見彼梵天者,名曰見第一」〔T02 0123b28〕;聞離生喜樂者唱說,是聞第一;離喜之樂遍身充滿,是樂第一;無所有入處想是想第一,非想非非想入處有是有第一。阿難言:「多有人作如是見、如是說,汝亦同彼,有何差別?」〔T02 0123c12〕而自答:「如其所觀,次第盡諸漏,是為見第一」〔T02 0123c14〕,聞、樂、想亦如是,「如實觀察,次第盡諸漏,是名有第一」〔T02 0123c18〕。第一不在所見所得之高,在見之後漏盡與否;非想非非想之有與梵天之見,同是世間所共許的第一。
十四、瓶沙王與優陀夷(經四八五)
瓶沙王問世尊所說諸受,優陀夷答三受,王言「正應有二受——樂受、苦受。若不苦不樂受,是則寂滅」〔T02 0123c27〕,三說而「優陀夷不能為王立三受,王亦不能立二受」〔T02 0123c29〕,共詣世尊。世尊答:「我有時說一受,或時說二受,或說三、四、五、六、十八、三十六,乃至百八受,或時說無量受」〔T02 0124a05〕;「如說所有受,皆悉是苦,是名我說一受」〔T02 0124a07〕,「說身受、心受,是名二受」〔T02 0124a09〕,三受、四受乃至百八、無量,各有其門。「世間不解,故而共諍論,共相違反」〔T02 0124a23〕;如實解知者,起、未起諍能以法律止之。世尊又說「有二受,欲受、離欲受」〔T02 0124a27〕;初禪不是唯一之樂,「更有勝樂過於此故」〔T02 0124b04〕,轉轉至想受滅身作證;異學言沙門釋種子唯說想受滅名為至樂,應語之「此非世尊所說受樂數」〔T02 0124b13〕;「有四種樂。何等為四?謂離欲樂、遠離樂、寂滅樂、菩提樂」〔T02 0124b14〕。數受不是數目之爭,是說法之門;一受是苦,百八受亦是苦;樂有層層之勝,而想受滅不在受樂之數;四種樂另列,不以受之數目計。
十五、一法至十法(經四八六至四八九)
「若於一法,生正厭離、不樂、背捨,得盡諸漏,所謂一切眾生由食而存」〔T02 0124b19〕;二法名色,三法三受,四法四食,五法五受陰,六法六內外入處,七法七識住,八法世八法,九法九眾生居,十法十業跡。四八七同此十法而「究竟苦邊,解脫於苦」〔T02 0124c01〕;四八八於此十法「觀察無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,得盡諸漏」〔T02 0124c11〕;四八九同觀而「究竟苦邊,解脫於苦」〔T02 0124c25〕。厭離得盡漏,厭離究竟苦邊,觀察得盡漏,觀察究竟苦邊:四經二法二果。三受列在第三,與食、名色、受陰、入處同一列,同一厭、同一觀;受段以此四經收,受是所厭所觀之一法,不是別物。
十六、一卷的讀法
界段在前,受段在後,中間以羅睺羅之問相接:四六五以六界答「得無有我」之問,四六六至四六八以三受答同一問。受從界生——四六〇眼界色界三事和合生三受,四五五界生觸、觸生想欲覺熱求;受有其相——四六七樂受作苦想、苦受作劍刺想、不苦不樂受作無常想;受有其使——四六八三使,四七〇雙毒箭;受有其數——四七一、四七二食無食貪出要,四八五一受乃至無量受;受有其緣——四六六觸因觸集,四八一欲覺觸三因緣與邪正道支皆是因緣;受有其滅——四七四漸次寂滅止息,四八三無食無食解脫。總之一句:諸所有受悉皆是苦,因諸行無常變易,因諸行可漸次滅息。知者如何?「於此一切受,黠慧能了知」〔T02 0120b11〕,七佛由此成佛,沙門由此是沙門;不知者第二箭入,非沙門義。卷末四法:於受厭離、觀察,究竟苦邊。
承衍——攝事分所攝
攝事分卷九十六末,嗢拕南「自性、與因緣、見、染、數取趣、轉差別、道理、寂靜、後觀察」〔T30n1579 0850c15〕九門,與「受生起、劣等、諸受相差別、見等為最勝、知差別、問、記」〔T30n1579 0851b26〕七門,攝本卷受段諸經。卷首界段十經與卷末四五五,論之本母在前卷所對諸門,此處不重列。論之門序與經序不盡同(諸受相差別門當四八五,見等為最勝門當四八四),下文依經序,門名隨所釋之經出。
自性門與因緣門:「略說三受,是受自性。三品類觸,是受因緣」〔T30n1579 0850c23〕,即四六六之三受、觸因觸集與四七五之觸集是受集;經言「觸因、觸集、觸生、觸轉」,論言三品類觸,經論異詞。見門釋四六七:「由此應觀樂受為苦」〔T30n1579 0850c25〕,「如中毒箭而未得拔,由此應觀苦受如箭」〔T30n1579 0850c27〕,非苦樂受「已滅壞者是無常故,正現前者是滅法故」〔T30n1579 0850c28〕;「如是於受所生正見,能隨悟入諸有所受皆悉是苦」〔T30n1579 0851a01〕——經之劍刺,論作箭;經以三想為正見,論以正見悟入受悉是苦,正是四六七與四七三之相接。染門釋四六八、四七〇之三使:「於樂受中有貪隨眠,於苦受中有瞋隨眠,於非苦樂無明隨眠」〔T30n1579 0851a03〕,「為欲永害諸隨眠故,熟修梵行」〔T30n1579 0851a08〕;經言使,論言隨眠;經言癡使,論言無明隨眠。數取趣門釋四六九:「無思擇力補特伽羅,受苦受時,心極憂悴」〔T30n1579 0851a09〕,「是故名為現見圓滿冥闇受坑,難得其底」〔T30n1579 0851a12〕,「有思擇力補特伽羅,應知一切與上相違」〔T30n1579 0851a13〕——經之愚癡無聞凡夫與多聞聖弟子,論作無思擇力、有思擇力;經之大海極深嶮處,論作冥闇受坑。
轉差別門釋四七〇至四七二與四八三:「又於諸受心未解脫補特伽羅,但於苦受圓滿領納,猶如一人中二毒箭」〔T30n1579 0851a14〕,「二毒箭者,即喻三受或染心領納,謂由貪瞋癡;或相應領納,謂由生等苦」〔T30n1579 0851a16〕——經之雙毒箭與「為貪、恚、癡所繫,為生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦所繫」,論分為染心領納、相應領納二箭。「應觀此受猶若旋風」〔T30n1579 0851a23〕是四七一之狂風,「應觀此受如客舍中羇旅色類」〔T30n1579 0851a24〕是四七二之客舍;論以旋風喻速歸遷謝之受,以客舍喻相似相續之受,二喻各當一類。「有味受者,諸世間受。無味受者,諸出世受」〔T30n1579 0851a26〕,「依耽嗜受者,於妙五欲諸染污受」〔T30n1579 0851a27〕,「依出離受者」〔T30n1579 0851a28〕——經之食受、無食受、貪著受、出要受,論作有味、無味、依耽嗜、依出離,四名皆異詞。道理門釋四七三:「又諸苦受,一切眾生現知是苦,不假成立」〔T30n1579 0851b01〕,樂受與非苦樂受以變壞法故應知是苦,「由此道理,當知諸受皆悉是苦」〔T30n1579 0851b05〕;經言變易法,論言變壞法。寂靜門釋四七四:「又彼諸受,應知略有三種寂靜」〔T30n1579 0851b06〕;「當知此中,暫時不行,名為寂靜;令其究竟成不行法,名為止息」〔T30n1579 0851b09〕——經之寂滅與止息分二問二答而九位同列,論以暫時不行、究竟不行分之;「即此語言,若正證入初靜慮定,即便寂靜」〔T30n1579 0851b12〕即經之初禪言語寂滅;「說其心於貪瞋癡離染解脫」〔T30n1579 0851b20〕即經之勝止息、無上止息。觀察門釋四七五至四八〇:「又由七行,於諸受中觀受七相」〔T30n1579 0851b20〕,「謂觀諸受自性故,現在流轉、還滅因緣故,當來流轉因緣故,當來還滅因緣故,雜染因緣故,清淨因緣故,及清淨故」〔T30n1579 0851b21〕——經八句(受、集、滅、集道跡、滅道跡、味、患、離),論七相,數與名皆不同;論之現在流轉還滅因緣當經之集與滅,當來流轉還滅因緣當經之集道跡滅道跡,雜染清淨因緣當經之味與患,清淨當經之離,自性一相經以云何為受攝之。
受生起門釋四八一:「一切有情應斷諸受,略由三緣而得生起」〔T30n1579 0851b28〕,「一者、欲緣,謂於未來世。二者、尋緣,謂於過去世。三者、觸緣,謂於現在世現前境界」〔T30n1579 0851b29〕——經之欲、覺、觸,論作欲、尋、觸,並以三世分之;論又分有情為八種,「具足於邪見乃至邪解脫智者」〔T30n1579 0851c07〕、「具足於正見乃至正解脫智者」〔T30n1579 0851c08〕在其中,即經之邪見乃至邪智、正見乃至正智因緣生受;「所有諸欲未得為得、未證為證、未觸為觸」〔T30n1579 0852a22〕即經之不得者得、不獲者獲、不證者證;知此者「於第一義諸沙門中,許為沙門;諸梵志中,許為梵志」〔T30n1579 0852a28〕,經言婆羅門之婆羅門,論言梵志。劣等門釋四八二、四八三:「復次,於遠離喜身作證住諸聖弟子,能斷五法,能修五法令得圓滿」〔T30n1579 0852b07〕,即經之遠離五法、修滿五法;「又喜樂捨劣中勝品,謂在欲界及四靜慮」〔T30n1579 0852b09〕,即經之有食、無食、無食無食三層,論以劣中勝名之;「第四靜慮地捨,一切過患皆遠離故,名善清淨」〔T30n1579 0852b11〕,即經之第四禪無食無食捨。見等為最勝門釋四八四:「依止如是色類見聞及樂想有,無間隨得諸漏永盡,當知此見名最勝見,乃至此有名最勝有」〔T30n1579 0852c13〕——經之次第盡諸漏,論作無間隨得諸漏永盡;經言第一,論言最勝。諸受相差別門釋四八五:「復次,由十種相,當知諸受所有差別」〔T30n1579 0852b13〕;論先引「無開覺者」〔T30n1579 0852b17〕之說:「受唯有二,一、苦、二、樂」〔T30n1579 0852b18〕,「是故世尊即依如是苦樂寂靜假設為有」〔T30n1579 0852b20〕,即王所持不苦不樂是則寂滅之義;「世尊為欲開曉彼故」〔T30n1579 0852b21〕乃說欲樂與遠離樂——論之無開覺者當經之瓶沙王,世尊開曉當經之一受乃至無量受;「樂有二種,所謂欲樂及遠離樂」〔T30n1579 0852b21〕即經之欲受、離欲受;「劣樂者,謂無所有處已下。中樂者,謂第一有。勝樂者,謂想受滅」〔T30n1579 0852b23〕即經之轉轉勝樂;「非據受樂說滅盡定以為有樂,然斷受樂說名為樂」〔T30n1579 0852c07〕即經之此非世尊所說受樂數。經所列一受至無量受與論之十種相,數與名皆不同;經之四種樂,論無其列。知差別門釋四八六至四八九:「正於苦邊能隨得者,謂於苦諦得遍解脫」〔T30n1579 0852c26〕,「於諸漏盡能隨得者,謂於集諦得勝解脫」〔T30n1579 0852c27〕,「應厭應離應解脫者,謂於滅諦能正作證」〔T30n1579 0852c28〕,「於無常等隨觀住者,謂於道諦能正修習」〔T30n1579 0852c29〕——經之四經二法二果,論以四諦分配:究竟苦邊是苦諦,盡諸漏是集諦,厭離背捨是滅諦,觀察無常等是道諦;「又由十相,應當了知境事差別」〔T30n1579 0853a01〕,論之十相與經之十法同數,其名不同詞。
問門與記門說問答之法,本卷無專對之經;論言「若有問言:造作業已,往善趣不?應反詰云:汝問何業?」〔T30n1579 0853b02〕,四五九世尊於自作他作之問不與相見而反問方便界,可參讀;論之四種記別,「一向記」〔T30n1579 0853a29〕、反詰、置記,經以反問一法行之。
A bhikṣu in meditative reflection in a quiet place wonders: the World-Honored One has taught three feelings, and yet he also says that “all feelings whatsoever are suffering”; what does this mean? The World-Honored One answers: “Because all formations are impermanent, because all formations are subject to change, I say that all feelings whatsoever are suffering.” Of the thirty-five discourses of this fascicle, the ten at the head and the one appended at the end speak of the elements, and the twenty-four from the four hundred and sixty-sixth to the four hundred and eighty-ninth speak of feeling. The elements are what feeling arises from: “conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts”; feeling is the fruit the elements bring about, and only when one knows that feeling is all suffering does one “give rise to right weariness, take no delight, and turn away” from things. From the elements to feeling, from feeling to weariness: this is the order of the fascicle.
I. The Seven Elements and Elements as Conditions (Discourses 456 and 457)
Seven elements: the element of light, the element of purity, the four elements of the formless spheres, and the element of cessation. A certain bhikṣu asks “by what conditions are these elements known?” The answer: “the element of light is known in dependence on darkness”; the element of purity in dependence on impurity; the sphere of space in dependence on form; the sphere of consciousness in dependence on the inner; the sphere of nothingness in dependence on something; the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception “is known in dependence on the summit of existence”; “the element of cessation is known in dependence on the existing body.” He asks again by what attainment they are reached: the first five elements are “reached by the attainment proper to each”; the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception is “reached by the attainment of the summit of existence”; the element of cessation is “reached by the attainment of the cessation of the existing body.” An element is known by what it stands against and reached by what it practises; the element of cessation stands against the existing body and is reached in the cessation of the existing body.
In the four hundred and fifty-seventh the World-Honored One rises from meditation and speaks the udāna phrase: “conditioned by an element arises speech, never without an element; conditioned by an element arises a view, never without an element; conditioned by an element arises a perception, never without an element.” Conditioned by an inferior element arise inferior speech, inferior views, inferior perceptions, and so on up to inferior rebirth; so too with a middling element and a superior element. The bhikṣu Vakkalin, holding a fan behind him, asks: “if toward the Fully and Perfectly Awakened One there arises the view that he is not fully and perfectly awakened, does that view too arise conditioned by an element?” The answer: “it too arises conditioned by an element, never without an element”; “the element of the ordinary person is the element of ignorance.” Even a wrong view does not arise without a cause; it has its element. Speech, views, perceptions, rebirth: not one of them fails to come from an element.
II. Perceptions of Desire, of Harming, and of Deliverance (Discourse 458)
“A perception of desire arises from a cause, not without a cause; a perception of hatred and a perception of harming arise from a cause, not without a cause.” The cause is an element: “conditioned by the element of desire arise the perception of desire, the desire for it, the thought of it, the fever of it, the quest for it.” When the foolish ordinary person has given rise to the quest of desire, “this being goes wrong in three places: body, speech, and mind”; he “dwells in suffering here and now, with pain, with obstruction, with vexation, with fever, and when the body breaks up and life ends he is born in an evil destination.” The perception of hatred and the perception of harming are the same, “namely the element of harming.” Ascetics and brāhmaṇas who rest in this and give rise to a perilous perception “do not seek to relinquish it, do not wake to it, do not spit it out,” like a great fire suddenly breaking out in the wilderness beside a town with no one able to put it out: “know that all the beings in that wilderness are harmed by the fire.” Conversely, “conditioned by the element of deliverance arise the perception of deliverance, the desire for it, the thought of it, the fever of it, the quest for it”; from the element of non-harming arises the perception of non-harming. When the wise person seeks, the three places go right; he “dwells in happiness here and now, without pain, without obstruction, without vexation, without fever, and when the body breaks up and life ends he is born in a good destination,” as when a great fire rises and “there is a person able to put out the fire with hands and feet,” and all that depend on the grass and trees are unharmed. Perception arises from the element, the quest arises from perception, the right or wrong of the three places arises from the quest; the fire must be put out when it first rises.
III. The Element of Endeavour (Discourse 459)
A brāhmaṇa comes and asks whether “beings are neither self-made nor made by another.” The World-Honored One says, “with one who argues thus, I do not meet,” and turns the question back on him: “I shall now question you; answer as you see fit.” “Is there an element of endeavour in beings, enabling beings to know how to make endeavour?” The brāhmaṇa answers for himself that there is. The World-Honored One then concludes: “if there is an element of endeavour, enabling beings to know that there is endeavour, then beings are self-made, then they are made by another.” He asks again about “the element of steadfastness, the element of firmness, the element of going forth, the element of making,” and it is the same. He does not meet the empty argument about self-made and made by another; by the element of endeavour he questions in return, and so establishes that beings are self-made and made by another. Where the element is, there is making.
IV. The Householder Ghoṣila Asks about the Various Elements (Discourses 460 to 463)
The householder goes four times to Ānanda and four times asks about the various elements, the first time with the words “what are the various elements?”; the four hundred and sixty-second adds one word, asking what the various elements are called. Ānanda answers differently each time. The first answer is from where feeling arises: “the eye element is distinct, the form element is distinct, a basis of joy; from the two as conditions arises consciousness, and the meeting of the three gives rise to contact, and further, conditioned by joyful contact arises pleasant feeling”; “a distinct eye element, a distinct form element, a basis of sorrow,” “the meeting of the three gives rise to painful contact, and conditioned by that painful contact arises painful feeling”; a basis of equanimity gives rise to “neither-painful-nor-pleasant contact, and conditioned by neither-painful-nor-pleasant contact arises neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling,” and so for all six faculties. The second answer is the three realms: “namely the realm of desire, the realm of form, the formless realm,” and the verse says “relinquishing all that remains, one attains stilling without remainder.” The third answer: “there are three elements, the realm of form, the formless realm, and the element of cessation,” and the verse says “one who does not know the element of cessation returns again to existence.” The fourth answer is the three elements of escape: “escaping from the realm of desire to the realm of form, from the realm of form to the formless realm, and the element of the cessation of all formations and all thinking,” and the verse says “all formations ended; knowing what remains of existence, one turns back no more into existence.” One question, four answers: from where feeling arises, to the division of the realms, to the element of cessation, to escape; the later the answer, the nearer to escape.
V. Calm, Insight, and the Elements of Liberation (Discourse 464)
Ānanda asks an elder by what means a bhikṣu reflecting in a quiet place should reflect, and the answer is “reflect single-mindedly with two things: calm and insight”; “cultivating calm, one ends in insight; having cultivated insight, one also accomplishes calm.” Cultivating calm and insight together, one “attains the elements of liberation”; “the element of abandoning, the element of desirelessness, the element of cessation: these are called the elements of liberation”; “the abandoning of all formations is called the element of abandoning; cutting off craving and desire is the element of desirelessness; the cessation of all formations is called the element of cessation.” Ānanda asks the five hundred bhikṣus again, and asks the World-Honored One again, and the answers are all the same; he marvels that “the teacher and the disciples are all of the same Dharma, the same meaning, the same phrasing, the same taste.” The World-Honored One tells him: “that elder is an arhat; his outflows are ended, he has laid down the burden, with right knowledge his mind is well liberated; and those five hundred bhikṣus are all likewise.” The elements of liberation have three names, and what is abandoned is alike the formations and craving; the same Dharma and the same taste, because what is realized is one.
VI. Rāhula Asks about the Six Elements; the Various Elements as Conditions (Discourses 465 and 455)
Rāhula asks how one should know and see so as to “have no ‘I’, no view of ‘mine’, no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches.” The answer is the six elements: the earth element, whether past, future, or present, inner or outer, coarse or fine, fair or foul, far or near, “all of it one knows as it really is to be not self, not other than self, not within one another”; “the water element, fire element, wind element, space element, and consciousness element are likewise.” Knowing and seeing thus, there is no ‘I’, no view of ‘mine’, no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches; “this is called cutting off craving, turning away the bonds, rightly attaining unbroken comprehension of conceit, reaching the utter end of suffering.”
The four hundred and fifty-fifth, appended at the end of the fascicle, tells how the elements give rise to feeling and the links that follow: “conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, conditioned by the various contacts arise the various perceptions, conditioned by the various perceptions arise the various desires, conditioned by the various desires arise the various thoughts, conditioned by the various thoughts arise the various fevers, conditioned by the various fevers arise the various quests.” Link by link it says in reverse that this cannot be inverted: “conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact; it is not that conditioned by eye-contact arises the eye element, but only that conditioned by the eye element arises eye-contact,” and so on to “it is not that conditioned by the various quests arise the various fevers, and so on, not that conditioned by the various contacts arise the various elements.” The elements come first, contact, perception, desire, thought, fever, and quest come after, and cause and effect are not inverted. This sentence joins the discourses on the eighteen elements in the preceding fascicle, and it joins the four hundred and sixty-sixth below, where contact is the cause and the origin.
VII. Rāhula Asks about the Three Feelings (Discourses 466 to 468)
Rāhula asks the same question in three discourses, and the World-Honored One answers all three from the three feelings, each answer one layer. The four hundred and sixty-sixth answers with the cause of feeling: “there are three feelings: painful feeling, pleasant feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling. What is the cause, what the origin, what the birth, what the turning of these three feelings? These three feelings have contact as their cause, contact as their origin, contact as their birth, contact as their turning”; “when this or that contact ceases, this or that feeling also ceases, is stilled, cooled, and gone.” The four hundred and sixty-seventh answers with the contemplation of feeling: “see pleasant feeling with the notion of suffering, see painful feeling with the notion of a sword’s thrust, see neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling with the notion of impermanence”; one who sees thus, “this is called right view.” The four hundred and sixty-eighth answers with the fetters of feeling: “to abandon the fetter of greed toward pleasant feeling, pure conduct is practised under me; to abandon the fetter of hatred toward painful feeling, pure conduct is practised under me; to abandon the fetter of delusion toward neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, pure conduct is practised under me”; when the three fetters are abandoned and known, “this is called a bhikṣu who has cut off craving and desire, turned away the bonds, attained unbroken comprehension of conceit, and reached the utter end of suffering”; the verse says “one who understands the feelings ends the outflows here and now; when the wise one’s life ends, he is not counted among the many.” Know the cause of feeling, see the character of feeling, abandon the fetters of feeling: one question, three steps. The preceding discourse, the four hundred and sixty-fifth, answered the same question with the six elements: feeling and the elements are two entrances to the one question.
VIII. The Deep Abyss of the Great Ocean and the Two Poisoned Darts (Discourses 469 and 470)
“The deep abyss of the great ocean: this is the deep abyss as the fools of the world speak of it, not the deep abyss as the Dharma and Discipline of the noble ones speak of it.” The deep abyss the noble ones speak of is “feelings arising from the body, pressed by many pains, to vexation or to death: this is called the deepest abyss of the great ocean.” When feelings arise from the body in the ordinary person, he “grieves and laments, cries out and reproaches, wails and howls, the mind distraught and mad, long sunk and drowned, with no place of rest”; when feelings arise from the body in the learned noble disciple, he “does not sink in birth and death, and finds a place of rest.” In the four hundred and seventieth the World-Honored One himself asks what the difference is between the ordinary person and the noble one. In the ordinary person feeling arises from bodily contact, and he grieves and cries out; “at that time he gives rise to two feelings, a bodily feeling and a mental feeling,” “like a man struck in the body by two poisoned darts.” Because he enjoys the pleasures of the five senses he is “driven by the fetter of greed”; because hatred arises at the contact of painful feeling he is “driven by the fetter of hatred”; of these two feelings he “does not know as they really are their origin, cessation, gratification, danger, and escape,” and when neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling arises he is “driven by the fetter of delusion”; “namely, he is bound by greed, hatred, and delusion, bound by birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, grief, vexation, and suffering.” When painful feeling arises from bodily contact in the noble disciple, “only one feeling arises, namely the bodily feeling, and no mental feeling,” “like a man struck by one poisoned dart and not by a second”; knowing as they really are the origin, cessation, gratification, danger, and escape of the two fetters, “from that pleasant feeling he is liberated and unbound, and from painful feeling and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling he is liberated and unbound.” The abyss is not in the ocean but in bodily feeling; the difference between the ordinary person and the noble one is not in the first dart but in the second.
IX. The Wild Wind, the Guesthouse, Feeling Is All Suffering, the Gradual Quieting (Discourses 471 to 474)
“Like a wild wind suddenly rising in the sky, coming from the four quarters,” dusty and dustless, thin and thick, up to the winds of the wind-circle, “so too are the winds of feeling in the body: all kinds of feeling arise”: the three feelings, pleasant, painful, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant, each with a bodily feeling and a mental feeling; there are “pleasant carnal feeling, painful carnal feeling, neither-painful-nor-pleasant carnal feeling” and non-carnal feelings; there are feelings of attachment and “pleasant feeling of deliverance, painful feeling of deliverance, neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling of deliverance.” The four hundred and seventy-second: “like many kinds of people lodging in a guesthouse,” kṣatriyas and brāhmaṇas, keepers and breakers of the precepts, those at home and those gone forth, all lodging there, “so too is this body: all kinds of feeling arise.” The feelings it lists are the same as in the preceding discourse. The verses of the four discourses from the four hundred and seventieth to the four hundred and seventy-third each open with a different line, but their closing parts share one form: each turns with “a bhikṣu strives with skilful means, with right knowledge unshaken,” and each closes with “understanding the feelings, one ends the outflows here and now; at the body’s death one is not counted, abiding forever in final nirvāṇa”; only the four hundred and seventy-third reads “all feelings whatsoever, the wise can understand; having understood the feelings,” the same in form, not wholly the same in wording.
In the four hundred and seventy-third a certain bhikṣu asks about the three feelings and the meaning of all being suffering, and the World-Honored One answers as quoted at the head of this commentary; the verse says “knowing that formations are impermanent, all subject to change, he says feeling is all suffering: this the Perfectly Awakened One knows.” In the four hundred and seventy-fourth Ānanda asks the same, and the World-Honored One, beyond impermanence and change, adds one more sense: “because of the gradual stilling of formations I say it, because of the gradual quieting of formations I say it, that all feelings whatsoever are suffering.” Gradual stilling: “in the attainment of the first dhyāna, speech is stilled”; in the second dhyāna initial and sustained thought are stilled; in the third the joyful mind is stilled; in the fourth in-and-out breathing is stilled; in each of the four formless spheres the preceding perception is stilled; “in the attainment of the cessation of perception and feeling, perception and feeling are stilled: this is called the gradual stilling of formations.” Gradual quieting is the same, in the same nine stations. Beyond these there are “the superior quieting, the rare quieting, the higher quieting, the unsurpassed quieting”: “the mind takes no delight in desire and is liberated, takes no delight in hatred and delusion and is liberated.” Feeling is all suffering not because it is pleasant or unpleasant, but because all of it is formations, all of it can be stilled and quieted; and the summit of stilling and quieting is not the cessation of perception and feeling, but the mind taking no delight in greed, hatred, and delusion, and being liberated.
X. The Seven Buddhas Contemplate Feeling (Discourses 475 to 480)
When the Tathāgata Vipaśyin had not yet become a Buddha, alone in a quiet place he examined the feelings in eight questions: “What is feeling? What is the origin of feeling? What is the cessation of feeling? What is the path leading to the origin of feeling? What is the path leading to the cessation of feeling? What is the gratification in feeling? What is the danger in feeling? What is the escape from feeling?” He examined thus: “the origin of contact is the origin of feeling; the cessation of contact is the cessation of feeling”; “if one delights in feeling, praises it, is attached to it, abides firmly in it, this is called the path leading to the origin of feeling,” and not delighting, praising, being attached, or abiding firmly is the path leading to the cessation of feeling; “pleasure and joy arising conditioned by feeling is called the gratification in feeling; that feeling is impermanent and subject to change is called the danger in feeling; abandoning desire and craving for feeling, passing beyond desire and craving, is called the escape from feeling.” The Buddha Śikhin and the rest up to the Buddha Kāśyapa, “and I, the Buddha Śākyamuni, when we had not yet become Buddhas, reflected on and examined the feelings in just this way.” In the four hundred and seventy-sixth a certain bhikṣu in a quiet place examines these eight questions himself and asks; in the four hundred and seventy-seventh Ānanda asks likewise; in the four hundred and seventy-eighth the World-Honored One raises them himself and teaches the bhikṣus; the answer is the same eight points. The four hundred and seventy-ninth says this examination is what becoming a Buddha comes from: “had I not known the feelings as they really are,” and so on to “nor would it have been unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening”; because he knew them as they really are, “he is liberated, has escaped, is free of the inversions, and has attained unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening.” The four hundred and eightieth says this examination is what being an ascetic comes from: one who does not know as it really is “is not an ascetic, not a brāhmaṇa, not like an ascetic, not like a brāhmaṇa”; one who knows as it really is “is an ascetic among ascetics, a brāhmaṇa among brāhmaṇas,” and “realizes for himself here and now.” The seven Buddhas examine alike; a bhikṣu and Ānanda ask alike; when the World-Honored One raises it himself, the question lists five points and the answer gives eight, and the answer is one word shorter. The eight questions on feeling are the one path of the Buddha’s way and the ascetic’s way.
XI. Sitting in Meditation for Half a Month (Discourse 481)
The World-Honored One sits in meditation for half a month and tells the bhikṣus: “with a small portion of the meditation I reflected on when I first became a Buddha, I have now for half a month reflected and thought thus”: “for all beings, the arising of feeling has a condition; it is not without a condition. What condition? Desire is a condition, thought is a condition, contact is a condition.” When none of the three is stilled; when desire is stilled but thought and contact are not; when desire and thought are stilled but contact is not; when all three are stilled: “conditioned by these, beings give rise to feeling.” “Conditioned by wrong view, beings give rise to feeling,” and so with wrong intention up to wrong knowledge; “conditioned by right view, beings give rise to feeling; conditioned by the stilling of right view, beings give rise to feeling,” and so with right intention up to right knowledge; and “if one wishes to attain what is unattained, obtain what is unobtained, realize what is unrealized,” feeling also arises. One who knows as they really are “the condition, the origin of the condition, the cessation of the condition, the path leading to the origin of the condition, the path leading to the cessation of the condition,” “know that he is an ascetic among ascetics, a brāhmaṇa among brāhmaṇas.” Feeling does not stop at defilement: right view gives rise to feeling, the condition of stilling gives rise to feeling, and one who wishes to attain the unattained and realize the unrealized gives rise to feeling. To know the conditions of feeling means not only knowing its defiled conditions but knowing where even the feelings on the path come from; only then is one an ascetic.
XII. The Joy of Seclusion; Carnal and Non-Carnal (Discourses 482 and 483)
The householder Anāthapiṇḍada makes offerings for three months, and the World-Honored One grants that he “will obtain the fruit of happiness in the future,” and tells him, “but do not rest silently content with this; you should be diligent and train from time to time in the joy of seclusion, realizing it fully with the body.” Śāriputra unfolds the meaning: a noble disciple who trains in the joy of seclusion “is free of five things and fulfils five things”: free of “the joy nourished by desire, the sorrow nourished by desire, the equanimity nourished by desire, the joy nourished by the unwholesome, the sorrow nourished by the unwholesome,” and fulfilling “gladness, joy, tranquillity, happiness, and one-pointedness.” The four hundred and eighty-third divides gladness, happiness, equanimity, and liberation each into three layers: carnal, non-carnal, and beyond the non-carnal. “What is carnal gladness? Gladness arising conditioned by the five sense pleasures”; non-carnal gladness is the first dhyāna, and gladness beyond the non-carnal is the second dhyāna. Carnal happiness arises from the five sense pleasures, non-carnal happiness is the joy and happiness born of concentration in the second dhyāna, and happiness beyond the non-carnal is the equanimity the noble ones speak of in the third dhyāna. “Carnal equanimity? Equanimity arising conditioned by the five sense pleasures”; non-carnal equanimity is the third dhyāna, “abiding in the happiness the noble ones call equanimity, dwelling having attained the third dhyāna”; “with the equanimity that is neither painful nor pleasant, pure mindfulness and one-pointedness, dwelling having attained the fourth dhyāna: this is called equanimity beyond the non-carnal.” “What is carnal liberation? That which goes with form. What is non-carnal liberation? That which goes with the formless”; liberation beyond the non-carnal is “undefiled by desire and liberated, the mind undefiled by hatred and delusion and liberated.” The merit of offerings is carnal happiness; seclusion is non-carnal happiness; above the non-carnal there is still what lies beyond the non-carnal; and at the layer of liberation, what goes with form is carnal, what goes with the formless is non-carnal, and only the mind undefiled by greed, hatred, and delusion and liberated is beyond the non-carnal.
XIII. The Foremost Seeing (Discourse 484)
Ānanda asks Bhadra: “What is called the foremost seeing? What is the foremost hearing? What is the foremost happiness? What is the foremost perception? What is the foremost existence?” Bhadra answers with what the world agrees on: “if one sees that Brahmā, this is called the foremost seeing”; to hear one born of seclusion with joy and happiness proclaiming it is the foremost hearing; the happiness free of joy filling the whole body is the foremost happiness; the perception of the sphere of nothingness is the foremost perception; the existence of the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception is the foremost existence. Ānanda says: “many people hold such a view and say so; you say the same as they. What is the difference?” And he answers himself: “as one has seen, one ends the outflows in due order: this is the foremost seeing,” and so with hearing, happiness, and perception; “examining as it really is, one ends the outflows in due order: this is called the foremost existence.” The foremost does not lie in the height of what is seen or attained, but in whether the outflows are ended after the seeing; the existence of neither perception nor non-perception and the seeing of Brahmā are alike what the world agrees to call foremost.
XIV. King Bimbisāra and Udāyin (Discourse 485)
King Bimbisāra asks what feelings the World-Honored One has taught, and Udāyin answers three feelings; the king says “there should be just two feelings, pleasant and painful; as for neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, that is stilling.” After three exchanges, “Udāyin could not establish three feelings for the king, nor could the king establish two,” and together they go to the World-Honored One. The World-Honored One answers: “I sometimes teach one feeling, sometimes two, or three, four, five, six, eighteen, thirty-six, up to a hundred and eight feelings, or sometimes innumerable feelings”; “when I say that all feelings whatsoever are suffering, this is called my teaching of one feeling”; “bodily feeling and mental feeling are called two feelings”; three feelings, four feelings, up to a hundred and eight and innumerable, each has its door. “The world does not understand, and so quarrels and contradicts”; one who understands as it really is can settle quarrels arisen and unarisen by the Dharma and Discipline. The World-Honored One further says “there are two feelings: feeling of desire and feeling free of desire”; the first dhyāna is not the only happiness, “because there is a higher happiness beyond it,” and so on upward to the cessation of perception and feeling realized with the body. If those of other schools say that the ascetic son of the Śākyas teaches only the cessation of perception and feeling as the highest happiness, they should be told “this is not what the World-Honored One counts as the happiness of feeling”; “there are four kinds of happiness. What are the four? The happiness of freedom from desire, the happiness of seclusion, the happiness of stilling, the happiness of awakening.” Counting the feelings is not a quarrel about numbers but a door of teaching; one feeling is suffering, and a hundred and eight feelings are also suffering; there is happiness higher by layer upon layer, and the cessation of perception and feeling is not among the feelings counted as happiness; the four kinds of happiness are listed apart, not counted by the number of feelings.
XV. From One Thing to Ten Things (Discourses 486 to 489)
“If toward one thing one gives rise to right weariness, takes no delight in it, and turns away from it, one attains the ending of the outflows: namely, that all beings subsist by nutriment.” Two things are name and form; three things are the three feelings; four things the four nutriments; five things the five aggregates of clinging; six things the six internal and external sense bases; seven things the seven stations of consciousness; eight things the eight worldly dharmas; nine things the nine abodes of beings; ten things the ten courses of action. The four hundred and eighty-seventh has the same ten things and “reaches the utter end of suffering, is liberated from suffering”; the four hundred and eighty-eighth, toward these ten things, “contemplates impermanence, contemplates change, contemplates dispassion, contemplates cessation, contemplates relinquishment, and attains the ending of the outflows”; the four hundred and eighty-ninth contemplates likewise and “reaches the utter end of suffering, is liberated from suffering.” Weariness attains the ending of the outflows, weariness reaches the utter end of suffering, contemplation attains the ending of the outflows, contemplation reaches the utter end of suffering: four discourses, two methods, two fruits. The three feelings are listed third, in the one list with nutriment, name and form, the aggregates of clinging, and the sense bases, under the same weariness and the same contemplation. The section on feeling closes with these four discourses: feeling is one of the things to be wearied of and contemplated, not something apart.
XVI. How to Read the Fascicle
The section on the elements comes first and the section on feeling after, joined in the middle by Rāhula’s question: the four hundred and sixty-fifth answers the question of having no ‘I’ with the six elements, and the four hundred and sixty-sixth to the four hundred and sixty-eighth answer the same question with the three feelings. Feeling arises from the elements: in the four hundred and sixtieth the eye element and the form element, the meeting of the three, give rise to the three feelings, and in the four hundred and fifty-fifth the elements give rise to contact, and contact to perception, desire, thought, fever, and quest. Feeling has its character: in the four hundred and sixty-seventh pleasant feeling is seen with the notion of suffering, painful feeling with the notion of a sword’s thrust, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling with the notion of impermanence. Feeling has its fetters: the three fetters of the four hundred and sixty-eighth, the two poisoned darts of the four hundred and seventieth. Feeling has its count: carnal and non-carnal, attachment and deliverance in the four hundred and seventy-first and seventy-second; one feeling up to innumerable feelings in the four hundred and eighty-fifth. Feeling has its conditions: contact as cause and origin in the four hundred and sixty-sixth; desire, thought, and contact as three conditions, and the wrong and right factors of the path alike as conditions, in the four hundred and eighty-first. Feeling has its cessation: the gradual stilling and quieting of the four hundred and seventy-fourth; liberation beyond the non-carnal in the four hundred and eighty-third. In sum, one sentence: all feelings whatsoever are suffering, because formations are impermanent and subject to change, because formations can be gradually stilled and quieted. And one who knows? “All these feelings whatsoever, the wise can understand”: by this the seven Buddhas became Buddhas, and by this an ascetic is an ascetic; one who does not know is pierced by the second dart, and is without the goal of an ascetic. The four discourses at the end of the fascicle: toward feeling, weariness and contemplation, to the utter end of suffering.
Carrying Forward — What the Compendium of Topics Gathers
At the end of Fascicle 96 of the Compendium of Topics, the uddāna “Intrinsic Nature, And Conditions, Seeing, Defilement, The Person, Differences in Turning, The Reasoning, Quiescence, Finally, Examination,” nine doors, and “The Arising of Feeling, Inferior and the Rest, Differences in the Characteristics of Feelings, Seeing and the Rest as Supreme, Knowing the Differences, Questioning, Declaring,” seven doors, gather the discourses of the section on feeling in this fascicle. For the ten discourses on the elements at the head of the fascicle and the four hundred and fifty-fifth at its end, the mātṛkā of the treatise lies in the doors matched in the preceding fascicle, and is not listed again here. The order of the doors in the treatise does not wholly follow the order of the discourses (the door of Differences in the Characteristics of Feelings answers to the four hundred and eighty-fifth, the door of Seeing and the Rest as Supreme to the four hundred and eighty-fourth); below, the order of the discourses is followed, and each door is named at the discourse it glosses.
The door of Intrinsic Nature and the door And Conditions: “in brief, the three feelings are the intrinsic nature of feeling; the three kinds of contact are the conditions of feeling,” which is the three feelings of the four hundred and sixty-sixth, contact as cause and origin, and the origin of contact as the origin of feeling in the four hundred and seventy-fifth; the discourse says “contact as cause, contact as origin, contact as birth, contact as turning,” the treatise says three kinds of contact, the two differing in wording. The door of Seeing glosses the four hundred and sixty-seventh: “by this one should see pleasant feeling as suffering,” “as one struck by a poisoned dart not yet drawn out, by this one should see painful feeling as a dart,” and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, “what has already perished is impermanent, what is now present is subject to cessation”; “the right view thus arisen toward feeling can enter in accord into the truth that whatever is felt is all suffering.” The sword’s thrust of the discourse is the dart of the treatise; the discourse makes the three notions right view, and the treatise has right view enter into feeling being all suffering, exactly the joining of the four hundred and sixty-seventh with the four hundred and seventy-third. The door of Defilement glosses the three fetters of the four hundred and sixty-eighth and seventieth: “in pleasant feeling there is the latent tendency of greed, in painful feeling the latent tendency of hatred, in neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling the latent tendency of ignorance,” and “in order to destroy the latent tendencies forever, one thoroughly cultivates pure conduct”; the discourse says fetter, the treatise says latent tendency; the discourse says the fetter of delusion, the treatise the latent tendency of ignorance. The door of The Person glosses the four hundred and sixty-ninth: “a person without the power of discernment, when feeling painful feeling, is deeply grieved in mind,” “therefore it is called the manifest and complete pit of dark feeling, whose bottom is hard to reach,” and “a person with the power of discernment, know, is in every way the opposite of the above.” The foolish, unlearned ordinary person and the learned noble disciple of the discourse are, in the treatise, the person without and the person with the power of discernment; the deepest abyss of the great ocean in the discourse is the pit of dark feeling in the treatise.
The door of Differences in Turning glosses the four hundred and seventieth to seventy-second and the four hundred and eighty-third: “further, a person whose mind is not liberated from the feelings fully receives painful feeling, like one person struck by two poisoned darts,” and “the two poisoned darts are a simile for the three feelings being received either with a defiled mind, that is, through greed, hatred, and delusion, or in concomitance, that is, through the sufferings of birth and the rest.” The two poisoned darts of the discourse, and its “bound by greed, hatred, and delusion, bound by birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, grief, vexation, and suffering,” the treatise divides into the two darts of defiled reception and concomitant reception. “One should see this feeling as like a whirlwind” is the wild wind of the four hundred and seventy-first; “one should see this feeling as like the sorts of travellers in a guesthouse” is the guesthouse of the four hundred and seventy-second; the treatise takes the whirlwind as a simile for feeling that swiftly passes away and the guesthouse for feeling that continues in similar succession, each simile answering to one kind. “Savoury feelings are worldly feelings; unsavoury feelings are feelings beyond the world,” “feelings of relishing are the defiled feelings toward the fine five sense pleasures,” “feelings of renunciation”: the carnal feeling, non-carnal feeling, feeling of attachment, and feeling of deliverance of the discourse are in the treatise savoury, unsavoury, relishing, and renunciation, all four names differing in wording. The door of The Reasoning glosses the four hundred and seventy-third: “further, painful feelings all beings know directly to be suffering, without need of proof,” while pleasant feeling and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling should be known to be suffering because they are subject to decay; “by this reasoning, know that all feelings are suffering.” The discourse says subject to change, the treatise says subject to decay. The door of Quiescence glosses the four hundred and seventy-fourth: “further, of those feelings, know that there are in brief three kinds of quiescence”; “it should be known that here, ceasing to operate for a time is called quiescence; making them finally become things that do not operate is called quieting.” The stilling and quieting of the discourse are divided into two questions and two answers with the same nine stations listed; the treatise divides them as temporary non-occurrence and final non-occurrence. “Speech itself, when one rightly enters the concentration of the first meditation, is at once quiescent” is the stilling of speech in the first dhyāna of the discourse; “it is said that the mind is freed from defilement and liberated with regard to greed, hatred, and delusion” is the superior quieting and the unsurpassed quieting of the discourse. The door Finally, Examination glosses the four hundred and seventy-fifth to eightieth: “further, by seven modes one examines seven characteristics in the feelings,” “namely, examining the intrinsic nature of feelings, the conditions of their present occurrence and reversal, the conditions of their future occurrence, the conditions of their future reversal, the conditions of their defilement, the conditions of their purification, and their purification.” The discourse has eight points (feeling, origin, cessation, the path to the origin, the path to the cessation, gratification, danger, escape), the treatise seven characteristics; the number and the names both differ. The treatise’s conditions of present occurrence and reversal answer to the discourse’s origin and cessation; its conditions of future occurrence and reversal to the paths to the origin and to the cessation; its conditions of defilement and purification to gratification and danger; its purification to escape; and the one characteristic of intrinsic nature the discourse gathers under “what is feeling?”
The door of The Arising of Feeling glosses the four hundred and eighty-first: “all the feelings that sentient beings should abandon arise in brief from three conditions,” “first, the condition of desire, which concerns the future; second, the condition of reflection, which concerns the past; third, the condition of contact, which concerns the present objects before one.” The desire, thought, and contact of the discourse are in the treatise desire, reflection, and contact, and the treatise divides them by the three times. The treatise further divides sentient beings into eight kinds, among them “one endowed with wrong view up to wrong knowledge of liberation” and “one endowed with right view up to right knowledge of liberation,” which is the discourse’s arising of feeling conditioned by wrong view up to wrong knowledge and by right view up to right knowledge; “all the desires, to attain what is unattained, to realize what is unrealized, to touch what is untouched” is the discourse’s attaining the unattained, obtaining the unobtained, realizing the unrealized; one who knows this, “in the ultimate sense is allowed to be an ascetic among ascetics, and a brahmin among brahmins.” The discourse says a brāhmaṇa among brāhmaṇas; the treatise says brahmin. The door of Inferior and the Rest glosses the four hundred and eighty-second and eighty-third: “further, the noble disciples who dwell having realized with the body the joy of seclusion can abandon five things and can cultivate five things to fulfilment,” which is the discourse’s freedom from five things and fulfilling of five things; “further, the inferior, middling, and superior grades of joy, happiness, and equanimity are in the realm of desire and the four meditations,” which is the discourse’s three layers of carnal, non-carnal, and beyond the non-carnal, which the treatise names inferior, middling, and superior; “the equanimity of the stage of the fourth meditation, being free of all faults, is called well purified,” which is the discourse’s equanimity beyond the non-carnal in the fourth dhyāna. The door of Seeing and the Rest as Supreme glosses the four hundred and eighty-fourth: “relying on seeing, hearing, happiness, perception, and existence of such sorts, one at once attains the permanent ending of the outflows; know that this seeing is called the supreme seeing, and so on to this existence being called the supreme existence.” The discourse’s ending the outflows in due order is in the treatise at once attaining the permanent ending of the outflows; the discourse says foremost, the treatise says supreme. The door of Differences in the Characteristics of Feelings glosses the four hundred and eighty-fifth: “further, by ten characteristics one should know the differences among the feelings.” The treatise first cites the words of “those without awakening”: “feeling is of only two kinds, first painful, second pleasant,” and “therefore the World-Honored One, relying on such stilling of pain and pleasure, provisionally established it as existing,” which is the king’s position that neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling is stilling; “the World-Honored One, wishing to open their understanding,” then teaches the happiness of desire and the happiness of seclusion. The treatise’s one without awakening answers to King Bimbisāra in the discourse, and the World-Honored One’s opening of understanding to the discourse’s one feeling up to innumerable feelings. “Happiness is of two kinds, namely the happiness of desire and the happiness of seclusion” is the discourse’s feeling of desire and feeling free of desire; “inferior happiness is that of the sphere of nothingness and below; middling happiness is that of the summit of existence; superior happiness is the cessation of perception and feeling” is the discourse’s happiness higher by layer upon layer; “it is not that the attainment of cessation is said to have happiness in terms of felt happiness; rather, the cutting off of felt happiness is called happiness” is the discourse’s “this is not what the World-Honored One counts as the happiness of feeling.” The discourse’s list from one feeling to innumerable feelings and the treatise’s ten characteristics differ in number and in name; the discourse’s four kinds of happiness have no list in the treatise. The door of Knowing the Differences glosses the four hundred and eighty-sixth to eighty-ninth: “one who can attain the utter end of suffering is one who attains complete liberation with regard to the truth of suffering,” “one who can attain the ending of the outflows is one who attains superior liberation with regard to the truth of arising,” “what should be wearied of, turned from, and liberated from is what one rightly realizes with regard to the truth of cessation,” “one who dwells contemplating impermanence and the rest is one who rightly cultivates the truth of the path.” The four discourses, two methods, two fruits of the discourse are distributed by the treatise over the four truths: the utter end of suffering is the truth of suffering, the ending of the outflows is the truth of arising, weariness and turning away is the truth of cessation, contemplating impermanence and the rest is the truth of the path; “further, by ten characteristics one should understand the differences among the objects,” and the treatise’s ten characteristics are the same in number as the discourse’s ten things, but not the same in name.
The door of Questioning and the door of Declaring speak of the method of question and answer, and have no discourse of this fascicle specially answering to them; the treatise says “if someone asks, ‘having done a deed, does one go to a good destination?’ one should question in return: ‘what deed do you ask about?’”; the World-Honored One in the four hundred and fifty-ninth, not meeting the question of self-made and made by another, questions in return about the element of endeavour, which may be read alongside. Of the treatise’s four kinds of declaration, “declaring categorically,” declaring by questioning in return, and setting aside, the discourse uses the one method of questioning in return.
考據Apparatus
全段定位 本單元即《雜阿含經》卷第十七全卷:卷題「雜阿含經卷第十七」〔T02 0116c08〕,譯署「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0116c10〕,品題「雜因誦第三品之五」〔T02 0116c11〕,經三十五部(經序四五六至四八九,及尾題之後之經四五五),偈十首(經461–463 尊者阿難說,經467–473 世尊說),無攝頌;尾題「雜阿含經卷第十七」〔T02 0125a05〕在經489 之後、經455 之前。經文漢字一萬一千一百六十八(題署三行另計二十七)。住處五:舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園(經456·458·459·482–484·455),舍衛國東園鹿子母講堂(經457),拘睒彌國瞿師羅園(經460–464),王舍城迦蘭陀竹園(經465–476·478–480·485–489),壹奢能伽羅國壹奢能伽羅林(經481);經477 不記住處。說者:多為世尊告諸比丘;經456 異比丘與諸比丘問;經457 婆迦利比丘問;經459 婆羅門問;經460–463 瞿師羅長者問、尊者阿難答;經464 尊者阿難三問,上座、五百比丘、世尊三答;經465–468 尊者羅睺羅問;經473 異比丘問;經474 尊者阿難問;經476 異比丘問;經482 世尊為給孤獨長者說,尊者舍利弗承之;經484 尊者阿難與尊者跋陀羅互論;經485 瓶沙王與尊者優陀夷共問。前十經(經456–465)論界,後二十五經(經466–489·455)論受;經455 復論界。所對之鏡為《瑜伽師地論》攝事分諸受之門(論卷九十六)。大正藏校記異讀五十七條(內九條為今行校本修訂列),見目九;大正注所載 S. 座標二十條,見目十。
一、科判定位
卷第十七之位——底本卷首:
「雜阿含經」〔T02 0116c08〕「卷第十七」〔T02 0116c08〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0116c10〕 「雜因誦第三品之五」〔T02 0116c11〕
卷末尾題「雜阿含經卷第十七」〔T02 0125a05〕,在經489 之後;尾題之後尚有經455 一部,起於「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0125a06〕,終於「如內六入處,外六入處亦如是說」〔T02 0125a29〕。經序起於(四五六):「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0116c12〕。本卷為受相應之卷;卷首諸經論界,承前篇緣起食諦界相應之緒。
住處(皆底本逐字):
- 舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園——「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0116c12〕:經456;同句又見〔T02 0117a21〕〔T02 0117c02〕〔T02 0123a23〕〔T02 0123b20〕〔T02 0125a06〕:經458·459·483·484·455。經482 句後加「夏安居時」〔T02 0122c25〕;經484 又記「爾時,尊者跋陀羅比丘及尊者阿難俱住祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0123b21〕。
- 舍衛國東園鹿子母講堂——「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國東園鹿子母講堂」〔T02 0117a03〕:經457。
- 拘睒彌國瞿師羅園——「如是我聞:一時,佛住拘睒彌國瞿師羅園」〔T02 0117c23〕:經460;同句又見〔T02 0118a08〕〔T02 0118a20〕〔T02 0118b02〕〔T02 0118b15〕:經461–464。
- 王舍城迦蘭陀竹園——「如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」〔T02 0118c24〕:經465;同句又見〔T02 0119a11〕〔T02 0119a22〕〔T02 0119b11〕〔T02 0119c07〕〔T02 0119c28〕〔T02 0120b15〕〔T02 0120c08〕〔T02 0121a02〕〔T02 0121a19〕〔T02 0121b26〕〔T02 0121c13〕〔T02 0122a02〕〔T02 0122a15〕〔T02 0122a26〕〔T02 0123c21〕〔T02 0124b18〕〔T02 0124b28〕〔T02 0124c10〕〔T02 0124c22〕:經466–476·478–480·485–489。
- 壹奢能伽羅國壹奢能伽羅林——「如是我聞:一時,佛住壹奢能伽羅國壹奢能伽羅林中」〔T02 0122b13〕:經481。
- 不記住處——經477「如異比丘問經,尊者阿難所問經亦如是」〔T02 0121c29〕,無「如是我聞」,照錄不補。
三十五經之型與所問所說(型依經文本身之「問」「答」「告」「白」;所問所說皆底本逐字):
| 經 | 錨 | 型 | 所問・所說(逐字) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 456 | 〔T02 0116c12〕 | 世尊告→異比丘問→佛告→諸比丘問→佛告 | 「有光界、淨界、無量空入處界」〔T02 0116c13〕;「如此諸界,何因緣可知」〔T02 0116c19〕;「彼光界者,緣闇故可知」〔T02 0116c19〕;「滅界者,緣有身可知」〔T02 0116c24〕;「此諸界於自行正受而得」〔T02 0116c27〕;「滅界者,於有身滅正受而得」〔T02 0116c29〕 |
| 457 | 〔T02 0117a03〕 | 世尊晡時從禪覺→說優檀那句告諸比丘→婆迦利比丘問→佛告 | 「說優檀那句」〔T02 0117a05〕;「緣界故生說,非不界」〔T02 0117a06〕;「若於三藐三佛陀起非三藐三佛陀見,彼見亦緣界而生耶」〔T02 0117a14〕;「凡夫界者,是無明界」〔T02 0117a17〕 |
| 458 | 〔T02 0117a21〕 | 世尊告諸比丘(四段+二譬) | 「有因生欲想,非無因」〔T02 0117a22〕;「謂緣欲界也」〔T02 0117a24〕;「謂害界也」〔T02 0117a29〕;「譬如城邑聚落不遠有曠野,大火卒起」〔T02 0117b07〕;「謂出要界」〔T02 0117b12〕;「謂不害界也」〔T02 0117b17〕;「有人堪能手足滅火」〔T02 0117b25〕 |
| 459 | 〔T02 0117c02〕 | 婆羅門問→佛反問二度→婆羅門答→佛告→婆羅門辭 | 「眾生非自作、非他作」〔T02 0117c04〕;「我今問汝,隨意答我」〔T02 0117c08〕;「有眾生方便界,令諸眾生知作方便耶」〔T02 0117c09〕;「有眾生安住界、堅固界、出界、造作界」〔T02 0117c13〕;「是則眾生自作、是則他作」〔T02 0117c12〕;「世間多事,宜知是時」〔T02 0117c21〕 |
| 460 | 〔T02 0117c23〕 | 瞿師羅長者問→尊者阿難告 | 「所說種種界。云何為種種界」〔T02 0117c25〕;「眼界異、色界異喜處」〔T02 0117c27〕;「異色界憂處」〔T02 0118a01〕;「異眼界、異色界捨處」〔T02 0118a03〕 |
| 461 | 〔T02 0118a08〕 | 瞿師羅長者問→尊者阿難告→阿難說偈 | 「有三界。云何三?謂欲界、色界、無色界」〔T02 0118a12〕;「爾時,尊者阿難即說偈言」〔T02 0118a12〕 |
| 462 | 〔T02 0118a20〕 | 瞿師羅長者問→尊者阿難告→說偈 | 「有三界,色界、無色界、滅界」〔T02 0118a24〕 |
| 463 | 〔T02 0118b02〕 | 瞿師羅長者問→尊者阿難答→說偈 | 「尊者阿難答瞿師羅長者」〔T02 0118b05〕;「謂三種出界」〔T02 0118b06〕;「一切諸行一切思想滅界」〔T02 0118b07〕 |
| 464 | 〔T02 0118b15〕 | 尊者阿難問上座→上座答(四回合)→阿難問五百比丘→答→阿難問佛→佛告→阿難讚→佛問→阿難答→佛告 | 「尊者阿難往詣上座上座名者所」〔T02 0118b16〕;「當以二法專精思惟,所謂止、觀」〔T02 0118b20〕;「修習於止,終成於觀,修習觀已,亦成於止」〔T02 0118b23〕;「若斷界、無欲界、滅界」〔T02 0118b27〕;「大師及諸弟子皆悉同法、同句、同義、同味」〔T02 0118c13〕;「上座者是阿羅漢」〔T02 0118c21〕 |
| 465 | 〔T02 0118c24〕 | 尊者羅睺羅問→佛告 | 「云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使」〔T02 0118c26〕;「若比丘於所有地界」〔T02 0118c29〕;「彼一切非我、不異我、不相在如實知」〔T02 0119a02〕;「是名斷愛,轉諸結,正慢無間等,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0119a07〕 |
| 466 | 〔T02 0119a11〕 | 尊者羅睺羅問(同經465)→佛告 | 「此三受何因、何集、何生、何轉」〔T02 0119a16〕;「謂此三受,觸因、觸集、觸生、觸轉」〔T02 0119a17〕;「彼彼受亦滅、止、清涼、沒」〔T02 0119a18〕 |
| 467 | 〔T02 0119a22〕 | 尊者羅睺羅問(同)→佛告→世尊說偈 | 「觀於樂受而作苦想,觀於苦受作劍刺想,觀不苦不樂受作無常想」〔T02 0119a27〕;「是名正見」〔T02 0119b02〕 |
| 468 | 〔T02 0119b11〕 | 尊者羅睺羅問(同)→佛告→世尊說偈 | 「為斷樂受貪使故,於我所修梵行」〔T02 0119b16〕;「斷苦受瞋恚使故」〔T02 0119b17〕;「斷不苦不樂受癡使故」〔T02 0119b18〕;「是名比丘斷除愛欲,轉去諸結,慢無間等,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0119b21〕 |
| 469 | 〔T02 0119c07〕 | 世尊告諸比丘→世尊說偈 | 「大海深嶮者,此世間愚夫所說深嶮」〔T02 0119c08〕;「是名大海極深嶮處」〔T02 0119c11〕;「不淪生死,得止息處」〔T02 0119c16〕 |
| 470 | 〔T02 0119c28〕 | 世尊問→諸比丘請說→佛告→世尊說偈 | 「凡夫、聖人有何差別」〔T02 0120a02〕;「增長二受,若身受、若心受」〔T02 0120a11〕;「譬如士夫身被雙毒箭」〔T02 0120a12〕;「譬如士夫被一毒箭,不被第二毒箭」〔T02 0120a25〕 |
| 471 | 〔T02 0120b15〕 | 世尊告諸比丘(譬)→世尊說偈 | 「譬如空中狂風卒起」〔T02 0120b16〕;「身中受風亦復如是」〔T02 0120b18〕 |
| 472 | 〔T02 0120c08〕 | 世尊告諸比丘(譬)→世尊說偈 | 「譬如客舍種種人住」〔T02 0120c09〕;「此身亦復如是,種種受生」〔T02 0120c11〕 |
| 473 | 〔T02 0121a02〕 | 異比丘念→問→佛告→世尊說偈 | 「又說諸所有受悉皆是苦,此有何義」〔T02 0121a04〕;「我以一切行無常故,一切諸行變易法故,說諸所有受悉皆是苦」〔T02 0121a09〕 |
| 474 | 〔T02 0121a19〕 | 尊者阿難念→問→佛告→阿難問二度→佛告→阿難覆述→佛告→阿難問→佛告 | 「我以諸行漸次寂滅故說,以諸行漸次止息故說」〔T02 0121a28〕;「以諸受漸次寂滅故說」〔T02 0121b01〕;「復有勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息」〔T02 0121b18〕;「於貪欲心不樂、解脫」〔T02 0121b22〕 |
| 475 | 〔T02 0121b26〕 | 世尊告諸比丘(述毘婆尸如來觀察)+經末佛語 | 「毘婆尸如來未成佛時」〔T02 0121b27〕;「觸集是受集,觸滅是受滅」〔T02 0121c03〕;「如毘婆尸佛,如是式棄佛」〔T02 0121c10〕;「及我釋迦文佛」〔T02 0121c11〕 |
| 476 | 〔T02 0121c13〕 | 異比丘禪思觀察→問→佛告 | 「爾時,有異比丘獨一靜處禪思。如是觀察諸受」〔T02 0121c14〕;「觸集是受集,觸滅是受滅」〔T02 0121c22〕 |
| 477 | 〔T02 0121c29〕 | 承經(結集者之語) | 「如異比丘問經,尊者阿難所問經亦如是」〔T02 0121c29〕 |
| 478 | 〔T02 0122a02〕 | 世尊問→諸比丘請說→佛告 | 「云何為受?云何受集?云何受滅?云何受集道跡?云何受滅道跡」〔T02 0122a03〕;「若受無常變易,是名受患」〔T02 0122a12〕 |
| 479 | 〔T02 0122a15〕 | 世尊告諸比丘 | 「若我於諸受不如實知」〔T02 0122a16〕;「亦非阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」〔T02 0122a20〕;「為脫、為出、為脫諸顛倒」〔T02 0122a23〕 |
| 480 | 〔T02 0122a26〕 | 世尊告諸比丘+經末結集者之語 | 「非沙門、非婆羅門,不同沙門、不同婆羅門」〔T02 0122a29〕;「彼是沙門之沙門、婆羅門之婆羅門」〔T02 0122b06〕;「如沙門、非沙門,如是沙門數、非沙門數亦如是」〔T02 0122b11〕 |
| 481 | 〔T02 0122b13〕 | 世尊告諸比丘→半月坐禪→告諸比丘 | 「我欲於此中半月坐禪」〔T02 0122b14〕;「諸有眾生,生受皆有因緣,非無因緣」〔T02 0122b20〕;「欲是因緣、覺是因緣、觸是因緣」〔T02 0122b21〕;「若彼欲不得者得、不獲者獲、不證者證生」〔T02 0122c08〕;「緣緣、緣緣集、緣緣滅、緣緣集道跡、緣緣滅道跡」〔T02 0122c12〕 |
| 482 | 〔T02 0122c24〕 | 給孤獨長者請→世尊默許→三月後佛告長者→尊者舍利弗白佛→佛告舍利弗 | 「爾時,給孤獨長者來詣佛所」〔T02 0122c25〕;「唯願世尊與諸大眾受我三月請衣被、飲食、應病湯藥」〔T02 0122c28〕;「汝當精勤,時時學遠離喜樂,具足身作證」〔T02 0123a06〕;「得遠離五法,修滿五法」〔T02 0123a15〕;「謂隨喜、歡喜、猗息、樂、一心」〔T02 0123a19〕 |
| 483 | 〔T02 0123a23〕 | 世尊告諸比丘(四組各三) | 「有食念者、有無食念者、有無食無食念者」〔T02 0123a24〕;「謂五欲因緣生念」〔T02 0123a29〕;「云何有食解脫?謂色俱行」〔T02 0123b15〕;「云何無食解脫?謂無色俱行」〔T02 0123b16〕 |
| 484 | 〔T02 0123b20〕 | 尊者阿難問→尊者跋陀羅答→阿難語(無佛語) | 「云何名為見第一」〔T02 0123b24〕;「有梵天自在造作、化如意,為世之父」〔T02 0123b27〕;「多有人作如是見、如是說,汝亦同彼,有何差別」〔T02 0123c12〕;「如其所觀,次第盡諸漏,是為見第一」〔T02 0123c14〕 |
| 485 | 〔T02 0123c21〕 | 瓶沙王問→尊者優陀夷答→王遮→三說不定→共詣佛所→優陀夷白佛→佛告 | 「云何世尊所說諸受」〔T02 0123c24〕;「正應有二受——樂受、苦受。若不苦不樂受,是則寂滅」〔T02 0123c27〕;「定有幾受」〔T02 0124a04〕;「我有時說一受」〔T02 0124a05〕;「有二受,欲受、離欲受」〔T02 0124a27〕;「謂離欲樂、遠離樂、寂滅樂、菩提樂」〔T02 0124b15〕 |
| 486 | 〔T02 0124b18〕 | 世尊告諸比丘 | 「若於一法,生正厭離、不樂、背捨,得盡諸漏」〔T02 0124b19〕;「所謂一切眾生由食而存」〔T02 0124b20〕 |
| 487 | 〔T02 0124b28〕 | 世尊告諸比丘 | 「究竟苦邊,解脫於苦,謂一切眾生由食而存」〔T02 0124c01〕 |
| 488 | 〔T02 0124c10〕 | 世尊告諸比丘 | 「觀察無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,得盡諸漏」〔T02 0124c11〕;「正觀無常」〔T02 0124c18〕 |
| 489 | 〔T02 0124c22〕 | 世尊告諸比丘 | 「謂一切眾生由食存」〔T02 0124c25〕;「於此十業跡」〔T02 0125a01〕 |
| 455 | 〔T02 0125a06〕 | 世尊告諸比丘+經末結集者之語 | 「緣界種種故生種種觸」〔T02 0125a07〕;「謂十八界,眼界,乃至法界」〔T02 0125a11〕;「亦如是廣說」〔T02 0125a23〕;「如內六入處,外六入處亦如是說」〔T02 0125a29〕 |
經之相從(依經文本身之式;只錄同式,不判其義):
- 經456——七界與正受:光界、淨界、四無色入處界、滅界,各問「何因緣可知」,各問「以何正受而得」。
- 經457——緣界生說:優檀那句,「緣界故生說,非不界」,下界、中界、勝界各生其說、見、想乃至受生;婆迦利比丘問三藐三佛陀之見。
- 經458——有因生想:欲想、恚想、害想與出要想、不害想,各緣其界;二面各一曠野大火之譬。
- 經459——自作他作:婆羅門問,佛以方便界、安住界、堅固界、出界、造作界反問。
- 經460–463——瞿師羅長者四問尊者阿難:同問種種界(經460·461·463「所說種種界。云何為種種界」,經462作「云何名為種種界」),四答各異(喜處憂處捨處·欲色無色三界·色無色滅三界·三出界),後三經各說一偈。
- 經464——止觀與解脫界:尊者阿難問上座、問五百比丘、問佛,三處同答。
- 經465–468——羅睺羅四問:同問「云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使」,四答各異(六界非我·三受觸因·三受三想·三受三使),後二經各說一偈。
- 經469–473——凡聖受苦與受起:深嶮·二毒箭·狂風·客舍·諸受皆苦,五經皆說偈;經470–473 四偈同以「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動」起其後段,經468 偈作「比丘勤精進,正知不動轉」。
- 經474——諸受皆苦·漸次寂滅·漸次止息·勝止息。
- 經475–480——觀受八句:受、受集、受滅、受集道跡、受滅道跡、受味、受患、受離;經475 毘婆尸如來,經476 異比丘,經477 承前經,經478 世尊問,經479 佛自說如實知,經480 沙門、婆羅門。
- 經481——欲、覺、觸三因緣生受;邪見乃至邪智、正見乃至正智;緣緣五句。
- 經482·483——遠離喜樂與食、無食、無食無食。
- 經484——見、聞、樂、想、有之第一。
- 經485——一受乃至無量受;二受、勝樂、四種樂。
- 經486–489——一法至十法:二門(厭離·觀察)×二果(得盡諸漏·究竟苦邊)。
- 經455——緣種種界生種種觸、想、欲、覺、熱、求,順說逆遮。
說者:經456 之問者先為「異比丘」,再為「諸比丘」(「諸比丘白佛言:「世尊!彼光界,乃至滅界,以何正受而得?」」〔T02 0116c24〕),照錄。經457 問者為「婆迦利比丘」,「在佛後執扇扇佛」〔T02 0117a13〕。經460–462 尊者阿難之答以「告」起(「尊者阿難告瞿師羅長者」〔T02 0117c26〕〔T02 0118a11〕〔T02 0118a23〕),經463 以「答」起(「尊者阿難答瞿師羅長者」〔T02 0118b05〕),照錄。經461–463 之偈為尊者阿難所說。經464 被問者名「上座上座名者」〔T02 0118b16〕,阿難語中作「我今詣上座名上座者」〔T02 0118c14〕,二處字序不同,照錄不改;上座、五百比丘、世尊三答同以「當以二法專精思惟」起。經466–468 佛答之前無「諦聽,善思」,經465 有。經470 世尊先問「凡夫、聖人有何差別」,諸比丘以「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」請說,世尊先告一段,再以「諦聽,善思,當為汝說」〔T02 0120a08〕起廣說;經478 同此請說之式。經475 經末「如毘婆尸佛,如是式棄佛、毘濕波浮佛、迦羅迦孫提佛、迦那迦牟尼佛、迦葉佛,及我釋迦文佛,未成佛時思惟觀察諸受,亦復如是」,其「及我釋迦文佛」〔T02 0121c11〕之「我」為佛自稱,此句為佛語,在「佛說此經已」之後,照錄其位。經477 為結集者之語,承前經(異比丘問之經·尊者阿難所問之經)。經480 經末「如沙門、非沙門,如是沙門數、非沙門數亦如是」〔T02 0122b11〕、經455 經末「如內六入處,外六入處亦如是說」〔T02 0125a29〕,皆在「佛說」之句之後,為結集者之語。經482 長者去後,「爾時,尊者舍利弗於眾中坐」〔T02 0123a09〕,舍利弗白佛之語內層重述佛勸長者之言,佛印之以「如是,如是」。經484 全經為尊者阿難與尊者跋陀羅二人之語,經末作「時,二正士共論說已,從座起去」〔T02 0123c19〕,無「佛說」之句。經485 先為瓶沙王與尊者優陀夷之諍,「如是三說」,後共詣佛所,優陀夷「以先所說,廣白世尊」,佛告優陀夷。
偈:本卷十首(逐行見目七)——經461 四行八句;經462 四行八句;經463 四行八句;經467 五行十句;經468 十一行二十二句;經469 九行十八句;經470 八行十六句;經471 十行二十句;經472 十一行二十二句;經473 六行十二句;凡七十二行一百四十四句,皆五言。經461–463 尊者阿難說,經467–473 世尊說。本卷無攝頌。
略文(經內省文三、經末略說一、經內略說一、承經一、經末結集者之列舉一、經末佛語之列舉一):
| 經 | 類 | 略文(逐字) | 錨 | 所指 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 460 | 經內省文 | 「如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法,亦如是說」 | 〔T02 0117c28〕 | 喜處一段之耳、鼻、舌、身、意 |
| 460 | 經內省文 | 「如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法,亦如是說」 | 〔T02 0118a02〕 | 憂處一段之耳、鼻、舌、身、意 |
| 460 | 經內省文 | 「如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法,亦如是說」 | 〔T02 0118a05〕 | 捨處一段之耳、鼻、舌、身、意 |
| 455 | 經內略說 | 「如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意界緣生意觸,乃至緣意熱生意求,亦如是廣說」 | 〔T02 0125a22〕 | 眼之六支順說逆遮於耳、鼻、舌、身、意 |
| 455 | 經末略說 | 「如內六入處,外六入處亦如是說」 | 〔T02 0125a29〕 | 本經之式於外六入處 |
| 477 | 承經 | 「如異比丘問經,尊者阿難所問經亦如是」 | 〔T02 0121c29〕 | 前經:異比丘問之經 |
| 480 | 經末結集者之列舉 | 「如沙門、非沙門,如是沙門數、非沙門數亦如是」 | 〔T02 0122b11〕 | 本經二面於沙門數、非沙門數 |
| 475 | 經末佛語之列舉 | 「如毘婆尸佛,如是式棄佛」 | 〔T02 0121c10〕 | 毘婆尸如來之觀察於六佛(佛自稱「及我釋迦文佛」,非結集者之語) |
略文之「亦如是說」凡四見:〔T02 0117c29〕〔T02 0118a03〕〔T02 0118a06〕〔T02 0125a29〕;「亦如是廣說」一見:〔T02 0125a23〕。白話皆照省,不代為補出。經457 經中「如是中」〔T02 0117a10〕三字以下界之式指中界,亦為經內省文,照錄。經464 五百比丘與世尊之答「乃至滅界,如上座所說」「乃至滅界,如五百比丘所說」,以「乃至」省其中段,照錄。
攝事分之嗢拕南(論卷九十六,諸受之門二首,只錄位次;與本卷之對應見目十①):
「自性、與因緣、見、染、數取趣、」〔T30n1579 0850c15〕 「轉差別、道理、寂靜、後觀察。」〔T30n1579 0850c16〕
「受生起、劣等、諸受相差別、」〔T30n1579 0851b26〕 「見等為最勝、知差別、問、記。」〔T30n1579 0851b27〕
二首凡十六項:前首九項,後首七項(「問」「記」各計一項)。
二、異譯對勘
本卷三十五經,《別譯雜阿含經》(大正藏第二冊第一〇〇號)未見對照經——大正注於本卷諸條之中,無一條標別譯經序,亦無『別譯』之字。本卷無別譯對勘注。不自建對照。
三、經論宗依(眼)
雜阿含為佛及弟子之說,其所依即經自身;論之於經,是擇攝而非所依。以下依攝事分諸受之門之次第,列論文與本卷經文逐字同詞者(論之嗢拕南項名附於題下,為讀法,見目一);詞異者標明,不以論改經,不以經改論。
三受·觸因觸集(經466·475·476·478·自性、與因緣)
- 經:「有三受——苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受」〔T02 0119a15〕;「此三受何因、何集、何生、何轉」〔T02 0119a16〕;「謂此三受,觸因、觸集、觸生、觸轉」〔T02 0119a17〕;「觸集是受集,觸滅是受滅」〔T02 0121c03〕
- 論:「略說三受,是受自性」〔T30n1579 0850c23〕;「三品類觸,是受因緣」〔T30n1579 0850c24〕
同詞者「三受」「觸」「因」;經「觸因、觸集、觸生、觸轉」論「是受因緣」,經「觸集是受集」論「三品類觸」,詞異。
樂受作苦想·苦受作劍刺想·不苦不樂受作無常想(經467·見)
- 經:「觀於樂受而作苦想,觀於苦受作劍刺想,觀不苦不樂受作無常想」〔T02 0119a27〕;「是名正見」〔T02 0119b02〕;偈「觀樂作苦想,苦受同劍刺」〔T02 0119b04〕
- 論:「由此應觀樂受為苦」〔T30n1579 0850c25〕;「如中毒箭而未得拔,由此應觀苦受如箭」〔T30n1579 0850c27〕;「觀非苦樂受性是無常、性是滅法」〔T30n1579 0851a01〕;「如是於受所生正見,能隨悟入諸有所受皆悉是苦」〔T30n1579 0851a01〕
同詞者「樂受」「苦受」「苦」「無常」「滅」「正見」;經「作苦想」論「觀樂受為苦」,經「劍刺」論「箭」「毒箭」,經「不苦不樂受」論「非苦樂受」,經「無常、滅想」論「性是無常、性是滅法」,詞異。
三使·修梵行(經468·470·染)
- 經:「為斷樂受貪使故,於我所修梵行」〔T02 0119b16〕;「斷苦受瞋恚使故」〔T02 0119b17〕;「斷不苦不樂受癡使故」〔T02 0119b18〕;「為貪使所使」〔T02 0120a16〕;「為恚使所使」〔T02 0120a17〕;「為癡使所使」〔T02 0120a19〕
- 論:「於樂受中有貪隨眠,於苦受中有瞋隨眠,於非苦樂無明隨眠」〔T30n1579 0851a03〕;「為欲永害諸隨眠故,熟修梵行」〔T30n1579 0851a08〕
同詞者「樂受」「苦受」「貪」「瞋」「修梵行」;經「使」論「隨眠」,經「癡使」論「無明隨眠」,經「於我所修梵行」論「熟修梵行」,詞異。
大海深嶮·冥闇受坑(經469·數取趣)
- 經:「大海深嶮者,此世間愚夫所說深嶮」〔T02 0119c08〕;「是名大海極深嶮處」〔T02 0119c11〕;「愚癡無聞凡夫於此身生諸受」〔T02 0119c12〕;「多聞聖弟子於身生諸受」〔T02 0119c14〕
- 論:「無思擇力補特伽羅,受苦受時,心極憂悴」〔T30n1579 0851a09〕;「是故名為現見圓滿冥闇受坑,難得其底」〔T30n1579 0851a12〕;「有思擇力補特伽羅,應知一切與上相違」〔T30n1579 0851a13〕
同詞者「受」「苦」;經「愚癡無聞凡夫」論「無思擇力補特伽羅」,經「多聞聖弟子」論「有思擇力補特伽羅」,經「大海極深嶮處」論「冥闇受坑」,經「憂悲」論「憂悴」,詞異。
雙毒箭·一毒箭(經470·轉差別)
- 經:「增長二受,若身受、若心受」〔T02 0120a11〕;「譬如士夫身被雙毒箭」〔T02 0120a12〕;「譬如士夫被一毒箭,不被第二毒箭」〔T02 0120a25〕;「謂為貪、恚、癡所繫,為生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦所繫」〔T02 0120a21〕
- 論:「又於諸受心未解脫補特伽羅,但於苦受圓滿領納,猶如一人中二毒箭」〔T30n1579 0851a14〕;「二毒箭者,即喻三受或染心領納,謂由貪瞋癡;或相應領納,謂由生等苦」〔T30n1579 0851a16〕;「心解脫者,應知一切與上相違」〔T30n1579 0851a19〕;「此差別者,具領三受」〔T30n1579 0851a20〕
同詞者「毒箭」「貪」「癡」「生」「苦」;經「雙毒箭」論「二毒箭」,經「恚」論「瞋」,經「身受」「心受」論「染心領納」「相應領納」,詞異。論「猶如一人中二毒箭」之下底本作「?」,照錄其位。
空中狂風·旋風(經471·轉差別)
- 經:「譬如空中狂風卒起」〔T02 0120b16〕;「身中受風亦復如是」〔T02 0120b18〕
- 論:「應觀此受猶若旋風」〔T30n1579 0851a23〕
同詞者「風」「受」;經「狂風」論「旋風」,詞異。論以「生已破壞消散不住速歸遷謝」之受當之。
客舍種種人住(經472·轉差別)
- 經:「譬如客舍種種人住」〔T02 0120c09〕;「此身亦復如是,種種受生」〔T02 0120c11〕
- 論:「應觀此受如客舍中羇旅色類」〔T30n1579 0851a24〕
同詞者「客舍」「受」;經「種種人住」論「羇旅色類」,詞異。論以「少時經停,相似相續不速變壞」之受當之。
食受·無食受·貪受·出要受(經471·472·483·轉差別)
- 經:「樂無食、苦無食、不苦不樂無食受」〔T02 0120b22〕;「樂出要受、苦出要受、不苦不樂出要受」〔T02 0120c16〕;「樂貪著受、苦貪著受、不苦不樂貪著受」〔T02 0120c15〕;「有食念者、有無食念者、有無食無食念者」〔T02 0123a24〕;「謂五欲因緣生念」〔T02 0123a29〕
- 論:「有味受者,諸世間受。無味受者,諸出世受」〔T30n1579 0851a26〕;「依耽嗜受者,於妙五欲諸染污受」〔T30n1579 0851a27〕;「依出離受者」〔T30n1579 0851a28〕
同詞者「受」「五欲」;經「食受」「無食受」論「有味受」「無味受」,經「貪著受」論「依耽嗜受」,經「出要受」論「依出離受」,詞異。
諸受皆苦(經473·474·485·道理)
- 經:「我以一切行無常故,一切諸行變易法故,說諸所有受悉皆是苦」〔T02 0121a09〕;「我以一切行無常故,一切行變易法故」〔T02 0121a26〕;「如說所有受,皆悉是苦,是名我說一受」〔T02 0124a07〕
- 論:「由此道理,當知諸受皆悉是苦」〔T30n1579 0851b05〕;「又諸苦受,一切眾生現知是苦,不假成立」〔T30n1579 0851b01〕
同詞者「行」「無常」「皆悉是苦」;經「變易法」論「變壞法」(「變壞法故,應知是苦」),經「諸所有受」論「諸受」,詞異。
漸次寂滅·漸次止息·勝止息(經474·寂靜)
- 經:「我以諸行漸次寂滅故說,以諸行漸次止息故說」〔T02 0121a28〕;「初禪正受時,言語寂滅」〔T02 0121b02〕;「想受滅正受時,想受寂滅」〔T02 0121b08〕;「復有勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息」〔T02 0121b18〕;「於貪欲心不樂、解脫」〔T02 0121b22〕
- 論:「又彼諸受,應知略有三種寂靜」〔T30n1579 0851b06〕;「當知此中,暫時不行,名為寂靜;令其究竟成不行法,名為止息」〔T30n1579 0851b09〕;「即此語言,若正證入初靜慮定,即便寂靜」〔T30n1579 0851b12〕;「說其心於貪瞋癡離染解脫」〔T30n1579 0851b20〕
同詞者「止息」「言語」「解脫」;經「寂滅」論「寂靜」,經「初禪正受」論「初靜慮定」,經「貪欲」「恚、癡」論「貪瞋癡」,經「心不樂」論「離染」,詞異。
觀受八句·七相(經475–480·後觀察)
- 經:「云何為受?云何受集?云何受滅?云何受集道跡?云何受滅道跡」〔T02 0121b29〕;「云何受味?云何受患?云何受離」〔T02 0121c01〕;「若於受愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,是名受集道跡」〔T02 0121c04〕;「若受因緣生樂喜,是名受味」〔T02 0121c06〕;「若於受斷欲貪、越欲貪,是名受離」〔T02 0121c07〕
- 論:「又由七行,於諸受中觀受七相」〔T30n1579 0851b20〕;「謂觀諸受自性故,現在流轉、還滅因緣故,當來流轉因緣故,當來還滅因緣故,雜染因緣故,清淨因緣故,及清淨故」〔T30n1579 0851b21〕
同詞者「受」「觀」「因緣」;經八句(受·集·滅·集道跡·滅道跡·味·患·離),論七相(自性·現在流轉還滅因緣·當來流轉因緣·當來還滅因緣·雜染因緣·清淨因緣·清淨),數與詞皆不同。
欲·覺·觸三因緣(經481·受生起)
- 經:「諸有眾生,生受皆有因緣,非無因緣」〔T02 0122b20〕;「欲是因緣、覺是因緣、觸是因緣」〔T02 0122b21〕;「於欲不寂滅、覺不寂滅、觸不寂滅」〔T02 0122b22〕;「彼欲寂滅、覺寂滅、觸寂滅」〔T02 0122b28〕;「若彼欲不得者得、不獲者獲、不證者證生」〔T02 0122c08〕;「當知是沙門之沙門、婆羅門之婆羅門」〔T02 0122c19〕
- 論:「一切有情應斷諸受,略由三緣而得生起」〔T30n1579 0851b28〕;「一者、欲緣,謂於未來世。二者、尋緣,謂於過去世。三者、觸緣,謂於現在世現前境界」〔T30n1579 0851b29〕;「謂有情眾略有八種」〔T30n1579 0851c02〕;「具足於邪見乃至邪解脫智者」〔T30n1579 0851c07〕;「具足於正見乃至正解脫智者」〔T30n1579 0851c08〕;「即說名為不寂靜緣」〔T30n1579 0851c24〕;「所有諸欲未得為得、未證為證、未觸為觸」〔T30n1579 0852a22〕;「於第一義諸沙門中,許為沙門;諸梵志中,許為梵志」〔T30n1579 0852a28〕
同詞者「欲」「觸」「緣」「邪見」「正見」「未得」「沙門」;經「覺」論「尋」,經「寂滅」「不寂滅」論「寂靜」「不寂靜」,經「邪解脫、邪智」「正解脫、正智」論「邪解脫智」「正解脫智」,經「不獲者獲」論「未觸為觸」,經「婆羅門」論「梵志」,詞異。
遠離喜樂·五法(經482·483·劣等)
- 經:「汝當精勤,時時學遠離喜樂,具足身作證」〔T02 0123a06〕;「得遠離五法,修滿五法」〔T02 0123a15〕;「謂斷欲所長養喜」〔T02 0123a16〕;「謂隨喜、歡喜、猗息、樂、一心」〔T02 0123a19〕;「不苦不樂捨,淨念一心,第四禪具足住」〔T02 0123b14〕
- 論:「復次,於遠離喜身作證住諸聖弟子,能斷五法,能修五法令得圓滿」〔T30n1579 0852b07〕;「又喜樂捨劣中勝品,謂在欲界及四靜慮」〔T30n1579 0852b09〕;「第四靜慮地捨,一切過患皆遠離故,名善清淨」〔T30n1579 0852b11〕
同詞者「遠離」「喜」「樂」「捨」「身作證」「聖弟子」「五法」;經「遠離五法」論「能斷五法」,經「修滿五法」論「能修五法令得圓滿」,經「有食」「無食」「無食無食」論「劣中勝品」,經「第四禪」論「第四靜慮」,詞異。論又以「應知如前三摩呬多地廣辨其相」〔T30n1579 0852b08〕指其五法之相,本卷不錄彼地之文。
一受乃至無量受·二受·勝樂(經485·諸受相差別)
- 經:「正應有二受——樂受、苦受。若不苦不樂受,是則寂滅」〔T02 0123c27〕;「我有時說一受,或時說二受,或說三、四、五、六、十八、三十六,乃至百八受,或時說無量受」〔T02 0124a05〕;「有二受,欲受、離欲受」〔T02 0124a27〕;「更有勝樂過於此故」〔T02 0124b04〕;「沙門釋種子唯說想受滅,名為至樂」〔T02 0124b11〕;「此非世尊所說受樂數」〔T02 0124b13〕
- 論:「復次,由十種相,當知諸受所有差別」〔T30n1579 0852b13〕;「受唯有二,一、苦、二、樂」〔T30n1579 0852b18〕;「是故世尊即依如是苦樂寂靜假設為有」〔T30n1579 0852b20〕;「樂有二種,所謂欲樂及遠離樂」〔T30n1579 0852b21〕;「劣樂者,謂無所有處已下。中樂者,謂第一有。勝樂者,謂想受滅」〔T30n1579 0852b23〕;「說有三種最寂靜樂」〔T30n1579 0852b28〕;「非據受樂說滅盡定以為有樂,然斷受樂說名為樂」〔T30n1579 0852c07〕
同詞者「二」「苦」「樂」「受」「勝」「想受滅」「受樂」;經「是則寂滅」論「苦樂寂靜」,經「欲受、離欲受」論「欲樂及遠離樂」,經「至樂」論「最寂靜樂」,詞異。經所列一受至無量受,與論之十種相,數與名皆不同。經之四種樂「離欲樂、遠離樂、寂滅樂、菩提樂」,論無其列。
見第一乃至有第一(經484·見等為最勝)
- 經:「云何名為見第一」〔T02 0123b24〕;「若見彼梵天者,名曰見第一」〔T02 0123b28〕;「如其所觀,次第盡諸漏,是為見第一」〔T02 0123c14〕;「如實觀察,次第盡諸漏,是名有第一」〔T02 0123c18〕
- 論:「依止如是色類見聞及樂想有,無間隨得諸漏永盡,當知此見名最勝見,乃至此有名最勝有」〔T30n1579 0852c13〕;「是故此聞於其餘聞、此樂於其餘樂、此想於其餘想、此有於其餘有,說為最勝」〔T30n1579 0852c21〕
同詞者「見」「聞」「樂」「想」「有」「諸漏」;經「第一」論「最勝」,經「次第盡諸漏」論「無間隨得諸漏永盡」,詞異。
一法至十法·厭離·觀察(經486–489·知差別)
- 經:「若於一法,生正厭離、不樂、背捨,得盡諸漏」〔T02 0124b19〕;「究竟苦邊,解脫於苦,謂一切眾生由食而存」〔T02 0124c01〕;「觀察無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,得盡諸漏」〔T02 0124c11〕
- 論:「正於苦邊能隨得者,謂於苦諦得遍解脫」〔T30n1579 0852c26〕;「於諸漏盡能隨得者,謂於集諦得勝解脫」〔T30n1579 0852c27〕;「應厭應離應解脫者,謂於滅諦能正作證」〔T30n1579 0852c28〕;「於無常等隨觀住者,謂於道諦能正修習」〔T30n1579 0852c29〕;「又由十相,應當了知境事差別」〔T30n1579 0853a01〕
同詞者「苦邊」「漏盡」(經「盡諸漏」)「厭」「離」「解脫」「無常」「十」;經「生正厭離、不樂、背捨」論「應厭應離應解脫」,經「觀察無常」論「於無常等隨觀住」,詞異。論之十相與經之十法同數,其名不同詞。
反問(經459·問、記·參)
- 經:「我今問汝,隨意答我」〔T02 0117c08〕;「有眾生方便界,令諸眾生知作方便耶」〔T02 0117c09〕
- 論:「應反詰云:汝問何業」〔T30n1579 0853b02〕
同詞者「問」;經以反問答之,論名「反詰」;經「自作」「他作」「方便界」論無其詞。
本經論界,本母不在諸受之門——經456·457·458·460·461·462·463·464·465·455 十經〔查無:以七界·正受·優檀那·欲想·害想·出要想·種種界·三界·三出界·止觀·解脫界·地界·非我·緣種種界等詞逐字搜攝事分諸受之門(論卷九十六)全段,未見同詞同喻之段〕。經477 為承經,所承見前經。經479·480 之觀受八句見『觀受八句·七相』條。
四、本段釋要
本卷無逐文古疏。攝事分諸受之門即論之本母,其段落依自立之二嗢拕南(目一)次第而下;以下依論之次第,自「自性」讀至「問、記」,列其與本卷經文同詞之段(逐字+錨),並注同詞之經。論段之中與本卷經文無同詞者,不列。
一、自性·因緣——三受·三品類觸(與經466·475·476·478 同詞「三受」「觸」)
「略說三受,是受自性。三品類觸,是受因緣」〔T30n1579 0850c23〕。
二、見——觀樂受為苦·苦受如箭·非苦樂受無常滅法(與經467 同詞「樂受」「苦受」「無常」「正見」)
「又諸樂受變壞法故,貪依處故,貪是當來眾苦因故,由此應觀樂受為苦」〔T30n1579 0850c24〕;「若諸苦受現在前時,惱害性故,如中毒箭而未得拔,由此應觀苦受如箭」〔T30n1579 0850c26〕;「非苦樂受,已滅壞者是無常故,正現前者是滅法故,於二更續能隨順故」〔T30n1579 0850c28〕。
三、染——三隨眠·熟修梵行(與經468·470 同詞「貪」「瞋」「修梵行」)
「於樂受中有貪隨眠,於苦受中有瞋隨眠,於非苦樂無明隨眠,是名於受所起雜染」〔T30n1579 0851a03〕;「為欲永害諸隨眠故,熟修梵行,非唯為遣諸纏因緣」〔T30n1579 0851a08〕。
四、數取趣——思擇力·冥闇受坑(與經469 同詞「苦受」)
「無思擇力補特伽羅,受苦受時,心極憂悴」〔T30n1579 0851a09〕;「是故名為現見圓滿冥闇受坑,難得其底」〔T30n1579 0851a12〕。
五、轉差別——二毒箭·旋風·客舍·品類差別(與經470·471·472·483 同詞「毒箭」「風」「客舍」「五欲」)
「猶如一人中二毒箭」〔T30n1579 0851a15〕;「應觀此受猶若旋風」〔T30n1579 0851a23〕;「應觀此受如客舍中羇旅色類」〔T30n1579 0851a24〕;「又彼諸受自性所依染淨品別,當知名受品類差別」〔T30n1579 0851a25〕。
六、道理——諸受皆苦(與經473·474 同詞「無常」「皆悉是苦」)
「非苦樂受及能隨順此受諸行,由無常故,應知是苦;所有樂受及能隨順此受諸行,變壞法故,應知是苦」〔T30n1579 0851b02〕;「由此道理,當知諸受皆悉是苦」〔T30n1579 0851b05〕。
七、寂靜——三種寂靜·寂靜與止息·語言寂靜(與經474 同詞「止息」「言語」)
「一、由依止上定地故,下地諸受皆得寂靜。二、由暫時不現行故,而得寂靜。三、由當來究竟不轉,而得寂靜」〔T30n1579 0851b06〕;「即此語言,若正證入初靜慮定,即便寂靜」〔T30n1579 0851b12〕;「是故此位說名一切語言寂靜」〔T30n1579 0851b16〕。
八、後觀察——七相(與經475–480 同詞「受」「觀」)
「又由七行,於諸受中觀受七相」〔T30n1579 0851b20〕。
九、受生起——三緣·八眾·不寂靜緣·寂靜緣(與經481 同詞「欲」「觸」「邪見」「正見」「沙門」)
「一者、欲緣,謂於未來世。二者、尋緣,謂於過去世。三者、觸緣,謂於現在世現前境界」〔T30n1579 0851b29〕;「若勝妙境現在前時,諸染污觸便復生起」〔T30n1579 0852a05〕;「由寂靜緣,便有第一寂靜無上諸受生起」〔T30n1579 0852a26〕;「當知此中,一切諸受無有差別,皆觸為緣」〔T30n1579 0852b01〕。
十、劣等——遠離喜身作證·喜樂捨劣中勝品(與經482·483 同詞「遠離」「喜」「五法」「捨」)
「復次,於遠離喜身作證住諸聖弟子,能斷五法,能修五法令得圓滿」〔T30n1579 0852b07〕;「又喜樂捨劣中勝品,謂在欲界及四靜慮」〔T30n1579 0852b09〕。
十一、諸受相差別——十種相·受唯有二·二樂·三樂(與經485 同詞「二」「苦」「樂」「想受滅」)
「復次,由十種相,當知諸受所有差別」〔T30n1579 0852b13〕;「世尊為欲開曉彼故,說如是言:樂有二種,所謂欲樂及遠離樂」〔T30n1579 0852b21〕;「如是一切,總為三樂。一者、應遠離樂,二者、應修習、有上住樂,三者、最極究竟解脫無上住樂」〔T30n1579 0852c02〕。
十二、見等為最勝——最勝見乃至最勝有(與經484 同詞「見」「聞」「樂」「想」「有」)
「當知此見名最勝見,乃至此有名最勝有」〔T30n1579 0852c14〕。
十三、知差別——四諦配四句·十相(與經486–489 同詞「苦邊」「漏盡」「厭」「無常」)
「復次,由遍了知應遍知事,於其苦諦得遍解脫,於其集諦得勝解脫,於其滅諦能正作證,於其道諦能正修習」〔T30n1579 0852c24〕。
十四、問、記——反詰(與經459 同詞「問」)
「復次,即依如上所說差別,應生問論」〔T30n1579 0853a18〕;「若有問言:造作業已,往善趣不?應反詰云:汝問何業」〔T30n1579 0853b02〕。
論之「二記別」「二識火熾然所依」「二種意所生身」「二種善避他論」諸段〔T30n1579 0853b08〕以下,本卷經文無同詞,不列。
五、諸家異釋
本卷無古德異釋。雜阿含無逐文古疏;攝事分為唯一之鏡,一家之說,無可分欄。
六、術語(首見名相·釋義唯取攝事分逐字)
先前諸卷已立之名相,本卷不重出(『無明界』『非我·不異我·不相在』『般涅槃』三列前卷已見,本卷列其新語境,不稱首見);其中與本卷經文相涉者:五受陰·使·味·患·離·變易法·集·滅·道跡·阿耨多羅三藐三菩提(承卷一);苦邊(承卷二);法根·法眼·法依·重擔·士夫·禪思·有身(承卷三);上座比丘·無間等·現法樂住(承卷五);三受·止·觀·世八法·自作·他作·正見乃至正定·欲覺·恚覺(承卷七);我慢繫著使(承卷九);貪想·恚想·害想·邪志·五欲功德(承卷十);夏安居·六喜行·六憂行·六捨行·捨心住正念正智·舍利弗(承卷十三);四食·沙門數·沙門義(承卷十四);毘婆尸佛(承卷十五);十八界·種種界·眼界·色界·種種想·欲·覺·熱·求·黠慧(承卷十六)。
| 名相 | 本卷首見(逐字) | 錨 | 攝事分 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 光界·淨界 | 「有光界、淨界、無量空入處界」 | 〔T02 0116c13〕 | 論未釋 |
| 無量空入處界·無量識入處界·無所有入處界·非想非非想入處界 | 「有光界、淨界、無量空入處界」 | 〔T02 0116c13〕 | 論未釋;論作「從空無邊處乃至無所有處」(「三、或依止三種想定,謂從空無邊處乃至無所有處」〔T30n1579 0852c19〕) |
| 滅界 | 「滅界者,緣有身可知」 | 〔T02 0116c24〕 | 論未釋 |
| 有第一·第一有正受 | 「此諸界於自行正受而得」 | 〔T02 0116c27〕 | 「中樂者,謂第一有」〔T30n1579 0852b24〕 |
| 自行正受·有身滅正受 | 「滅界者,於有身滅正受而得」 | 〔T02 0116c29〕 | 論未釋 |
| 優檀那句 | 「說優檀那句」 | 〔T02 0117a05〕 | 論未釋 |
| 下界·中界·勝界 | 「緣界故生說,非不界」 | 〔T02 0117a06〕 | 論未釋 |
| 婆迦利比丘 | 「時,有婆迦利比丘在佛後執扇扇佛」 | 〔T02 0117a12〕 | 論未釋 |
| 三藐三佛陀 | 「若於三藐三佛陀起非三藐三佛陀見,彼見亦緣界而生耶」 | 〔T02 0117a14〕 | 論未釋 |
| 無明界 | 「凡夫界者,是無明界」 | 〔T02 0117a17〕 | 論未釋;論有「無明隨眠」(「於非苦樂無明隨眠」,見目三) |
| 欲界·害界·出要界·不害界 | 「謂緣欲界也」 | 〔T02 0117a24〕 | 論未釋 |
| 欲欲·欲熱·欲求 | 「生欲想、欲欲、欲覺、欲熱、欲求」 | 〔T02 0117a24〕 | 論未釋 |
| 三處邪 | 「此眾生起三處邪,謂身、口、心」 | 〔T02 0117a26〕 | 論未釋 |
| 危嶮想 | 「生危嶮想」 | 〔T02 0117b05〕 | 論未釋 |
| 出要想 | 「有因生出要想」 | 〔T02 0117b11〕 | 論未釋 |
| 方便界·安住界·堅固界·出界·造作界 | 「有眾生方便界,令諸眾生知作方便耶」 | 〔T02 0117c09〕 | 論未釋 |
| 喜處·憂處·捨處 | 「眼界異、色界異喜處」 | 〔T02 0117c27〕 | 論未釋 |
| 三界(欲界·色界·無色界) | 「有三界。云何三?謂欲界、色界、無色界」 | 〔T02 0118a12〕 | 「謂欲界繫受」為經485 之詞;論作「欲、色二界」(「欲、色二界愛所生識,名色為依」〔T30n1579 0853b11〕) |
| 三耶三佛·無憂離垢句 | 「三耶三佛說,無憂離垢句」 | 〔T02 0118a17〕 | 論未釋 |
| 三出界·一切思想滅界 | 「謂三種出界」 | 〔T02 0118b06〕 | 論未釋 |
| 上座上座名者 | 「尊者阿難往詣上座上座名者所」 | 〔T02 0118b16〕 | 論未釋 |
| 解脫界·斷界·無欲界 | 「若斷界、無欲界、滅界」 | 〔T02 0118b27〕 | 論未釋 |
| 同法·同句·同義·同味 | 「大師及諸弟子皆悉同法、同句、同義、同味」 | 〔T02 0118c13〕 | 論未釋 |
| 此識身·外境界 | 「云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使」 | 〔T02 0118c26〕 | 論未釋 |
| 地界·水界·火界·風界·空界·識界 | 「若比丘於所有地界」 | 〔T02 0118c29〕 | 論未釋 |
| 非我·不異我·不相在 | 「彼一切非我、不異我、不相在如實知」 | 〔T02 0119a02〕 | 論未釋 |
| 正慢無間等·轉諸結 | 「是名斷愛,轉諸結,正慢無間等,究竟苦邊」 | 〔T02 0119a07〕 | 論未釋 |
| 觸因·觸集·觸生·觸轉 | 「謂此三受,觸因、觸集、觸生、觸轉」 | 〔T02 0119a17〕 | 論作「受因緣」:「三品類觸,是受因緣」〔T30n1579 0850c24〕 |
| 劍刺想 | 「觀於樂受而作苦想,觀於苦受作劍刺想,觀不苦不樂受作無常想」 | 〔T02 0119a27〕 | 論作「如箭」:「由此應觀苦受如箭」〔T30n1579 0850c27〕 |
| 貪使·瞋恚使·癡使 | 「為斷樂受貪使故,於我所修梵行」 | 〔T02 0119b16〕 | 論作「隨眠」:「於樂受中有貪隨眠,於苦受中有瞋隨眠,於非苦樂無明隨眠」〔T30n1579 0851a03〕 |
| 眾數 | 「明智者命終,不墮於眾數」 | 〔T02 0119c03〕 | 論未釋 |
| 般涅槃 | 「眾數既已斷,永處般涅槃」 | 〔T02 0119c04〕 | 論未釋 |
| 深嶮 | 「大海深嶮者,此世間愚夫所說深嶮」 | 〔T02 0119c08〕 | 論作「冥闇受坑」:「是故名為現見圓滿冥闇受坑,難得其底」〔T30n1579 0851a12〕 |
| 身受·心受 | 「增長二受,若身受、若心受」 | 〔T02 0120a11〕 | 論作「染心領納」「相應領納」:「二毒箭者,即喻三受或染心領納,謂由貪瞋癡;或相應領納,謂由生等苦」〔T30n1579 0851a16〕 |
| 雙毒箭 | 「譬如士夫身被雙毒箭」 | 〔T02 0120a12〕 | 論作「二毒箭」:「猶如一人中二毒箭」〔T30n1579 0851a15〕 |
| 毘濕波風·鞞嵐婆風·風輪 | 「有塵土風、無塵土風、毘濕波風、鞞嵐婆風、薄風、厚風,乃至風輪起風」 | 〔T02 0120b17〕 | 論未釋;論作「旋風」(見目三) |
| 食受·無食受 | 「樂無食、苦無食、不苦不樂無食受」 | 〔T02 0120b22〕 | 論作「有味受」「無味受」:「有味受者,諸世間受。無味受者,諸出世受」〔T30n1579 0851a26〕 |
| 貪受·貪著受 | 「樂貪著受、苦貪著受、不苦不樂貪著受」 | 〔T02 0120c15〕 | 論作「依耽嗜受」:「依耽嗜受者,於妙五欲諸染污受」〔T30n1579 0851a27〕 |
| 出要受 | 「樂出要受、苦出要受、不苦不樂出要受」 | 〔T02 0120c16〕 | 論作「依出離受」:「依出離受者,即是一切出離、遠離所生諸善定不定地俱行諸受」〔T30n1579 0851a28〕 |
| 客舍 | 「譬如客舍種種人住」 | 〔T02 0120c09〕 | 「應觀此受如客舍中羇旅色類」〔T30n1579 0851a24〕 |
| 旃陀羅 | 「旃陀羅野人,持戒犯戒者」 | 〔T02 0120c21〕 | 論未釋 |
| 𭶑慧 | 「於諸一切受,𭶑慧能了知」 | 〔T02 0121a15〕 | 論未釋(經470–472 同位作「黠慧」) |
| 漸次寂滅·漸次止息 | 「我以諸行漸次寂滅故說,以諸行漸次止息故說」 | 〔T02 0121a28〕 | 「當知此中,暫時不行,名為寂靜;令其究竟成不行法,名為止息」〔T30n1579 0851b09〕 |
| 勝止息·奇特止息·上止息·無上止息 | 「復有勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息」 | 〔T02 0121b18〕 | 論未釋;論作「說其心於貪瞋癡離染解脫」〔T30n1579 0851b20〕 |
| 想受滅 | 「想受滅正受時,想受寂滅」 | 〔T02 0121b08〕 | 「勝樂者,謂想受滅」〔T30n1579 0852b24〕 |
| 受集道跡·受滅道跡·受味·受患·受離 | 「云何為受?云何受集?云何受滅?云何受集道跡?云何受滅道跡」 | 〔T02 0121b29〕 | 論未釋;論作「七相」(見目三) |
| 式棄佛·毘濕波浮佛·迦羅迦孫提佛·迦那迦牟尼佛·迦葉佛·釋迦文佛 | 「式棄佛、毘濕波浮佛、迦羅迦孫提佛、迦那迦牟尼佛、迦葉佛」 | 〔T02 0121c10〕 | 論未釋 |
| 沙門之沙門 | 「彼是沙門之沙門、婆羅門之婆羅門」 | 〔T02 0122b06〕 | 「於第一義諸沙門中,許為沙門;諸梵志中,許為梵志」〔T30n1579 0852a28〕 |
| 壹奢能伽羅 | 「如是我聞:一時,佛住壹奢能伽羅國壹奢能伽羅林中」 | 〔T02 0122b13〕 | 論未釋 |
| 布薩 | 「唯除乞食及布薩」 | 〔T02 0122b16〕 | 論未釋 |
| 禪分 | 「我以初成佛時所思惟禪法少許禪分」 | 〔T02 0122b18〕 | 論未釋 |
| 欲·覺·觸三因緣 | 「欲是因緣、覺是因緣、觸是因緣」 | 〔T02 0122b21〕 | 「一者、欲緣,謂於未來世。二者、尋緣,謂於過去世。三者、觸緣,謂於現在世現前境界」〔T30n1579 0851b29〕 |
| 緣緣 | 「緣緣、緣緣集、緣緣滅、緣緣集道跡、緣緣滅道跡」 | 〔T02 0122c12〕 | 論未釋 |
| 示·教·照·喜 | 「示、教、照、喜」 | 〔T02 0122c26〕 | 論未釋 |
| 三月請 | 「唯願世尊與諸大眾受我三月請衣被、飲食、應病湯藥」 | 〔T02 0122c28〕 | 論未釋 |
| 遠離喜樂·身作證 | 「汝當精勤,時時學遠離喜樂,具足身作證」 | 〔T02 0123a06〕 | 「復次,於遠離喜身作證住諸聖弟子,能斷五法,能修五法令得圓滿」〔T30n1579 0852b07〕 |
| 欲所長養·不善所長養 | 「謂斷欲所長養喜」 | 〔T02 0123a16〕 | 論未釋 |
| 猗息 | 「謂隨喜、歡喜、猗息、樂、一心」 | 〔T02 0123a19〕 | 論未釋 |
| 食念·無食念·無食無食念(樂·捨·解脫同) | 「有食念者、有無食念者、有無食無食念者」 | 〔T02 0123a24〕 | 論作「喜樂捨劣中勝品」:「又喜樂捨劣中勝品,謂在欲界及四靜慮」〔T30n1579 0852b09〕 |
| 色俱行·無色俱行 | 「云何有食解脫?謂色俱行」 | 〔T02 0123b15〕 | 論未釋 |
| 跋陀羅 | 「爾時,尊者跋陀羅比丘及尊者阿難俱住祇樹給孤獨園」 | 〔T02 0123b21〕 | 論未釋 |
| 見第一·聞第一·樂第一·想第一·有第一 | 「云何名為見第一」 | 〔T02 0123b24〕 | 論作「最勝見」乃至「最勝有」:「當知此見名最勝見,乃至此有名最勝有」〔T30n1579 0852c14〕 |
| 梵天 | 「有梵天自在造作、化如意,為世之父」 | 〔T02 0123b27〕 | 論未釋 |
| 離喜之樂 | 「有眾生於此身離喜之樂潤澤」 | 〔T02 0123c04〕 | 論未釋 |
| 二正士 | 「時,二正士共論說已」 | 〔T02 0123c19〕 | 論未釋 |
| 瓶沙王·優陀夷 | 「爾時,瓶沙王詣尊者優陀夷所」 | 〔T02 0123c22〕 | 論未釋 |
| 一受乃至無量受 | 「我有時說一受」 | 〔T02 0124a05〕 | 論作「十種相」:「復次,由十種相,當知諸受所有差別」〔T30n1579 0852b13〕 |
| 欲界繫受·色界繫受·無色界繫受·不繫受 | 「謂欲界繫受、色界繫受、無色界繫受,及不繫受」 | 〔T02 0124a10〕 | 論未釋 |
| 樂根·喜根·苦根·憂根·捨根 | 「謂樂根、喜根、苦根、憂根、捨根」 | 〔T02 0124a12〕 | 論未釋 |
| 三十六受·百八受 | 「謂三十六受,過去三十六、未來三十六、現在三十六」 | 〔T02 0124a19〕 | 論未釋 |
| 欲受·離欲受 | 「有二受,欲受、離欲受」 | 〔T02 0124a27〕 | 論作「欲樂及遠離樂」:「樂有二種,所謂欲樂及遠離樂」〔T30n1579 0852b21〕 |
| 異學出家·沙門釋種子·至樂 | 「沙門釋種子唯說想受滅,名為至樂」 | 〔T02 0124b11〕 | 論未釋 |
| 受樂數 | 「此非世尊所說受樂數」 | 〔T02 0124b13〕 | 「非據受樂說滅盡定以為有樂,然斷受樂說名為樂」〔T30n1579 0852c07〕 |
| 離欲樂·遠離樂·寂滅樂·菩提樂 | 「謂離欲樂、遠離樂、寂滅樂、菩提樂」 | 〔T02 0124b15〕 | 論有「遠離樂」:「樂有二種,所謂欲樂及遠離樂」〔T30n1579 0852b21〕;餘三論未釋 |
| 厭離·背捨 | 「若於一法,生正厭離、不樂、背捨,得盡諸漏」 | 〔T02 0124b19〕 | 「應厭應離應解脫者,謂於滅諦能正作證」〔T30n1579 0852c28〕 |
| 名及色 | 「復有二法,名及色」 | 〔T02 0124b21〕 | 論未釋 |
| 六內外入處·七識住·九眾生居·十業跡 | 「謂九眾生居」 | 〔T02 0124b24〕 | 論未釋 |
| 內六入處·外六入處 | 「如內六入處,外六入處亦如是說」 | 〔T02 0125a29〕 | 論未釋 |
專名依底本之字:「婆迦利」「瞿師羅」「羅睺羅」「跋陀羅」「瓶沙王」「優陀夷」「毘婆尸」「式棄」「毘濕波浮」「迦羅迦孫提」「迦那迦牟尼」「迦葉」「釋迦文」「壹奢能伽羅」,不改他譯。經457「優檀那句」,玄奘譯作『鄔陀南』,本卷只記其音,不另立義。
七、譬喻·修辭
譬喻五則:
- 曠野大火(經458)——不善之面:「譬如城邑聚落不遠有曠野,大火卒起」〔T02 0117b07〕;「當知彼諸野中眾生悉被火害」〔T02 0117b09〕。善之面:「有人堪能手足滅火」〔T02 0117b25〕;「當知彼諸眾生依草木者,悉不被害」〔T02 0117b26〕。
- 大海深嶮(經469)——「大海深嶮者,此世間愚夫所說深嶮」〔T02 0119c08〕;「是大水積聚數耳」〔T02 0119c10〕;合法:「是名大海極深嶮處」〔T02 0119c11〕;偈「永淪生死海,莫知休息處」〔T02 0119c21〕。
- 雙毒箭·一毒箭(經470)——「譬如士夫身被雙毒箭」〔T02 0120a12〕;「譬如士夫被一毒箭,不被第二毒箭」〔T02 0120a25〕。
- 空中狂風(經471)——「譬如空中狂風卒起」〔T02 0120b16〕;「有塵土風、無塵土風、毘濕波風、鞞嵐婆風、薄風、厚風,乃至風輪起風」〔T02 0120b17〕;合法:「身中受風亦復如是」〔T02 0120b18〕。
- 客舍種種人住(經472)——「譬如客舍種種人住」〔T02 0120c09〕;「若剎利、婆羅門、長者居士、野人獵師、持戒犯戒、在家出家」〔T02 0120c10〕;合法:「此身亦復如是,種種受生」〔T02 0120c11〕。
偈(經461)——尊者阿難所說,四行八句,五言:
「曉了於欲界,色界亦復然,」〔T02 0118a14〕 「捨一切有餘,得無餘寂滅。」〔T02 0118a15〕 「於身和合界,永盡無餘證,」〔T02 0118a16〕 「三耶三佛說,無憂離垢句。」〔T02 0118a17〕
偈(經462)——尊者阿難所說,四行八句,五言:
「若色界眾生,及住無色界,」〔T02 0118a26〕 「不識滅界者,還復受諸有。」〔T02 0118a27〕 「若斷於色界,不住無色界,」〔T02 0118a28〕 「滅界心解脫,永離於生死。」〔T02 0118a29〕
偈(經463)——尊者阿難所說,四行八句,五言:
「知從欲界出,超踰於色界,」〔T02 0118b09〕 「一切行寂滅,勤修正方便。」〔T02 0118b10〕 「斷除一切愛,一切行滅盡,」〔T02 0118b11〕 「知一切有餘,不復轉還有。」〔T02 0118b12〕
偈(經467)——世尊所說,五行十句,五言:
「觀樂作苦想,苦受同劍刺,」〔T02 0119b04〕 「於不苦不樂,修無常滅想,」〔T02 0119b05〕 「是則為比丘。正見成就者,」〔T02 0119b06〕 「寂滅安樂道,住於最後邊,」〔T02 0119b07〕 「永離諸煩惱,摧伏眾魔軍。」〔T02 0119b08〕
偈(經468)——世尊所說,十一行二十二句,五言:
「樂受所受時,則不知樂受,」〔T02 0119b23〕 「貪使之所使,不見出要道。」〔T02 0119b24〕 「苦受所受時,則不知苦受,」〔T02 0119b25〕 「瞋恚使所使,不見出要道。」〔T02 0119b26〕 「不苦不樂受,正覺之所說,」〔T02 0119b27〕 「不善觀察者,終不度彼岸。」〔T02 0119b28〕 「比丘勤精進,正知不動轉,」〔T02 0119b29〕 「如此一切受,慧者能覺知。」〔T02 0119c01〕 「覺知諸受者,現法盡諸漏,」〔T02 0119c02〕 「明智者命終,不墮於眾數。」〔T02 0119c03〕 「眾數既已斷,永處般涅槃。」〔T02 0119c04〕
偈(經469)——世尊所說,九行十八句,五言:
「身生諸苦受,逼迫乃至死,」〔T02 0119c18〕 「憂悲不息忍,號呼發狂亂,」〔T02 0119c19〕 「心自生障礙,招集眾苦增,」〔T02 0119c20〕 「永淪生死海,莫知休息處。」〔T02 0119c21〕 「能捨身諸受,身所生苦惱,」〔T02 0119c22〕 「切迫乃至死,不起憂悲想。」〔T02 0119c23〕 「不啼哭號呼,能自忍眾苦,」〔T02 0119c24〕 「心不生障礙,招集眾苦增。」〔T02 0119c25〕 「不淪沒生死,永得安隱處。」〔T02 0119c26〕
偈(經470)——世尊所說,八行十六句,五言:
「多聞於苦樂,非不受覺知,」〔T02 0120b06〕 「彼於凡夫人,其實大有聞。」〔T02 0120b07〕 「樂受不放逸,苦觸不增憂,」〔T02 0120b08〕 「苦樂二俱捨,不順亦不違。」〔T02 0120b09〕 「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動,」〔T02 0120b10〕 「於此一切受,黠慧能了知。」〔T02 0120b11〕 「了知諸受故,現法盡諸漏,」〔T02 0120b12〕 「身死不墮數,永處般涅槃。」〔T02 0120b13〕
偈(經471)——世尊所說,十行二十句,五言;後四行與經470 偈後四行逐字同:
「譬如虛空中,種種狂風起,」〔T02 0120b26〕 「東西南北風,四維亦如是。」〔T02 0120b27〕 「有塵及無塵,乃至風輪起,」〔T02 0120b28〕 「如是此身中,諸受起亦然。」〔T02 0120b29〕 「若樂若苦受,及不苦不樂,」〔T02 0120c01〕 「有食與無食,貪著不貪著。」〔T02 0120c02〕 「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動,」〔T02 0120c03〕 「於此一切受,黠慧能了知。」〔T02 0120c04〕 「了知諸受故,現法盡諸漏,」〔T02 0120c05〕 「身死不墮數,永處般涅槃。」〔T02 0120c06〕
偈(經472)——世尊所說,十一行二十二句,五言;後六行與經471 偈後六行字同,唯「貪著不貪著」「黠慧能了知」二句之末,經471 作「。」,經472 作「,」:
「譬如客舍中,種種人住止,」〔T02 0120c19〕 「剎利婆羅門,長者居士等,」〔T02 0120c20〕 「旃陀羅野人,持戒犯戒者,」〔T02 0120c21〕 「在家出家人,如是等種種,」〔T02 0120c22〕 「此身亦如是。種種諸受生,」〔T02 0120c23〕 「若樂若苦受,及不苦不樂,」〔T02 0120c24〕 「有食與無食,貪著不貪著,」〔T02 0120c25〕 「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動,」〔T02 0120c26〕 「於此一切受,黠慧能了知,」〔T02 0120c27〕 「了知諸受故,現法盡諸漏,」〔T02 0120c28〕 「身死不墮數,永處般涅槃。」〔T02 0120c29〕
偈(經473)——世尊所說,六行十二句,五言;後三行與經470–472 偈之後段相應,而「於此」作「於諸」、「黠慧」作「𭶑慧」、「了知諸受故」作「悉知諸受已」:
「知諸行無常,皆是變易法,」〔T02 0121a12〕 「故說受悉苦,正覺之所知。」〔T02 0121a13〕 「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動,」〔T02 0121a14〕 「於諸一切受,𭶑慧能了知。」〔T02 0121a15〕 「悉知諸受已,現法盡諸漏,」〔T02 0121a16〕 「身死不墮數,永處般涅槃。」〔T02 0121a17〕
定型句:
| 句 | 錨 | 經 |
|---|---|---|
| 「所說種種界。云何為種種界」 | 〔T02 0117c25〕;同式又見〔T02 0118a10〕〔T02 0118b04〕 | 460·461·463(經462 作「云何名為種種界」) |
| 「云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使」 | 〔T02 0118c26〕;同式又見〔T02 0119a13〕〔T02 0119a24〕〔T02 0119b13〕 | 465–468 |
| 「現法苦住,有苦、有礙、有惱、有熱」 | 〔T02 0117a27〕 | 458(善之面作「現法樂住,不苦、不礙、不惱、不熱」〔T02 0117b15〕) |
| 「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」 | 〔T02 0120a03〕;又見〔T02 0122a05〕 | 470·478 |
| 「諦聽,善思,當為汝說」 | 〔T02 0118c28〕;又見〔T02 0120a08〕〔T02 0122a07〕 | 465·470·478 |
| 「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動」 | 〔T02 0120b10〕;又見〔T02 0120c03〕〔T02 0120c26〕〔T02 0121a14〕 | 470–473(經468 作「比丘勤精進,正知不動轉」〔T02 0119b29〕) |
| 「身死不墮數,永處般涅槃」 | 〔T02 0120b13〕;又見〔T02 0120c06〕〔T02 0120c29〕〔T02 0121a17〕 | 470–473 |
| 「觸集是受集,觸滅是受滅」 | 〔T02 0121c03〕;又見〔T02 0121c22〕 | 475·476(經478 作「觸集是受集、觸滅是受滅」) |
| 「若於受愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,是名受集道跡」 | 〔T02 0121c04〕;又見〔T02 0121c23〕〔T02 0122a09〕 | 475·476·478 |
| 「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有」 | 〔T02 0122b02〕;又見〔T02 0122b08〕〔T02 0122c16〕〔T02 0122c21〕 | 480·481 |
| 「復有二法,名及色」 | 〔T02 0124b21〕;又見〔T02 0124c02〕〔T02 0124c13〕〔T02 0124c26〕 | 486–489 |
| 「歡喜隨喜,作禮而去」 | 〔T02 0118a18〕;又見〔T02 0118a30〕〔T02 0118b13〕 | 461–463 |
問答之型——本卷問答有六型:一、比丘問因緣與所得(經456 異比丘問「何因緣可知」,諸比丘再問「以何正受而得」);二、在家者問而弟子答(經460–463 瞿師羅長者問、尊者阿難答;經485 瓶沙王問、尊者優陀夷答,後共詣佛);三、同一問而遞問三處(經464 尊者阿難問上座、五百比丘、佛);四、同一問而四答(經465–468 羅睺羅同問,佛四答);五、佛先問而比丘請說(經470·478「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」之請);六、佛反問(經459 以「方便界」「安住界」等反問婆羅門)。另有弟子二人互論而無佛語(經484)。
反覆句式——經458 以欲想、害想二面不善,出要想、不害想二面善,各以『想、欲、覺、熱、求』五支重出;經460 以喜處、憂處、捨處三度重出「二因緣生識,三事和合生觸」;經465–468 四經重出羅睺羅之問;經471·472 各列二十一受;經474 以寂滅、止息二面各列九位;經475·476·478 重出觀受之句;經479·480·481 以如實知與不如實知二面對舉;經481 以欲、覺、觸之寂滅與不寂滅四度遞列;經483 四組各三;經484 以「第一」五度重出,又以「次第盡諸漏」五度重出;經485 自一受至無量受遞列;經486–489 四經同列一法至十法;經455 以『非緣……但緣……』六支順說逆遮。
承經型——經477「如異比丘問經,尊者阿難所問經亦如是」〔T02 0121c29〕,不起「如是我聞」,以前經之問為其問,唯易其問者。
偈之體——本卷十偈皆五言,每行二句;經461–463 在「即說偈言」之後,偈前為尊者阿難之答;經467–473 在「爾時,世尊即說偈言」之後,偈前為佛之長行。經470–473 四偈之後段同式,經468 偈之後段另式。本卷無攝頌。
略說句群與編者重說——略文見目一略文表。經480·455 經末之列舉在「佛說此經已」「佛說是經已」之後,為結集者之語,非佛語;經475 經末之列舉亦在「佛說此經已」之後,而有「及我釋迦文佛」之自稱,為佛語。
八、徵引承衍
- 攝事分之同詞——本卷經文與攝事分同詞之處,逐字已列於目三、目四、目六、目十①;此處只列錨:〔T30n1579 0850c15〕〔T30n1579 0850c16〕〔T30n1579 0850c23〕〔T30n1579 0850c24〕〔T30n1579 0850c25〕〔T30n1579 0850c26〕〔T30n1579 0850c27〕〔T30n1579 0850c28〕〔T30n1579 0851a01〕〔T30n1579 0851a03〕〔T30n1579 0851a08〕〔T30n1579 0851a09〕〔T30n1579 0851a12〕〔T30n1579 0851a13〕〔T30n1579 0851a14〕〔T30n1579 0851a15〕〔T30n1579 0851a16〕〔T30n1579 0851a19〕〔T30n1579 0851a20〕〔T30n1579 0851a23〕〔T30n1579 0851a24〕〔T30n1579 0851a25〕〔T30n1579 0851a26〕〔T30n1579 0851a27〕〔T30n1579 0851a28〕〔T30n1579 0851b01〕〔T30n1579 0851b02〕〔T30n1579 0851b05〕〔T30n1579 0851b06〕〔T30n1579 0851b09〕〔T30n1579 0851b12〕〔T30n1579 0851b16〕〔T30n1579 0851b20〕〔T30n1579 0851b21〕〔T30n1579 0851b26〕〔T30n1579 0851b27〕〔T30n1579 0851b28〕〔T30n1579 0851b29〕〔T30n1579 0851c02〕〔T30n1579 0851c07〕〔T30n1579 0851c08〕〔T30n1579 0851c24〕〔T30n1579 0852a05〕〔T30n1579 0852a22〕〔T30n1579 0852a26〕〔T30n1579 0852a28〕〔T30n1579 0852b01〕〔T30n1579 0852b07〕〔T30n1579 0852b08〕〔T30n1579 0852b09〕〔T30n1579 0852b11〕〔T30n1579 0852b13〕〔T30n1579 0852b18〕〔T30n1579 0852b20〕〔T30n1579 0852b21〕〔T30n1579 0852b23〕〔T30n1579 0852b24〕〔T30n1579 0852b28〕〔T30n1579 0852c02〕〔T30n1579 0852c07〕〔T30n1579 0852c13〕〔T30n1579 0852c14〕〔T30n1579 0852c19〕〔T30n1579 0852c21〕〔T30n1579 0852c24〕〔T30n1579 0852c26〕〔T30n1579 0852c27〕〔T30n1579 0852c28〕〔T30n1579 0852c29〕〔T30n1579 0853a01〕〔T30n1579 0853a18〕〔T30n1579 0853b02〕〔T30n1579 0853b11〕。
- 嗢拕南之承衍——前首「自性、與因緣、見、染、數取趣、轉差別、道理、寂靜、後觀察」九項,與本卷經466–480 之位相當,然論依其門次第,經依其經序:自性、與因緣當經466·475·476·478;見當經467;染當經468·470;數取趣當經469;轉差別當經470·471·472·483;道理當經473·474;寂靜當經474;後觀察當經475–480。後首「受生起、劣等、諸受相差別、見等為最勝、知差別、問、記」七項:受生起當經481;劣等當經482·483;諸受相差別當經485;見等為最勝當經484;知差別當經486–489;問當經459(參);記,本卷經文無同詞。
- 卷內之承衍(只錄同式)——經460–463 一組,同起於瞿師羅長者之問,經461–463 同以「歡喜隨喜,作禮而去」作結。經465–468 一組,同起於羅睺羅之問,經465·468 同以「究竟苦邊」作結。經469–473 一組,同以凡聖受苦或受起說偈,經470–473 四偈後段同式。經475–480 一組,同以受、受集、受滅等句;經477 以「如異比丘問經」承前經。經486–489 一組,同列一法至十法,經489「由食存」〔T02 0124c25〕三本作「由食而存」(見目九)。經455 與經456–459 同以「界」為題,在尾題之後。
- 本卷之外——經457 婆迦利比丘之問承「如我先說」〔T02 0117a17〕,所指為本經上文之優檀那句;經464 五百比丘與世尊之答「如上座所說」「如五百比丘所說」,所指皆本經上文;經477 所承為前經。不指定卷外之經。
九、校本定位
大正藏校記於本卷異讀共五十七條(【大】=大正藏原刊;【宋】【元】【明】=三本,大正注略稱【三】;今行字=今行錄文所取之字;「無」=該本無此字;並錄不判;#005·#013·#014·#018·#022·#023·#024·#047·#057 九條為今行校本修訂列·非大正原注):
| # | 錨 | 今行字 | 異讀 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 001 | 0116c11 | 品 | 【宋】【元】無 |
| 002 | 0116c22 | 內 | 【元】【明】內空 |
| 003 | 0116c29 | 有 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 004 | 0117a05 | 陰 | 【宋】【元】【明】蔭 |
| 005 | 0117a07 | 下 | 【大】不(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 006 | 0117a12 | 勝 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 007 | 0117a19 | 此 | 【宋】【元】【明】是 |
| 008 | 0117b12 | 有 | 【宋】【元】【明】為 |
| 009 | 0117c06 | 非 | 【宋】【元】【明】不 |
| 010 | 0117c07 | 生 | 【宋】【元】【明】生生 |
| 011 | 0118b06 | 種 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 012 | 0118c23 | 此 | 【宋】【元】【明】是 |
| 013 | 0119a08 | 轉 | 【大】縛(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 014 | 0119a08 | (無) | 【大】斷諸愛(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 015 | 0119a08 | 正 | 【元】【明】止 |
| 016 | 0119a16 | 轉 | 【宋】【元】【明】觸 |
| 017 | 0119b13 | 坐 | 【宋】【元】【明】住 |
| 018 | 0119b21 | 轉 | 【大】縛(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 019 | 0119c14 | 溺 | 【宋】漏 |
| 020 | 0120a01 | 苦 | 【宋】【元】【明】苦受 |
| 021 | 0120a02 | 苦 | 【宋】【元】【明】苦受 |
| 022 | 0120a24 | 悲 | 【大】無(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 023 | 0120b01 | 味 | 【大】昧(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 024 | 0120c10 | (無) | 【大】[04](今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 025 | 0121a17 | 身死不墮 | 【宋】【元】【明】死不墮於 |
| 026 | 0121a27 | 故 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 027 | 0121b13 | 想 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 028 | 0121b24 | 此 | 【宋】【元】【明】是 |
| 029 | 0121c08 | 此 | 【宋】【元】是 |
| 030 | 0121c18 | 禮 | 【宋】【元】【明】佛 |
| 031 | 0121c25 | 喜 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 032 | 0122a05 | 言 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 033 | 0122a06 | 唯 | 【宋】【元】【明】惟 |
| 034 | 0122a11 | 樂喜 | 【宋】【元】【明】喜樂 |
| 035 | 0122a13 | 此 | 【宋】【元】【明】是 |
| 036 | 0122a24 | 此 | 【宋】【元】【明】是 |
| 037 | 0122b02 | 現 | 【宋】【元】【明】非現 |
| 038 | 0122b09 | 此 | 【宋】【元】【明】是 |
| 039 | 0122b19 | 禪法 | 【宋】【元】【明】諸禪 |
| 040 | 0122b20 | 惟 | 【宋】唯 |
| 041 | 0122c10 | 緣 | 【宋】【元】【明】緣故 |
| 042 | 0122c16 | 現 | 【宋】【元】【明】非現 |
| 043 | 0123a07 | 勤 | 【宋】【元】【明】進 |
| 044 | 0123a12 | 中 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 045 | 0123a22 | 此 | 【宋】【元】【明】是 |
| 046 | 0123c14 | 作 | 【宋】【元】【明】所 |
| 047 | 0123c16 | 聞 | 【大】問(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 048 | 0123c23 | 瓶沙 | 【宋】五山 |
| 049 | 0123c27 | 正 | 【宋】政 |
| 050 | 0124a01 | 共 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 051 | 0124a04 | 故 | 【宋】【元】【明】欲 |
| 052 | 0124a21 | 比 | 【宋】【元】【明】比丘 |
| 053 | 0124a24 | 義 | 【宋】議 |
| 054 | 0124b02 | 眾 | 【宋】【元】【明】若眾 |
| 055 | 0124b13 | 應 | 【宋】【元】【明】然 |
| 056 | 0124c26 | 食 | 【宋】【元】【明】食而 |
| 057 | 0125a15 | (無) | 【大】非(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
經455 之位——大正注於經455 之首:「S. 14. 7-10. Saññā &c. 本經【三】在當卷初」,0125a06,又「本經【宋】【元】【明】在當卷初」,0125a06;於經456 之首:「如是前宋元明俱有(如是乃至亦如是說)三百四十八字卷末出之」,0116c12。即三本經455 在卷首、經456 之前,今行底本在卷末尾題之後。並錄不判,白話依今行之次。
可記者十二事(並錄不判):
- 卷首品題(#001)——「雜因誦第三品之五」之「品」(0116c11),【宋】【元】無。
- 經456 之字(#002·#003)——「緣內故可知」之「內」(0116c22),【元】【明】作內空,即讀作『緣內空故可知』;「第一有正受」之「有」(0116c29),三本無,即三本讀作『第一正受』。白話依今行。
- 經457 之字(#004–#007)——「於講堂陰中」之「陰」(0117a05)三本作蔭;「緣下界」之「下」(0117a07),【大】作不,即【大】讀作『緣不界』,今行作下(今行校本修訂列);「勝受生勝」之末「勝」(0117a12)三本無,即三本讀作『勝受生』;「佛說此經已」之「此」(0117a19)三本作是。白話依今行。
- 經458·459 之字(#008–#010)——經458「云何有因生出要想」之「有」(0117b12)三本作為;經459「而言我非自作」之「非」(0117c06)三本作不;「眾生為自作」行之「生」(0117c07)三本作生生。白話依今行。
- 經463 之字(#011)——「謂三種出界」之「種」(0118b06)三本無,即三本讀作『謂三出界』,與同經「是名三出界」同。白話依今行。
- 經465 之字(#013–#015)——「是名斷愛,轉諸結,正慢無間等」一行(0119a08):「轉」【大】作縛,今行作轉(修訂列);【大】又多「、斷諸愛」四字,今行無(修訂列);「正慢」之「正」【元】【明】作止。白話依今行。
- 經466·468 之字(#016–#018)——經466「何生、何轉」之「轉」(0119a16)三本作觸;經468「退坐一面」之「坐」(0119b13)三本作住;「轉去諸結」之「轉」(0119b21)【大】作縛,今行作轉(修訂列)。經465·468 二處「轉」字,【大】皆作縛。白話依今行。
- 經469·470 之字(#019–#023)——經469「長淪沒溺」之「溺」(0119c14)【宋】作漏;經470「生苦樂受」二處之「苦」(0120a01·0120a02)三本作苦受;「憂悲稱怨」之「悲」(0120a24)【大】無,今行有(修訂列);「集、滅、味、患、離」之「味」(0120b01)【大】作昧,今行作味(修訂列)。白話依今行。
- 經472·473·474 之字(#024–#027)——經472 偈前長行「若剎利」一行(0120c10)【大】有注號「[04]」,今行刪(修訂列);經473 偈「身死不墮數」之「身死不墮」(0121a17)三本作死不墮於,即三本讀作『死不墮於數』;經474「一切行無常故」之「故」(0121a27)三本無;「空入處想止息」之「想」(0121b13)三本無。白話依今行。
- 經476·478 之字(#030–#034)——經476「稽首禮足」之「禮」(0121c18)三本作佛;「生樂喜」之「喜」(0121c25)三本無;經478「白佛言」之「言」(0122a05)三本無;「唯願」之「唯」(0122a06)三本作惟;「生樂喜」之「樂喜」(0122a11)三本作喜樂。白話依今行。
- 經480·481 之字(#037·#039·#041·#042)——經480·481 不如實知之面「現法自知作證」之「現」(0122b02·0122c16),三本皆作非現,即三本讀作『非現法自知作證』;經481「禪法」(0122b19)三本作諸禪;「是名不寂滅因緣」之「緣」(0122c10)三本作緣故。白話依今行之字「現法自知作證」,夾注誌三本於「現」前有「非」字,不依三本補字。
- 經482·484·485·489·455 之字(#043·#044·#046–#057)——經482「當精勤」之「勤」(0123a07)三本作進;「如來大眾中」之「中」(0123a12)三本無;經484「我作方便」之「作」(0123c14)三本作所;「如其所聞」之「聞」(0123c16)【大】作問,今行作聞(修訂列);經485「瓶沙」(0123c23)【宋】作五山;「正應有二受」之「正」(0123c27)【宋】作政;「俱共詣佛所」之「共」(0124a01)三本無;「今故共來」之「故」(0124a04)三本作欲;「比如是無量名說」之「比」(0124a21)三本作比丘;「真實之義」之「義」(0124a24)【宋】作議;「眾生依此初禪」之「眾」(0124b02)三本作若眾;「此所不應」之「應」(0124b13)三本作然;經489「由食存」之「食」(0124c26)三本作食而,即三本與經486–488 同作『由食而存』;經455「非緣眼想生眼觸」一行(0125a15)【大】多一「非」字,今行無(修訂列)。白話依今行。
標點:經456「如此諸界,何因緣可知」〔T02 0116c19〕之前,底本以「。」斷「滅界」,照錄。經457「如是中。如是勝界」〔T02 0117a10〕,底本以「。」斷「中」,白話作『中界也是這樣』,照其省。經458 底本每段以開引號起而不閉(「云何因生欲想」以下五段),白話依段閉合。經473·474 之念言,底本作外層引號,比丘白佛之重述作內層引號,白話以冒號引出而不加內層引號。經480·481 之『我生已盡……』底本作內層引號,白話以冒號引出。經485「莫作是言:『世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。』」底本作內層引號,白話以冒號引出。經470 底本「佛告諸比丘」連出二度(〔T02 0120a05〕〔T02 0120a08〕),照錄。
字:本卷錄文無私用區字;擴充 F 區字一:「𭶑」(經473 偈「𭶑慧能了知」〔T02 0121a15〕),照錄不改,經470–472 同位作「黠慧」。
夾註:本卷無。
偈之行式:十偈,底本每行二句,凡七十二行(逐行錨見目七);首行之首為開引號,末行之末為收號。經461–463 偈前之「即說偈言」與答語同行或另行,照底本行次。白話皆以偈體錄之,每行二句。
十、攝事分本母·SN 座標·別譯異文
①攝事分本母(逐經)——唯以論文與經文逐字同詞同喻者為成立,各引論文一句;義近而論無其詞者,以今語一句帶過,標〔義對位·論無同詞〕;論與經有同詞而依對位之法只列參者,標〔義對位·同詞見目三〕。論之嗢拕南項名附於經序之後,為讀法(目一)。
| 經 | 本母(逐字) | 錨 | 同詞 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 456 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 457 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 458 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 459(問、記·參) | 本經未見本母直釋;「應反詰云:汝問何業」〔T30n1579 0853b02〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕 | 0853b02 | 問 |
| 460 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 461 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 462 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 463 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 464 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 465 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
| 466(自性、與因緣) | 「略說三受,是受自性」〔T30n1579 0850c23〕 | 0850c23 | 三受·觸 |
| 467(見) | 「由此應觀樂受為苦」〔T30n1579 0850c25〕 | 0850c25 | 樂受·苦受·無常·正見(經「劍刺」論「箭」,詞異) |
| 468(染) | 「於樂受中有貪隨眠,於苦受中有瞋隨眠,於非苦樂無明隨眠」〔T30n1579 0851a03〕 | 0851a03 | 樂受·苦受·貪·瞋·修梵行(經「使」論「隨眠」,詞異) |
| 469(數取趣) | 「是故名為現見圓滿冥闇受坑,難得其底」〔T30n1579 0851a12〕 | 0851a12 | 受·苦(經「大海極深嶮處」論「冥闇受坑」,詞異) |
| 470(轉差別) | 「猶如一人中二毒箭」〔T30n1579 0851a15〕 | 0851a15 | 毒箭(經「雙毒箭」論「二毒箭」) |
| 471(轉差別) | 「應觀此受猶若旋風」〔T30n1579 0851a23〕 | 0851a23 | 風·受(經「狂風」論「旋風」,詞異) |
| 472(轉差別) | 「應觀此受如客舍中羇旅色類」〔T30n1579 0851a24〕 | 0851a24 | 客舍·受 |
| 473(道理) | 「由此道理,當知諸受皆悉是苦」〔T30n1579 0851b05〕 | 0851b05 | 無常·皆悉是苦(經「變易法」論「變壞法」,詞異) |
| 474(道理·寂靜) | 「當知此中,暫時不行,名為寂靜;令其究竟成不行法,名為止息」〔T30n1579 0851b09〕 | 0851b09 | 止息·言語·解脫(經「寂滅」論「寂靜」,詞異) |
| 475(自性、與因緣·後觀察) | 「又由七行,於諸受中觀受七相」〔T30n1579 0851b20〕 | 0851b20 | 受·觀(經八句·論七相,數異) |
| 476(同) | 「又由七行,於諸受中觀受七相」〔T30n1579 0851b20〕 | 0851b20 | 受·觀 |
| 477 | 承前經,本母同前經 | — | — |
| 478(同) | 「三品類觸,是受因緣」〔T30n1579 0850c24〕 | 0850c24 | 三受·觸 |
| 479(後觀察) | 本經未見本母直釋;觀受之段,「又由七行,於諸受中觀受七相」〔T30n1579 0851b20〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕 | 0851b20 | 受 |
| 480(後觀察) | 本經未見本母直釋;「於第一義諸沙門中,許為沙門;諸梵志中,許為梵志」〔T30n1579 0852a28〕〔義對位·同詞見目三〕 | 0852a28 | 沙門(經「婆羅門」論「梵志」,詞異) |
| 481(受生起) | 「一者、欲緣,謂於未來世。二者、尋緣,謂於過去世。三者、觸緣,謂於現在世現前境界」〔T30n1579 0851b29〕 | 0851b29 | 欲·觸·緣·邪見·正見·沙門(經「覺」論「尋」,詞異) |
| 482(劣等) | 「復次,於遠離喜身作證住諸聖弟子,能斷五法,能修五法令得圓滿」〔T30n1579 0852b07〕 | 0852b07 | 遠離·喜·身作證·聖弟子·五法 |
| 483(轉差別·劣等) | 「又喜樂捨劣中勝品,謂在欲界及四靜慮」〔T30n1579 0852b09〕 | 0852b09 | 喜·樂·捨(經「有食」「無食」「無食無食」論「劣中勝品」,詞異) |
| 484(見等為最勝) | 「當知此見名最勝見,乃至此有名最勝有」〔T30n1579 0852c14〕 | 0852c14 | 見·聞·樂·想·有·諸漏(經「第一」論「最勝」,詞異) |
| 485(諸受相差別) | 「受唯有二,一、苦、二、樂」〔T30n1579 0852b18〕 | 0852b18 | 二·苦·樂·想受滅·受樂(經「欲受、離欲受」論「欲樂及遠離樂」,詞異) |
| 486(知差別) | 「於諸漏盡能隨得者,謂於集諦得勝解脫」〔T30n1579 0852c27〕 | 0852c27 | 漏盡·厭·離 |
| 487(知差別) | 「正於苦邊能隨得者,謂於苦諦得遍解脫」〔T30n1579 0852c26〕 | 0852c26 | 苦邊·解脫 |
| 488(知差別) | 「於無常等隨觀住者,謂於道諦能正修習」〔T30n1579 0852c29〕 | 0852c29 | 無常·漏盡 |
| 489(知差別) | 「正於苦邊能隨得者,謂於苦諦得遍解脫」〔T30n1579 0852c26〕 | 0852c26 | 苦邊·無常·解脫 |
| 455 | 本經未見本母直釋 | — | — |
②SN 座標(逐經·唯錄大正注原文):
| 經 | 大正注逐字 | 錨 |
|---|---|---|
| 456 | 「S. 14. 11. Sattimā.」 | 0116c12 |
| 457 | 「S. 14. 13. Giñjakāvasatha.」 | 0117a03 |
| 458 | — | — |
| 459 | — | — |
| 460 | 「S. 35. 129. Ghosita.」 | 0117c23 |
| 461 | — | — |
| 462 | — | — |
| 463 | — | — |
| 464 | — | — |
| 465 | 「S. 18. 21. Anusaya.」 | 0118c24 |
| 466 | 「S. 36. 10. Phassamūlaka.」 | 0119a11 |
| 467 | 「S. 36. 5. Daṭṭhabbena.」 | 0119a22 |
| 468 | 「S. 36. 3. Pahānena.」 | 0119b11 |
| 469 | 「S. 36. 4. Pātāla.」 | 0119c07 |
| 470 | 「S. 36. 6. Sallattena.」 | 0119c28 |
| 471 | 「S. 36. 12- 3. Ākāsa.」(大正原注如此;今行校本作「S. 36. 12-13. Ākāsa.」) | 0120b15 |
| 472 | 「S. 36. 14. Agāra.」 | 0120c08 |
| 473 | 「S. 36. 1. Samādhi.」 | 0121a02 |
| 474 | 「S. 36. 15-16. Santaka.」 | 0121a19 |
| 475 | 「S. 36. 24. Pubbeññāṇa.」 | 0121b26 |
| 476 | 「S. 36. 11. Rahogataka.」 | 0121c13 |
| 477 | — | — |
| 478 | 「S. 36. 25. Bhikkhu.」 | 0122a02 |
| 479 | — | — |
| 480 | 「S. 36. 26-28. Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā.」 | 0122a26 |
| 481 | — | — |
| 482 | — | — |
| 483 | 「S. 36. 29. Nirāmisa.」 | 0123a23 |
| 484 | — | — |
| 485 | 「S. 35. 193. Udāyi.」 | 0123c21 |
| 486 | — | — |
| 487 | — | — |
| 488 | — | — |
| 489 | — | — |
| 455 | 「S. 14. 7-10. Saññā &c. 本經【三】在當卷初」 | 0125a06 |
S. 座標二十條;無 S. 座標者十五經:經458·459·461·462·463·464·477·479·481·482·484·486·487·488·489。
非 S. 座標之大正注(逐字照錄,不譯):經458「A. VI. 39. Nidāna.」(0117a21);經459「A. VI. 38. Attakārī.」(0117c02);經482「A. V. 176. Pīti.」(0122c24);經484「A. V. 170. Bhaddaji.」(0123b20)。
音寫對照之大正注(逐字照錄,不譯):經456「光界…有滅界 Ābhādhātu, subhadh°, ākāsānañcāyatanadh°, viññaṇañcāyatanadh°, ākincaññāyatanadh°, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadh°, saññāvedayitanirodhad°.」(0116c13);經460「Kosambī.」(0117c23)、「瞿師羅 Ghosita.」(0117c23);經465「Rāhula.」(0118c25);經484「跋陀羅 Bhaddaji.」(0123b21);經485「瓶沙王 Pañcakaṅga.」(0123c22)、「優陀夷 Udāyi.」(0123c22)。
③別譯異文:別譯未見對照經(見目二)。經中譬喻與專名之見於攝事分者,已列目三、目六;其餘——光界·淨界·優檀那句·婆迦利·曠野大火·方便界·瞿師羅·上座上座名者·五百比丘·羅睺羅·地界·劍刺·大海·客舍種種人·毘婆尸·式棄·毘濕波浮·迦羅迦孫提·迦那迦牟尼·迦葉·釋迦文·壹奢能伽羅·布薩·給孤獨·舍利弗·跋陀羅·梵天·瓶沙王·優陀夷·四種樂·名及色·七識住·九眾生居·十業跡——論文所對之段未見其詞〔查無:以各詞逐字搜攝事分諸受之門(論卷九十六)全段,未見〕。
Placement of the passage as a whole. This unit is the whole of Fascicle 17 of the Saṃyukta Āgama: the fascicle title 「雜阿含經卷第十七」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 17”〔T02 0116c08〕; the translator’s attribution 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”〔T02 0116c10〕; the chapter title 「雜因誦第三品之五」—“Recitation on Miscellaneous Causes, Chapter Three, Part Five”〔T02 0116c11〕; thirty-five discourses (discourse numbers 456 to 489, and Discourse 455 after the closing title); ten verses (Discourses 461–463 spoken by the venerable Ānanda, Discourses 467–473 by the World-Honored One); no summary verse; the closing title 「雜阿含經卷第十七」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 17”〔T02 0125a05〕 stands after Discourse 489 and before Discourse 455. There are 11,168 Chinese characters in the sūtra text (the three lines of the title counted separately, 27). There are five dwelling places: Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park (Discourses 456, 458, 459, 482–484, and 455); Śrāvastī, in the Hall of Deer Mother in the Eastern Park (Discourse 457); Kauśāmbī, in Ghoṣila’s Park (Discourses 460–464); Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove (Discourses 465–476, 478–480, and 485–489); the country of Icchānaṅgala, in the Icchānaṅgala Grove (Discourse 481); Discourse 477 records no dwelling place. The speaker is mostly the World-Honored One addressing the bhikṣus; in Discourse 456, a certain bhikṣu and the bhikṣus ask; in Discourse 457, the bhikṣu Vakkalin asks; in Discourse 459, a brāhmaṇa asks; in Discourses 460–463, the householder Ghoṣila asks and the venerable Ānanda answers; in Discourse 464, the venerable Ānanda asks three times, and the elder, the five hundred bhikṣus, and the World-Honored One give three answers; in Discourses 465–468, the venerable Rāhula asks; in Discourse 473, a certain bhikṣu asks; in Discourse 474, the venerable Ānanda asks; in Discourse 476, a certain bhikṣu asks; in Discourse 482, the World-Honored One teaches for the householder Anāthapiṇḍada, and the venerable Śāriputra takes it up; in Discourse 484, the venerable Ānanda and the venerable Bhadra discuss with each other; in Discourse 485, King Bimbisāra and the venerable Udāyin ask together. The first ten discourses (Discourses 456–465) treat the elements, and the last twenty-five (Discourses 466–489 and 455) treat feeling; Discourse 455 again treats the elements. The mirror set against them is the gate of the feelings in the Compendium of Topics of the Yogācārabhūmi (fascicle 96 of the treatise). The Taishō collation notes record fifty-seven variant readings (nine of them revision rows in the current edition), see the ninth topic; the Saṃyutta coordinates carried in the Taishō notes number twenty, see the tenth topic.
I. Doctrinal-Outline Placement
The place of Fascicle 17—the head of the fascicle in the base text:
「雜阿含經」—“Saṃyukta Āgama”〔T02 0116c08〕「卷第十七」—“Fascicle 17”〔T02 0116c08〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”〔T02 0116c10〕 「雜因誦第三品之五」—“Recitation on Miscellaneous Causes, Chapter Three, Part Five”〔T02 0116c11〕
The closing title at the end of the fascicle reads 「雜阿含經卷第十七」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 17”〔T02 0125a05〕, after Discourse 489; after the closing title there is still one discourse, Discourse 455, which begins 「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0125a06〕 and ends 「如內六入處,外六入處亦如是說」—“As with the six internal sense bases, so too the six external sense bases are to be taught”〔T02 0125a29〕. The sequence of discourses begins at (456): 「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0116c12〕. This fascicle is the fascicle of the Connected Discourses on Feeling; the discourses at the head of the fascicle treat the elements, carrying on the thread of the preceding section, the Connected Discourses on Dependent Arising, Nutriment, the Truths, and the Elements.
Dwelling places (all verbatim from the base text):
- Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park—「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0116c12〕: Discourse 456; the same phrase is also found at〔T02 0117a21〕〔T02 0117c02〕〔T02 0123a23〕〔T02 0123b20〕〔T02 0125a06〕: Discourses 458, 459, 483, 484, and 455. In Discourse 482 the phrase is followed by 「夏安居時」—“at the time of the summer retreat”〔T02 0122c25〕; Discourse 484 further records 「爾時,尊者跋陀羅比丘及尊者阿難俱住祇樹給孤獨園」—“At that time the venerable bhikṣu Bhadra and the venerable Ānanda were staying together in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0123b21〕.
- Śrāvastī, in the Hall of Deer Mother in the Eastern Park—「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國東園鹿子母講堂」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Hall of Deer Mother in the Eastern Park”〔T02 0117a03〕: Discourse 457.
- Kauśāmbī, in Ghoṣila’s Park—「如是我聞:一時,佛住拘睒彌國瞿師羅園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Kauśāmbī, in Ghoṣila’s Park”〔T02 0117c23〕: Discourse 460; the same phrase is also found at〔T02 0118a08〕〔T02 0118a20〕〔T02 0118b02〕〔T02 0118b15〕: Discourses 461–464.
- Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove—「如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove”〔T02 0118c24〕: Discourse 465; the same phrase is also found at〔T02 0119a11〕〔T02 0119a22〕〔T02 0119b11〕〔T02 0119c07〕〔T02 0119c28〕〔T02 0120b15〕〔T02 0120c08〕〔T02 0121a02〕〔T02 0121a19〕〔T02 0121b26〕〔T02 0121c13〕〔T02 0122a02〕〔T02 0122a15〕〔T02 0122a26〕〔T02 0123c21〕〔T02 0124b18〕〔T02 0124b28〕〔T02 0124c10〕〔T02 0124c22〕: Discourses 466–476, 478–480, and 485–489.
- The country of Icchānaṅgala, in the Icchānaṅgala Grove—「如是我聞:一時,佛住壹奢能伽羅國壹奢能伽羅林中」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Icchānaṅgala, in the Icchānaṅgala Grove”〔T02 0122b13〕: Discourse 481.
- No dwelling place recorded—Discourse 477, 「如異比丘問經,尊者阿難所問經亦如是」—“As in the discourse asked by a certain bhikṣu, so too the discourse asked by the venerable Ānanda”〔T02 0121c29〕, lacks 「如是我聞」—“Thus have I heard”; recorded as it stands, not supplied.
The types of the thirty-five discourses, and what is asked and what is said (the types follow the discourses’ own 「問」—“asked,” 「答」—“answered,” 「告」—“said to,” and 「白」—“said to [a superior]”; what is asked and what is said are all verbatim from the base text):
| Discourse | Anchor | Type | What is asked · what is said (verbatim) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 456 | 〔T02 0116c12〕 | The World-Honored One addresses them → a certain bhikṣu asks → the Buddha answers → the bhikṣus ask → the Buddha answers | 「有光界、淨界、無量空入處界」—“There is the element of light, the element of purity, the element of the sphere of infinite space”〔T02 0116c13〕; 「如此諸界,何因緣可知」—“by what condition can these elements be known?”〔T02 0116c19〕; 「彼光界者,緣闇故可知」—“the element of light is known in dependence on darkness”〔T02 0116c19〕; 「滅界者,緣有身可知」—“the element of cessation is known in dependence on the existing body”〔T02 0116c24〕; 「此諸界於自行正受而得」—“these elements are reached in the attainment proper to each”〔T02 0116c27〕; 「滅界者,於有身滅正受而得」—“the element of cessation is reached in the attainment of the cessation of the existing body”〔T02 0116c29〕 |
| 457 | 〔T02 0117a03〕 | The World-Honored One rises from meditation in the late afternoon → speaks the udāna phrase and addresses the bhikṣus → the bhikṣu Vakkalin asks → the Buddha answers | 「說優檀那句」—“spoke the udāna phrase”〔T02 0117a05〕; 「緣界故生說,非不界」—“conditioned by an element arises speech, never without an element”〔T02 0117a06〕; 「若於三藐三佛陀起非三藐三佛陀見,彼見亦緣界而生耶」—“If, toward the Fully and Perfectly Awakened One, one gives rise to the view that he is not fully and perfectly awakened, does that view too arise conditioned by an element?”〔T02 0117a14〕; 「凡夫界者,是無明界」—“the element of the ordinary person is the element of ignorance”〔T02 0117a17〕 |
| 458 | 〔T02 0117a21〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (four sections and two similes) | 「有因生欲想,非無因」—“a perception of desire arises from a cause, not without a cause”〔T02 0117a22〕; 「謂緣欲界也」—“it is conditioned by the element of desire”〔T02 0117a24〕; 「謂害界也」—“from the element of harming”〔T02 0117a29〕; 「譬如城邑聚落不遠有曠野,大火卒起」—“It is like a wilderness not far from a town or village, where a great fire suddenly breaks out”〔T02 0117b07〕; 「謂出要界」—“from the element of deliverance”〔T02 0117b12〕; 「謂不害界也」—“from the element of non-harming”〔T02 0117b17〕; 「有人堪能手足滅火」—“there is a person able to put out the fire with hands and feet”〔T02 0117b25〕 |
| 459 | 〔T02 0117c02〕 | A brāhmaṇa asks → the Buddha questions him in return twice → the brāhmaṇa answers → the Buddha answers → the brāhmaṇa takes his leave | 「眾生非自作、非他作」—“beings are neither self-made nor made by another”〔T02 0117c04〕; 「我今問汝,隨意答我」—“I shall now question you; answer as you see fit”〔T02 0117c08〕; 「有眾生方便界,令諸眾生知作方便耶」—“Is there an element of endeavour in beings, enabling beings to know how to make endeavour?”〔T02 0117c09〕; 「有眾生安住界、堅固界、出界、造作界」—“there is an element of steadfastness, an element of firmness, an element of going forth, an element of making in beings”〔T02 0117c13〕; 「是則眾生自作、是則他作」—“then beings are self-made, then they are made by another”〔T02 0117c12〕; 「世間多事,宜知是時」—“the world has many affairs; know that it is time”〔T02 0117c21〕 |
| 460 | 〔T02 0117c23〕 | The householder Ghoṣila asks → the venerable Ānanda answers | 「所說種種界。云何為種種界」—“The various elements that are spoken of—what are the various elements?”〔T02 0117c25〕; 「眼界異、色界異喜處」—“the eye element is distinct, the form element is distinct, a basis of joy”〔T02 0117c27〕; 「異色界憂處」—“a distinct form element, a basis of sorrow”〔T02 0118a01〕; 「異眼界、異色界捨處」—“a distinct eye element, a distinct form element, a basis of equanimity”〔T02 0118a03〕 |
| 461 | 〔T02 0118a08〕 | The householder Ghoṣila asks → the venerable Ānanda answers → Ānanda speaks a verse | 「有三界。云何三?謂欲界、色界、無色界」—“There are three realms. What are the three? The realm of desire, the realm of form, the formless realm”〔T02 0118a12〕; 「爾時,尊者阿難即說偈言」—“Then the venerable Ānanda spoke a verse”〔T02 0118a12〕 |
| 462 | 〔T02 0118a20〕 | The householder Ghoṣila asks → the venerable Ānanda answers → speaks a verse | 「有三界,色界、無色界、滅界」—“There are three elements: the realm of form, the formless realm, the element of cessation”〔T02 0118a24〕 |
| 463 | 〔T02 0118b02〕 | The householder Ghoṣila asks → the venerable Ānanda answers → speaks a verse | 「尊者阿難答瞿師羅長者」—“The venerable Ānanda answered the householder Ghoṣila”〔T02 0118b05〕; 「謂三種出界」—“the three elements of escape”〔T02 0118b06〕; 「一切諸行一切思想滅界」—“the element of the cessation of all formations and all thinking”〔T02 0118b07〕 |
| 464 | 〔T02 0118b15〕 | The venerable Ānanda asks the elder → the elder answers (four rounds) → Ānanda asks the five hundred bhikṣus → they answer → Ānanda asks the Buddha → the Buddha answers → Ānanda praises → the Buddha asks → Ānanda answers → the Buddha answers | 「尊者阿難往詣上座上座名者所」—“the venerable Ānanda went to where the elder named Elder was”〔T02 0118b16〕; 「當以二法專精思惟,所謂止、觀」—“he should reflect single-mindedly with two things: calm and insight”〔T02 0118b20〕; 「修習於止,終成於觀,修習觀已,亦成於止」—“Cultivating calm, one ends in accomplishing insight; having cultivated insight, one also accomplishes calm”〔T02 0118b23〕; 「若斷界、無欲界、滅界」—“the element of abandoning, the element of desirelessness, the element of cessation”〔T02 0118b27〕; 「大師及諸弟子皆悉同法、同句、同義、同味」—“the Teacher and his disciples are all of the same Dharma, the same phrasing, the same meaning, the same taste”〔T02 0118c13〕; 「上座者是阿羅漢」—“that elder is an arhat”〔T02 0118c21〕 |
| 465 | 〔T02 0118c24〕 | The venerable Rāhula asks → the Buddha answers | 「云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使」—“How should one know and how should one see so that in this conscious body of mine and in all the signs of external objects there is no ‘I’, no view of ‘mine’, no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches?”〔T02 0118c26〕; 「若比丘於所有地界」—“If a bhikṣu, with regard to whatever earth element there is”〔T02 0118c29〕; 「彼一切非我、不異我、不相在如實知」—“knows all of it as it really is: not self, not other than self, not within one another”〔T02 0119a02〕; 「是名斷愛,轉諸結,正慢無間等,究竟苦邊」—“this is called cutting off craving, turning away the bonds, rightly attaining unbroken comprehension of conceit, and reaching the utter end of suffering”〔T02 0119a07〕 |
| 466 | 〔T02 0119a11〕 | The venerable Rāhula asks (as in Discourse 465) → the Buddha answers | 「此三受何因、何集、何生、何轉」—“What is the cause of these three feelings, what is their origin, from what are they born, by what do they turn?”〔T02 0119a16〕; 「謂此三受,觸因、觸集、觸生、觸轉」—“these three feelings have contact as their cause, contact as their origin; they are born from contact and turn by contact”〔T02 0119a17〕; 「彼彼受亦滅、止、清涼、沒」—“this or that feeling also ceases, is stilled, cooled, and gone”〔T02 0119a18〕 |
| 467 | 〔T02 0119a22〕 | The venerable Rāhula asks (the same) → the Buddha answers → the World-Honored One speaks a verse | 「觀於樂受而作苦想,觀於苦受作劍刺想,觀不苦不樂受作無常想」—“See pleasant feeling with the notion of suffering, see painful feeling with the notion of a sword’s thrust, see neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling with the notion of impermanence”〔T02 0119a27〕; 「是名正見」—“this is called right view”〔T02 0119b02〕 |
| 468 | 〔T02 0119b11〕 | The venerable Rāhula asks (the same) → the Buddha answers → the World-Honored One speaks a verse | 「為斷樂受貪使故,於我所修梵行」—“to abandon the fetter of greed toward pleasant feeling, pure conduct is practised under me”〔T02 0119b16〕; 「斷苦受瞋恚使故」—“to abandon the fetter of hatred toward painful feeling”〔T02 0119b17〕; 「斷不苦不樂受癡使故」—“to abandon the fetter of delusion toward neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling”〔T02 0119b18〕; 「是名比丘斷除愛欲,轉去諸結,慢無間等,究竟苦邊」—“this is called a bhikṣu who cuts off craving and desire, turns away the bonds, attains unbroken comprehension of conceit, and reaches the utter end of suffering”〔T02 0119b21〕 |
| 469 | 〔T02 0119c07〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus → the World-Honored One speaks a verse | 「大海深嶮者,此世間愚夫所說深嶮」—“The deep abyss of the great ocean is the deep abyss as the fools of the world speak of it”〔T02 0119c08〕; 「是名大海極深嶮處」—“this is called the deepest abyss of the great ocean”〔T02 0119c11〕; 「不淪生死,得止息處」—“he does not sink in birth and death, and finds a place of rest”〔T02 0119c16〕 |
| 470 | 〔T02 0119c28〕 | The World-Honored One asks → the bhikṣus ask him to teach → the Buddha answers → the World-Honored One speaks a verse | 「凡夫、聖人有何差別」—“What is the difference between the ordinary person and the noble one?”〔T02 0120a02〕; 「增長二受,若身受、若心受」—“he gives rise to two feelings, a bodily feeling or a mental feeling”〔T02 0120a11〕; 「譬如士夫身被雙毒箭」—“It is like a man struck in the body by two poisoned darts”〔T02 0120a12〕; 「譬如士夫被一毒箭,不被第二毒箭」—“It is like a man struck by one poisoned dart and not by a second”〔T02 0120a25〕 |
| 471 | 〔T02 0120b15〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (simile) → the World-Honored One speaks a verse | 「譬如空中狂風卒起」—“It is like a wild wind suddenly rising in the sky”〔T02 0120b16〕; 「身中受風亦復如是」—“so too the winds of feeling in the body”〔T02 0120b18〕 |
| 472 | 〔T02 0120c08〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (simile) → the World-Honored One speaks a verse | 「譬如客舍種種人住」—“It is like a guesthouse where many kinds of people lodge”〔T02 0120c09〕; 「此身亦復如是,種種受生」—“So too this body: various feelings arise”〔T02 0120c11〕 |
| 473 | 〔T02 0121a02〕 | A certain bhikṣu reflects → asks → the Buddha answers → the World-Honored One speaks a verse | 「又說諸所有受悉皆是苦,此有何義」—“and also teaches that all feelings whatsoever are suffering; what is the meaning of this?”〔T02 0121a04〕; 「我以一切行無常故,一切諸行變易法故,說諸所有受悉皆是苦」—“Because all formations are impermanent, because all formations are subject to change, I say that all feelings whatsoever are suffering”〔T02 0121a09〕 |
| 474 | 〔T02 0121a19〕 | The venerable Ānanda reflects → asks → the Buddha answers → Ānanda asks twice → the Buddha answers → Ānanda repeats it back → the Buddha speaks → Ānanda asks → the Buddha answers | 「我以諸行漸次寂滅故說,以諸行漸次止息故說」—“I say it because of the gradual stilling of formations, I say it because of the gradual quieting of formations”〔T02 0121a28〕; 「以諸受漸次寂滅故說」—“is it said because of the gradual stilling of feelings?”〔T02 0121b01〕; 「復有勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息」—“There is further the superior quieting, the rare quieting, the higher quieting, the unsurpassed quieting”〔T02 0121b18〕; 「於貪欲心不樂、解脫」—“the mind takes no delight in desire and is liberated”〔T02 0121b22〕 |
| 475 | 〔T02 0121b26〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (telling of the Tathāgata Vipaśyin’s examination), with the Buddha’s words at the end of the discourse | 「毘婆尸如來未成佛時」—“When the Tathāgata Vipaśyin had not yet become a Buddha”〔T02 0121b27〕; 「觸集是受集,觸滅是受滅」—“the origin of contact is the origin of feeling; the cessation of contact is the cessation of feeling”〔T02 0121c03〕; 「如毘婆尸佛,如是式棄佛」—“As with the Buddha Vipaśyin, so with the Buddha Śikhin”〔T02 0121c10〕; 「及我釋迦文佛」—“and I, the Buddha Śākyamuni”〔T02 0121c11〕 |
| 476 | 〔T02 0121c13〕 | A certain bhikṣu examines in meditative reflection → asks → the Buddha answers | 「爾時,有異比丘獨一靜處禪思。如是觀察諸受」—“At that time a certain bhikṣu was alone in a quiet place in meditative reflection, examining the feelings thus”〔T02 0121c14〕; 「觸集是受集,觸滅是受滅」—“the origin of contact is the origin of feeling; the cessation of contact is the cessation of feeling”〔T02 0121c22〕 |
| 477 | 〔T02 0121c29〕 | Carried-over discourse (the compilers’ words) | 「如異比丘問經,尊者阿難所問經亦如是」—“As in the discourse asked by a certain bhikṣu, so too the discourse asked by the venerable Ānanda”〔T02 0121c29〕 |
| 478 | 〔T02 0122a02〕 | The World-Honored One asks → the bhikṣus ask him to teach → the Buddha answers | 「云何為受?云何受集?云何受滅?云何受集道跡?云何受滅道跡」—“What is feeling? What is the origin of feeling? What is the cessation of feeling? What is the path leading to the origin of feeling? What is the path leading to the cessation of feeling?”〔T02 0122a03〕; 「若受無常變易,是名受患」—“that feeling is impermanent and changing, this is called the danger in feeling”〔T02 0122a12〕 |
| 479 | 〔T02 0122a15〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus | 「若我於諸受不如實知」—“Had I not known the feelings as they really are”〔T02 0122a16〕; 「亦非阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」—“nor would it be unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening”〔T02 0122a20〕; 「為脫、為出、為脫諸顛倒」—“I am liberated, have escaped, am free of the inversions”〔T02 0122a23〕 |
| 480 | 〔T02 0122a26〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus, with the compilers’ words at the end of the discourse | 「非沙門、非婆羅門,不同沙門、不同婆羅門」—“they are not ascetics, not brāhmaṇas, not like ascetics, not like brāhmaṇas”〔T02 0122a29〕; 「彼是沙門之沙門、婆羅門之婆羅門」—“they are ascetics among ascetics, brāhmaṇas among brāhmaṇas”〔T02 0122b06〕; 「如沙門、非沙門,如是沙門數、非沙門數亦如是」—“As with ascetics and non-ascetics, so too with those counted among ascetics and those not counted among ascetics”〔T02 0122b11〕 |
| 481 | 〔T02 0122b13〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus → sits in meditation for half a month → addresses the bhikṣus | 「我欲於此中半月坐禪」—“I wish to sit in meditation here for half a month”〔T02 0122b14〕; 「諸有眾生,生受皆有因緣,非無因緣」—“for all beings, the arising of feeling has a condition; it is not without a condition”〔T02 0122b20〕; 「欲是因緣、覺是因緣、觸是因緣」—“desire is a condition, thought is a condition, contact is a condition”〔T02 0122b21〕; 「若彼欲不得者得、不獲者獲、不證者證生」—“if that desire arises—attaining what was unattained, obtaining what was unobtained, realizing what was unrealized”〔T02 0122c08〕; 「緣緣、緣緣集、緣緣滅、緣緣集道跡、緣緣滅道跡」—“the condition, the origin of the condition, the cessation of the condition, the path leading to the origin of the condition, the path leading to the cessation of the condition”〔T02 0122c12〕 |
| 482 | 〔T02 0122c24〕 | The householder Anāthapiṇḍada invites → the World-Honored One silently consents → after three months the Buddha addresses the householder → the venerable Śāriputra speaks to the Buddha → the Buddha answers Śāriputra | 「爾時,給孤獨長者來詣佛所」—“At that time the householder Anāthapiṇḍada came to where the Buddha was”〔T02 0122c25〕; 「唯願世尊與諸大眾受我三月請衣被、飲食、應病湯藥」—“May the World-Honored One and the great assembly accept my invitation for three months of robes, food and drink, and medicine for illness”〔T02 0122c28〕; 「汝當精勤,時時學遠離喜樂,具足身作證」—“you should be diligent and train from time to time in the joy of seclusion, realizing it fully with the body”〔T02 0123a06〕; 「得遠離五法,修滿五法」—“he is free of five things and fulfils five things”〔T02 0123a15〕; 「謂隨喜、歡喜、猗息、樂、一心」—“gladness, joy, tranquillity, happiness, and one-pointedness”〔T02 0123a19〕 |
| 483 | 〔T02 0123a23〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (four groups of three) | 「有食念者、有無食念者、有無食無食念者」—“there are those with carnal gladness, those with non-carnal gladness, those with gladness beyond the non-carnal”〔T02 0123a24〕; 「謂五欲因緣生念」—“gladness arising conditioned by the five sense pleasures”〔T02 0123a29〕; 「云何有食解脫?謂色俱行」—“What is carnal liberation? It goes with form”〔T02 0123b15〕; 「云何無食解脫?謂無色俱行」—“What is non-carnal liberation? It goes with the formless”〔T02 0123b16〕 |
| 484 | 〔T02 0123b20〕 | The venerable Ānanda asks → the venerable Bhadra answers → Ānanda speaks (no words of the Buddha) | 「云何名為見第一」—“What is called the foremost seeing?”〔T02 0123b24〕; 「有梵天自在造作、化如意,為世之父」—“There is Brahmā, sovereign and creating, transforming at will, the father of the world”〔T02 0123b27〕; 「多有人作如是見、如是說,汝亦同彼,有何差別」—“Many people hold such a view and say so; you say the same as they—what is the difference?”〔T02 0123c12〕; 「如其所觀,次第盡諸漏,是為見第一」—“as one has seen, one ends the outflows in due order: this is the foremost seeing”〔T02 0123c14〕 |
| 485 | 〔T02 0123c21〕 | King Bimbisāra asks → the venerable Udāyin answers → the king rejects it → said three times without settling → they go together to the Buddha → Udāyin reports to the Buddha → the Buddha answers | 「云何世尊所說諸受」—“What feelings has the World-Honored One taught?”〔T02 0123c24〕; 「正應有二受——樂受、苦受。若不苦不樂受,是則寂滅」—“There should be just two feelings, pleasant and painful; as for neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, that is stilling”〔T02 0123c27〕; 「定有幾受」—“how many feelings are there?”〔T02 0124a04〕; 「我有時說一受」—“I sometimes teach one feeling”〔T02 0124a05〕; 「有二受,欲受、離欲受」—“there are two feelings: feeling of desire and feeling free of desire”〔T02 0124a27〕; 「謂離欲樂、遠離樂、寂滅樂、菩提樂」—“the happiness of freedom from desire, the happiness of seclusion, the happiness of stilling, the happiness of awakening”〔T02 0124b15〕 |
| 486 | 〔T02 0124b18〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus | 「若於一法,生正厭離、不樂、背捨,得盡諸漏」—“If toward one thing one gives rise to right weariness, takes no delight in it, and turns away from it, one attains the ending of the outflows”〔T02 0124b19〕; 「所謂一切眾生由食而存」—“namely, all beings subsist by nutriment”〔T02 0124b20〕 |
| 487 | 〔T02 0124b28〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus | 「究竟苦邊,解脫於苦,謂一切眾生由食而存」—“one reaches the utter end of suffering and is liberated from suffering—namely, all beings subsist by nutriment”〔T02 0124c01〕 |
| 488 | 〔T02 0124c10〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus | 「觀察無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,得盡諸漏」—“contemplates impermanence, contemplates change, contemplates dispassion, contemplates cessation, contemplates relinquishment, one attains the ending of the outflows”〔T02 0124c11〕; 「正觀無常」—“rightly contemplates impermanence”〔T02 0124c18〕 |
| 489 | 〔T02 0124c22〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus | 「謂一切眾生由食存」—“namely, all beings subsist by nutriment”〔T02 0124c25〕; 「於此十業跡」—“toward these ten courses of action”〔T02 0125a01〕 |
| 455 | 〔T02 0125a06〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus, with the compilers’ words at the end of the discourse | 「緣界種種故生種種觸」—“Conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts”〔T02 0125a07〕; 「謂十八界,眼界,乃至法界」—“The eighteen elements—the eye element, up to the dharma element”〔T02 0125a11〕; 「亦如是廣說」—“this too is to be taught at length in the same way”〔T02 0125a23〕; 「如內六入處,外六入處亦如是說」—“As with the six internal sense bases, so too the six external sense bases are to be taught”〔T02 0125a29〕 |
How the discourses group together (following the discourses’ own form; only shared forms are recorded, their meaning is not judged):
- Discourse 456—the seven elements and attainment: the element of light, the element of purity, the elements of the four formless spheres, and the element of cessation; for each it is asked 「何因緣可知」—“by what condition can it be known,” and for each 「以何正受而得」—“by what attainment is it reached.”
- Discourse 457—speech arising conditioned by an element: the udāna phrase, 「緣界故生說,非不界」—“conditioned by an element arises speech, never without an element”; the inferior element, the middling element, and the superior element each give rise to their speech, views, perceptions, and so on up to rebirth; the bhikṣu Vakkalin asks about the view concerning the Fully and Perfectly Awakened One.
- Discourse 458—perceptions arising from a cause: the perceptions of desire, of hatred, and of harming, and the perceptions of deliverance and of non-harming, each conditioned by its element; on each of the two sides, one simile of a great fire in the wilderness.
- Discourse 459—self-made and made by another: a brāhmaṇa asks, and the Buddha questions him in return with the element of endeavour, the element of steadfastness, the element of firmness, the element of going forth, and the element of making.
- Discourses 460–463—the householder Ghoṣila asks the venerable Ānanda four times: the same question about the various elements (Discourses 460, 461, and 463 read 「所說種種界。云何為種種界」—“The various elements that are spoken of—what are the various elements?”; Discourse 462 reads 「云何名為種種界」—“what are called the various elements?”), with four different answers (the basis of joy, the basis of sorrow, the basis of equanimity · the three realms of desire, form, and the formless · the three of the realm of form, the formless realm, and cessation · the three elements of escape), and the last three discourses each speak a verse.
- Discourse 464—calm and insight and the elements of liberation: the venerable Ānanda asks the elder, asks the five hundred bhikṣus, and asks the Buddha, and in all three places the answer is the same.
- Discourses 465–468—Rāhula’s four questions: the same question, 「云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使」—“How should one know and how should one see so that in this conscious body of mine and in all the signs of external objects there is no ‘I’, no view of ‘mine’, no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches?”, with four different answers (the six elements as not self · contact as the cause of the three feelings · the three feelings and three notions · the three feelings and three fetters), and the last two discourses each speak a verse.
- Discourses 469–473—the ordinary person’s and the noble one’s suffering in feeling, and the arising of feeling: the deep abyss · the two poisoned darts · the wild wind · the guesthouse · all feelings being suffering; all five discourses speak a verse; the four verses of Discourses 470–473 alike open their latter part with 「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動」—“The bhikṣu strives with skilful means, with right knowledge, unshaken,” while the verse of Discourse 468 reads 「比丘勤精進,正知不動轉」—“The bhikṣu strives with vigour, with clear comprehension, unmoving.”
- Discourse 474—all feelings being suffering · gradual stilling · gradual quieting · the superior quieting.
- Discourses 475–480—the eight phrases on examining feeling: feeling, the origin of feeling, the cessation of feeling, the path leading to the origin of feeling, the path leading to the cessation of feeling, the gratification in feeling, the danger in feeling, the escape from feeling; Discourse 475, the Tathāgata Vipaśyin; Discourse 476, a certain bhikṣu; Discourse 477, carried over from the preceding discourse; Discourse 478, the World-Honored One asks; Discourse 479, the Buddha speaks of his own knowing as it really is; Discourse 480, ascetics and brāhmaṇas.
- Discourse 481—feeling arising from the three conditions of desire, thought, and contact; wrong view up to wrong knowledge, right view up to right knowledge; the five phrases on the condition.
- Discourses 482 and 483—the joy of seclusion, and the carnal, the non-carnal, and the beyond-the-non-carnal.
- Discourse 484—the foremost of seeing, hearing, happiness, perception, and existence.
- Discourse 485—one feeling up to innumerable feelings; two feelings, the higher happiness, the four kinds of happiness.
- Discourses 486–489—one thing up to ten things: two gates (weariness · contemplation) × two fruits (attaining the ending of the outflows · the utter end of suffering).
- Discourse 455—conditioned by the various elements arise the various contacts, perceptions, desires, thoughts, fevers, and quests, stated forward and barred in reverse.
Speakers: in Discourse 456 the questioner is first 「異比丘」—“a certain bhikṣu,” then 「諸比丘」—“the bhikṣus” (「諸比丘白佛言:「世尊!彼光界,乃至滅界,以何正受而得?」」—“The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: ‘World-Honored One! The element of light, up to the element of cessation—by what attainment are they reached?’”〔T02 0116c24〕); recorded as it stands. In Discourse 457 the questioner is 「婆迦利比丘」—“the bhikṣu Vakkalin,” 「在佛後執扇扇佛」—“standing behind the Buddha and fanning him with a fan”〔T02 0117a13〕. In Discourses 460–462 the venerable Ānanda’s answer opens with 「告」—“said to” (「尊者阿難告瞿師羅長者」—“The venerable Ānanda said to the householder Ghoṣila”〔T02 0117c26〕〔T02 0118a11〕〔T02 0118a23〕), and in Discourse 463 with 「答」—“answered” (「尊者阿難答瞿師羅長者」—“The venerable Ānanda answered the householder Ghoṣila”〔T02 0118b05〕); recorded as they stand. The verses of Discourses 461–463 are spoken by the venerable Ānanda. In Discourse 464 the one questioned is named 「上座上座名者」—“the elder named Elder”〔T02 0118b16〕, and in Ānanda’s words it reads 「我今詣上座名上座者」—“I went to the elder named Elder”〔T02 0118c14〕; the word order differs in the two places, recorded as it stands and not altered; the three answers of the elder, the five hundred bhikṣus, and the World-Honored One all open with 「當以二法專精思惟」—“he should reflect single-mindedly with two things.” In Discourses 466–468 there is no 「諦聽,善思」—“Listen carefully, reflect on it well” before the Buddha’s answer; Discourse 465 has it. In Discourse 470 the World-Honored One first asks 「凡夫、聖人有何差別」—“What is the difference between the ordinary person and the noble one?”; the bhikṣus ask him to teach with 「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」—“The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma”; the World-Honored One first speaks one section, and then begins the full teaching with 「諦聽,善思,當為汝說」—“Listen carefully, reflect on it well, and I will explain it for you”〔T02 0120a08〕; Discourse 478 follows the same form of request. At the end of Discourse 475, 「如毘婆尸佛,如是式棄佛、毘濕波浮佛、迦羅迦孫提佛、迦那迦牟尼佛、迦葉佛,及我釋迦文佛,未成佛時思惟觀察諸受,亦復如是」—“As with the Buddha Vipaśyin, so with the Buddha Śikhin, the Buddha Viśvabhū, the Buddha Krakucchanda, the Buddha Kanakamuni, the Buddha Kāśyapa, and I, the Buddha Śākyamuni: when we had not yet become Buddhas, we reflected on and examined the feelings in the same way”; in 「及我釋迦文佛」—“and I, the Buddha Śākyamuni”〔T02 0121c11〕, the 「我」—“I” is the Buddha’s self-reference, so this sentence is the Buddha’s speech; it stands after 「佛說此經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse,” and its place is recorded as it stands. Discourse 477 is the compilers’ words, carrying on from the preceding discourse (the discourse asked by a certain bhikṣu · the discourse asked by the venerable Ānanda). At the end of Discourse 480, 「如沙門、非沙門,如是沙門數、非沙門數亦如是」—“As with ascetics and non-ascetics, so too with those counted among ascetics and those not counted among ascetics”〔T02 0122b11〕, and at the end of Discourse 455, 「如內六入處,外六入處亦如是說」—“As with the six internal sense bases, so too the six external sense bases are to be taught”〔T02 0125a29〕, both stand after the sentence 「佛說」—“the Buddha had spoken,” and are the compilers’ words. In Discourse 482, after the householder departs, 「爾時,尊者舍利弗於眾中坐」—“At that time the venerable Śāriputra was sitting in the assembly”〔T02 0123a09〕; within Śāriputra’s words to the Buddha, the Buddha’s exhortation to the householder is repeated at an inner level, and the Buddha confirms it with 「如是,如是」—“So it is, so it is.” The whole of Discourse 484 is the words of two people, the venerable Ānanda and the venerable Bhadra; the discourse ends 「時,二正士共論說已,從座起去」—“Then the two worthy ones, having discussed together, rose from their seats and departed”〔T02 0123c19〕, with no sentence 「佛說」—“the Buddha had spoken.” In Discourse 485 there is first the dispute of King Bimbisāra and the venerable Udāyin, 「如是三說」—“said thus three times”; afterwards they go together to the Buddha, Udāyin 「以先所說,廣白世尊」—“reported to the World-Honored One in full what had been said before,” and the Buddha answers Udāyin.
Verses: ten in this fascicle (line by line in the seventh topic)—Discourse 461, four lines of eight phrases; Discourse 462, four lines of eight phrases; Discourse 463, four lines of eight phrases; Discourse 467, five lines of ten phrases; Discourse 468, eleven lines of twenty-two phrases; Discourse 469, nine lines of eighteen phrases; Discourse 470, eight lines of sixteen phrases; Discourse 471, ten lines of twenty phrases; Discourse 472, eleven lines of twenty-two phrases; Discourse 473, six lines of twelve phrases; seventy-two lines and one hundred and forty-four phrases in all, all of five characters. Those of Discourses 461–463 are spoken by the venerable Ānanda, those of Discourses 467–473 by the World-Honored One. This fascicle has no summary verse.
Abbreviated text (three omissions within a discourse, one abbreviation at the end of a discourse, one abbreviation within a discourse, one carried-over discourse, one compilers’ list at the end of a discourse, and one list in the Buddha’s words at the end of a discourse):
| Discourse | Kind | Abbreviated text (verbatim) | Anchor | What it refers to |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 460 | Omission within the discourse | 「如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法,亦如是說」—“So too the ear, nose, tongue, body, mind, and dharmas are to be spoken of in the same way” | 〔T02 0117c28〕 | The ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind for the section on the basis of joy |
| 460 | Omission within the discourse | 「如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法,亦如是說」—“So too the ear, nose, tongue, body, mind, and dharmas are to be spoken of in the same way” | 〔T02 0118a02〕 | The ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind for the section on the basis of sorrow |
| 460 | Omission within the discourse | 「如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法,亦如是說」—“So too the ear, nose, tongue, body, mind, and dharmas are to be spoken of in the same way” | 〔T02 0118a05〕 | The ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind for the section on the basis of equanimity |
| 455 | Abbreviation within the discourse | 「如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意界緣生意觸,乃至緣意熱生意求,亦如是廣說」—“So too the ear, nose, tongue, body; with the mind element as condition arises mind-contact, up to conditioned by mind-fever arises mind-quest—this too is to be taught at length in the same way” | 〔T02 0125a22〕 | The six links for the eye, stated forward and barred in reverse, applied to the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind |
| 455 | Abbreviation at the end of the discourse | 「如內六入處,外六入處亦如是說」—“As with the six internal sense bases, so too the six external sense bases are to be taught” | 〔T02 0125a29〕 | The form of this discourse applied to the six external sense bases |
| 477 | Carried-over discourse | 「如異比丘問經,尊者阿難所問經亦如是」—“As in the discourse asked by a certain bhikṣu, so too the discourse asked by the venerable Ānanda” | 〔T02 0121c29〕 | The preceding discourse: the discourse asked by a certain bhikṣu |
| 480 | The compilers’ list at the end of the discourse | 「如沙門、非沙門,如是沙門數、非沙門數亦如是」—“As with ascetics and non-ascetics, so too with those counted among ascetics and those not counted among ascetics” | 〔T02 0122b11〕 | The two sides of this discourse applied to those counted among ascetics and those not counted among ascetics |
| 475 | The Buddha’s list at the end of the discourse | 「如毘婆尸佛,如是式棄佛」—“As with the Buddha Vipaśyin, so with the Buddha Śikhin” | 〔T02 0121c10〕 | The Tathāgata Vipaśyin’s examination applied to the six Buddhas (the Buddha’s self-reference, 「及我釋迦文佛」—“and I, the Buddha Śākyamuni”; not the compilers’ words) |
The 「亦如是說」—“are to be spoken of in the same way” of the abbreviated texts appears four times in all: 〔T02 0117c29〕〔T02 0118a03〕〔T02 0118a06〕〔T02 0125a29〕; 「亦如是廣說」—“this too is to be taught at length in the same way” appears once: 〔T02 0125a23〕. The plain rendering abbreviates all of them as they stand and does not supply what is passed over. In Discourse 457, the three characters 「如是中」—“so too with the middling”〔T02 0117a10〕 in the course of the discourse point to the middling element by the form of the inferior element; this too is an omission within the discourse, recorded as it stands. In Discourse 464, the answers of the five hundred bhikṣus and of the World-Honored One, 「乃至滅界,如上座所說」—“up to the element of cessation, as the elder said” and 「乃至滅界,如五百比丘所說」—“up to the element of cessation, as the five hundred bhikṣus said,” omit the middle part with 「乃至」—“up to”; recorded as they stand.
The uddāna of the Compendium of Topics (fascicle 96 of the treatise, two verses on the gates of the feelings; only their order is recorded; for their correspondence to this fascicle, see the tenth topic ①):
「自性、與因緣、見、染、數取趣、」—“Intrinsic Nature, And Conditions, Seeing, Defilement, The Person,”〔T30n1579 0850c15〕 「轉差別、道理、寂靜、後觀察。」—“Differences in Turning, The Reasoning, Quiescence, Finally, Examination.”〔T30n1579 0850c16〕
「受生起、劣等、諸受相差別、」—“The Arising of Feeling, Inferior and the Rest, Differences in the Characteristics of Feelings,”〔T30n1579 0851b26〕 「見等為最勝、知差別、問、記。」—“Seeing and the Rest as Supreme, Knowing the Differences, Questioning, Declaring.”〔T30n1579 0851b27〕
The two verses hold sixteen items in all: nine in the first verse and seven in the second (「問」—“Questioning” and 「記」—“Declaring” each counted as one item).
II. Collation with the Alternate Translations
For the thirty-five discourses of this fascicle, no corresponding discourse is found in the Alternate Translation of the Saṃyukta Āgama (Taishō volume 2, no. 100)—among the Taishō notes for this fascicle, not one marks a discourse number of the Alternate Translation, nor is there the word ‘Alternate Translation.’ This fascicle has no collation notes against the Alternate Translation. No correspondence is constructed.
III. Scriptural and Treatise Grounding (the “eye”)
The Saṃyukta Āgama is what the Buddha and his disciples spoke, and its ground is the sūtra itself; the treatise stands to the sūtra as a selection and gathering, not as its ground. Listed below, in the order of the gates of the feelings in the Compendium of Topics, are the passages of the treatise text that share the same words, verbatim, with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (the names of the treatise’s uddāna items are appended beneath each heading, as readings; see the first topic); where the words differ this is marked, and the sūtra is not changed by the treatise, nor the treatise by the sūtra.
The three feelings · contact as cause, contact as origin (Discourses 466, 475, 476, and 478 · Intrinsic Nature, And Conditions)
- Sūtra: 「有三受——苦受、樂受、不苦不樂受」—“There are three feelings: painful feeling, pleasant feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling”〔T02 0119a15〕; 「此三受何因、何集、何生、何轉」—“What is the cause of these three feelings, what is their origin, from what are they born, by what do they turn?”〔T02 0119a16〕; 「謂此三受,觸因、觸集、觸生、觸轉」—“these three feelings have contact as their cause, contact as their origin; they are born from contact and turn by contact”〔T02 0119a17〕; 「觸集是受集,觸滅是受滅」—“the origin of contact is the origin of feeling; the cessation of contact is the cessation of feeling”〔T02 0121c03〕
- Treatise: 「略說三受,是受自性」—“The three feelings, briefly stated, are the intrinsic nature of feeling”〔T30n1579 0850c23〕; 「三品類觸,是受因緣」—“the three classes of contact are the conditions of feeling”〔T30n1579 0850c24〕
The shared words are 「三受」—“the three feelings,” 「觸」—“contact,” and 「因」—“cause”; the sūtra has 「觸因、觸集、觸生、觸轉」—“contact as their cause, contact as their origin, born from contact, turning by contact,” the treatise 「是受因緣」—“are the conditions of feeling”; the sūtra 「觸集是受集」—“the origin of contact is the origin of feeling,” the treatise 「三品類觸」—“the three classes of contact”: the words differ.
Pleasant feeling with the notion of suffering · painful feeling with the notion of a sword’s thrust · neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling with the notion of impermanence (Discourse 467 · Seeing)
- Sūtra: 「觀於樂受而作苦想,觀於苦受作劍刺想,觀不苦不樂受作無常想」—“See pleasant feeling with the notion of suffering, see painful feeling with the notion of a sword’s thrust, see neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling with the notion of impermanence”〔T02 0119a27〕; 「是名正見」—“this is called right view”〔T02 0119b02〕; the verse 「觀樂作苦想,苦受同劍刺」—“Seeing pleasure with the notion of suffering, painful feeling as a sword’s thrust”〔T02 0119b04〕
- Treatise: 「由此應觀樂受為苦」—“therefore pleasant feeling should be seen as suffering”〔T30n1579 0850c25〕; 「如中毒箭而未得拔,由此應觀苦受如箭」—“as when struck by a poisoned dart not yet drawn out; therefore painful feeling should be seen as a dart”〔T30n1579 0850c27〕; 「觀非苦樂受性是無常、性是滅法」—“seeing neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling as by nature impermanent, by nature subject to cessation”〔T30n1579 0851a01〕; 「如是於受所生正見,能隨悟入諸有所受皆悉是苦」—“the right view thus produced with regard to feeling can follow on and penetrate that all that is felt is suffering”〔T30n1579 0851a01〕
The shared words are 「樂受」—“pleasant feeling,” 「苦受」—“painful feeling,” 「苦」—“suffering,” 「無常」—“impermanence,” 「滅」—“cessation,” and 「正見」—“right view”; the sūtra has 「作苦想」—“with the notion of suffering,” the treatise 「觀樂受為苦」—“seeing pleasant feeling as suffering”; the sūtra 「劍刺」—“a sword’s thrust,” the treatise 「箭」—“a dart” and 「毒箭」—“a poisoned dart”; the sūtra 「不苦不樂受」—“neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling,” the treatise 「非苦樂受」—“feeling neither painful nor pleasant”; the sūtra 「無常、滅想」—“the notion of impermanence and cessation,” the treatise 「性是無常、性是滅法」—“by nature impermanent, by nature subject to cessation”: the words differ.
The three fetters · practising pure conduct (Discourses 468 and 470 · Defilement)
- Sūtra: 「為斷樂受貪使故,於我所修梵行」—“to abandon the fetter of greed toward pleasant feeling, pure conduct is practised under me”〔T02 0119b16〕; 「斷苦受瞋恚使故」—“to abandon the fetter of hatred toward painful feeling”〔T02 0119b17〕; 「斷不苦不樂受癡使故」—“to abandon the fetter of delusion toward neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling”〔T02 0119b18〕; 「為貪使所使」—“he is driven by the fetter of greed”〔T02 0120a16〕; 「為恚使所使」—“he is driven by the fetter of hatred”〔T02 0120a17〕; 「為癡使所使」—“he is driven by the fetter of delusion”〔T02 0120a19〕
- Treatise: 「於樂受中有貪隨眠,於苦受中有瞋隨眠,於非苦樂無明隨眠」—“in pleasant feeling there is the latent tendency of greed, in painful feeling the latent tendency of hatred, in what is neither painful nor pleasant the latent tendency of ignorance”〔T30n1579 0851a03〕; 「為欲永害諸隨眠故,熟修梵行」—“in order to destroy the latent tendencies forever, one practises pure conduct thoroughly”〔T30n1579 0851a08〕
The shared words are 「樂受」—“pleasant feeling,” 「苦受」—“painful feeling,” 「貪」—“greed,” 「瞋」—“hatred,” and 「修梵行」—“practise pure conduct”; the sūtra has 「使」—“fetter,” the treatise 「隨眠」—“latent tendency”; the sūtra 「癡使」—“the fetter of delusion,” the treatise 「無明隨眠」—“the latent tendency of ignorance”; the sūtra 「於我所修梵行」—“pure conduct is practised under me,” the treatise 「熟修梵行」—“one practises pure conduct thoroughly”: the words differ.
The deep abyss of the great ocean · the dark pit of feeling (Discourse 469 · The Person)
- Sūtra: 「大海深嶮者,此世間愚夫所說深嶮」—“The deep abyss of the great ocean is the deep abyss as the fools of the world speak of it”〔T02 0119c08〕; 「是名大海極深嶮處」—“this is called the deepest abyss of the great ocean”〔T02 0119c11〕; 「愚癡無聞凡夫於此身生諸受」—“the foolish, unlearned ordinary person, when feelings arise in this body”〔T02 0119c12〕; 「多聞聖弟子於身生諸受」—“the learned noble disciple, when feelings arise in the body”〔T02 0119c14〕
- Treatise: 「無思擇力補特伽羅,受苦受時,心極憂悴」—“the person without the power of discernment, when feeling painful feeling, is utterly sorrowful and worn in mind”〔T30n1579 0851a09〕; 「是故名為現見圓滿冥闇受坑,難得其底」—“therefore it is called the dark pit of feeling, plainly seen and complete, whose bottom is hard to reach”〔T30n1579 0851a12〕; 「有思擇力補特伽羅,應知一切與上相違」—“the person with the power of discernment, it should be known, is in all respects the opposite of the above”〔T30n1579 0851a13〕
The shared words are 「受」—“feeling” and 「苦」—“pain”; the sūtra has 「愚癡無聞凡夫」—“the foolish, unlearned ordinary person,” the treatise 「無思擇力補特伽羅」—“the person without the power of discernment”; the sūtra 「多聞聖弟子」—“the learned noble disciple,” the treatise 「有思擇力補特伽羅」—“the person with the power of discernment”; the sūtra 「大海極深嶮處」—“the deepest abyss of the great ocean,” the treatise 「冥闇受坑」—“the dark pit of feeling”; the sūtra 「憂悲」—“grief and lament,” the treatise 「憂悴」—“sorrowful and worn”: the words differ.
Two poisoned darts · one poisoned dart (Discourse 470 · Differences in Turning)
- Sūtra: 「增長二受,若身受、若心受」—“he gives rise to two feelings, a bodily feeling or a mental feeling”〔T02 0120a11〕; 「譬如士夫身被雙毒箭」—“It is like a man struck in the body by two poisoned darts”〔T02 0120a12〕; 「譬如士夫被一毒箭,不被第二毒箭」—“It is like a man struck by one poisoned dart and not by a second”〔T02 0120a25〕; 「謂為貪、恚、癡所繫,為生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦所繫」—“he is bound by greed, hatred, and delusion; he is bound by birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, grief, vexation, and suffering”〔T02 0120a21〕
- Treatise: 「又於諸受心未解脫補特伽羅,但於苦受圓滿領納,猶如一人中二毒箭」—“Further, the person whose mind is not yet liberated with regard to the feelings, merely in painful feeling, takes it in completely, like a man struck by two poisoned darts”〔T30n1579 0851a14〕; 「二毒箭者,即喻三受或染心領納,謂由貪瞋癡;或相應領納,謂由生等苦」—“The two poisoned darts are a simile for the three feelings, taken in either with a defiled mind, namely through greed, hatred, and delusion, or by association, namely through birth and the other sufferings”〔T30n1579 0851a16〕; 「心解脫者,應知一切與上相違」—“the one whose mind is liberated, it should be known, is in all respects the opposite of the above”〔T30n1579 0851a19〕; 「此差別者,具領三受」—“the difference is that he takes in all three feelings”〔T30n1579 0851a20〕
The shared words are 「毒箭」—“poisoned dart,” 「貪」—“greed,” 「癡」—“delusion,” 「生」—“birth,” and 「苦」—“suffering”; the sūtra has 「雙毒箭」—“two poisoned darts,” the treatise 「二毒箭」—“two poisoned darts”; the sūtra 「恚」—“hatred,” the treatise 「瞋」—“hatred”; the sūtra 「身受」—“bodily feeling” and 「心受」—“mental feeling,” the treatise 「染心領納」—“taken in with a defiled mind” and 「相應領納」—“taken in by association”: the words differ. After 「猶如一人中二毒箭」—“like a man struck by two poisoned darts” in the treatise, the base text has 「?」—“?”; its place is recorded as it stands.
A wild wind in the sky · a whirlwind (Discourse 471 · Differences in Turning)
- Sūtra: 「譬如空中狂風卒起」—“It is like a wild wind suddenly rising in the sky”〔T02 0120b16〕; 「身中受風亦復如是」—“so too the winds of feeling in the body”〔T02 0120b18〕
- Treatise: 「應觀此受猶若旋風」—“this feeling should be seen as like a whirlwind”〔T30n1579 0851a23〕
The shared words are 「風」—“wind” and 「受」—“feeling”; the sūtra has 「狂風」—“a wild wind,” the treatise 「旋風」—“a whirlwind”: the words differ. The treatise matches it with the feeling that 「生已破壞消散不住速歸遷謝」—“once arisen breaks up and scatters, does not stay, and quickly passes away.”
Many kinds of people lodging in a guesthouse (Discourse 472 · Differences in Turning)
- Sūtra: 「譬如客舍種種人住」—“It is like a guesthouse where many kinds of people lodge”〔T02 0120c09〕; 「此身亦復如是,種種受生」—“So too this body: various feelings arise”〔T02 0120c11〕
- Treatise: 「應觀此受如客舍中羇旅色類」—“this feeling should be seen as like the kinds of travellers in a guesthouse”〔T30n1579 0851a24〕
The shared words are 「客舍」—“guesthouse” and 「受」—“feeling”; the sūtra has 「種種人住」—“many kinds of people lodge,” the treatise 「羇旅色類」—“the kinds of travellers”: the words differ. The treatise matches it with the feeling that 「少時經停,相似相續不速變壞」—“stays for a short while, continuing in like succession, not quickly breaking up.”
Carnal feeling · non-carnal feeling · feeling of attachment · feeling of deliverance (Discourses 471, 472, and 483 · Differences in Turning)
- Sūtra: 「樂無食、苦無食、不苦不樂無食受」—“pleasant non-carnal, painful non-carnal, neither-painful-nor-pleasant non-carnal feeling”〔T02 0120b22〕; 「樂出要受、苦出要受、不苦不樂出要受」—“pleasant feeling of deliverance, painful feeling of deliverance, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling of deliverance”〔T02 0120c16〕; 「樂貪著受、苦貪著受、不苦不樂貪著受」—“pleasant feeling of attachment, painful feeling of attachment, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling of attachment”〔T02 0120c15〕; 「有食念者、有無食念者、有無食無食念者」—“there are those with carnal gladness, those with non-carnal gladness, those with gladness beyond the non-carnal”〔T02 0123a24〕; 「謂五欲因緣生念」—“gladness arising conditioned by the five sense pleasures”〔T02 0123a29〕
- Treatise: 「有味受者,諸世間受。無味受者,諸出世受」—“Savoury feelings are the mundane feelings; unsavoury feelings are the supramundane feelings”〔T30n1579 0851a26〕; 「依耽嗜受者,於妙五欲諸染污受」—“feelings of relishing are the defiled feelings toward the fine five sense pleasures”〔T30n1579 0851a27〕; 「依出離受者」—“feelings of renunciation are”〔T30n1579 0851a28〕
The shared words are 「受」—“feeling” and 「五欲」—“the five sense pleasures”; the sūtra has 「食受」—“carnal feeling” and 「無食受」—“non-carnal feeling,” the treatise 「有味受」—“savoury feeling” and 「無味受」—“unsavoury feeling”; the sūtra 「貪著受」—“feeling of attachment,” the treatise 「依耽嗜受」—“feeling of relishing”; the sūtra 「出要受」—“feeling of deliverance,” the treatise 「依出離受」—“feeling of renunciation”: the words differ.
All feelings are suffering (Discourses 473, 474, and 485 · The Reasoning)
- Sūtra: 「我以一切行無常故,一切諸行變易法故,說諸所有受悉皆是苦」—“Because all formations are impermanent, because all formations are subject to change, I say that all feelings whatsoever are suffering”〔T02 0121a09〕; 「我以一切行無常故,一切行變易法故」—“Because all formations are impermanent, because all formations are subject to change”〔T02 0121a26〕; 「如說所有受,皆悉是苦,是名我說一受」—“As when it is said that all feelings whatsoever are suffering; this is called my teaching one feeling”〔T02 0124a07〕
- Treatise: 「由此道理,當知諸受皆悉是苦」—“by this reasoning, it should be known that all feelings are suffering”〔T30n1579 0851b05〕; 「又諸苦受,一切眾生現知是苦,不假成立」—“Further, painful feelings all beings plainly know to be suffering; this needs no proof”〔T30n1579 0851b01〕
The shared words are 「行」—“formations,” 「無常」—“impermanent,” and 「皆悉是苦」—“are all suffering”; the sūtra has 「變易法」—“subject to change,” the treatise 「變壞法」—“subject to decay” (「變壞法故,應知是苦」—“because subject to decay, they should be known as suffering”); the sūtra 「諸所有受」—“all feelings whatsoever,” the treatise 「諸受」—“the feelings”: the words differ.
Gradual stilling · gradual quieting · the superior quieting (Discourse 474 · Quiescence)
- Sūtra: 「我以諸行漸次寂滅故說,以諸行漸次止息故說」—“I say it because of the gradual stilling of formations, I say it because of the gradual quieting of formations”〔T02 0121a28〕; 「初禪正受時,言語寂滅」—“in the attainment of the first dhyāna, speech is stilled”〔T02 0121b02〕; 「想受滅正受時,想受寂滅」—“in the attainment of the cessation of perception and feeling, perception and feeling are stilled”〔T02 0121b08〕; 「復有勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息」—“There is further the superior quieting, the rare quieting, the higher quieting, the unsurpassed quieting”〔T02 0121b18〕; 「於貪欲心不樂、解脫」—“the mind takes no delight in desire and is liberated”〔T02 0121b22〕
- Treatise: 「又彼諸受,應知略有三種寂靜」—“Further, of those feelings, it should be known that there are briefly three kinds of quiescence”〔T30n1579 0851b06〕; 「當知此中,暫時不行,名為寂靜;令其究竟成不行法,名為止息」—“It should be known that here, ceasing to operate for a time is called quiescence; making them finally become things that do not operate is called quieting”〔T30n1579 0851b09〕; 「即此語言,若正證入初靜慮定,即便寂靜」—“this very speech, when one rightly realizes and enters the concentration of the first meditation, becomes quiescent”〔T30n1579 0851b12〕; 「說其心於貪瞋癡離染解脫」—“it is said that his mind is free of defilement and liberated from greed, hatred, and delusion”〔T30n1579 0851b20〕
The shared words are 「止息」—“quieting,” 「言語」—“speech,” and 「解脫」—“liberated”; the sūtra has 「寂滅」—“stilling,” the treatise 「寂靜」—“quiescence”; the sūtra 「初禪正受」—“the attainment of the first dhyāna,” the treatise 「初靜慮定」—“the concentration of the first meditation”; the sūtra 「貪欲」—“desire” and 「恚、癡」—“hatred and delusion,” the treatise 「貪瞋癡」—“greed, hatred, and delusion”; the sūtra 「心不樂」—“the mind takes no delight,” the treatise 「離染」—“free of defilement”: the words differ.
The eight phrases on examining feeling · the seven aspects (Discourses 475–480 · Finally, Examination)
- Sūtra: 「云何為受?云何受集?云何受滅?云何受集道跡?云何受滅道跡」—“What is feeling? What is the origin of feeling? What is the cessation of feeling? What is the path leading to the origin of feeling? What is the path leading to the cessation of feeling?”〔T02 0121b29〕; 「云何受味?云何受患?云何受離」—“What is the gratification in feeling? What is the danger in feeling? What is the escape from feeling?”〔T02 0121c01〕; 「若於受愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,是名受集道跡」—“If one delights in feeling, praises it, is attached to it, and abides firmly in it, this is called the path leading to the origin of feeling”〔T02 0121c04〕; 「若受因緣生樂喜,是名受味」—“If pleasure and joy arise conditioned by feeling, this is called the gratification in feeling”〔T02 0121c06〕; 「若於受斷欲貪、越欲貪,是名受離」—“If one abandons desire and craving for feeling and passes beyond desire and craving, this is called the escape from feeling”〔T02 0121c07〕
- Treatise: 「又由七行,於諸受中觀受七相」—“Further, by seven modes one examines seven aspects of feeling among the feelings”〔T30n1579 0851b20〕; 「謂觀諸受自性故,現在流轉、還滅因緣故,當來流轉因緣故,當來還滅因緣故,雜染因緣故,清淨因緣故,及清淨故」—“namely, examining the intrinsic nature of the feelings, the conditions of their present continuance and cessation, the conditions of their future continuance, the conditions of their future cessation, the conditions of defilement, the conditions of purification, and purification”〔T30n1579 0851b21〕
The shared words are 「受」—“feeling,” 「觀」—“examine,” and 「因緣」—“conditions”; the sūtra has eight phrases (feeling · origin · cessation · the path leading to the origin · the path leading to the cessation · gratification · danger · escape), the treatise seven aspects (intrinsic nature · the conditions of present continuance and cessation · the conditions of future continuance · the conditions of future cessation · the conditions of defilement · the conditions of purification · purification): both the number and the words differ.
The three conditions of desire, thought, and contact (Discourse 481 · The Arising of Feeling)
- Sūtra: 「諸有眾生,生受皆有因緣,非無因緣」—“for all beings, the arising of feeling has a condition; it is not without a condition”〔T02 0122b20〕; 「欲是因緣、覺是因緣、觸是因緣」—“desire is a condition, thought is a condition, contact is a condition”〔T02 0122b21〕; 「於欲不寂滅、覺不寂滅、觸不寂滅」—“when desire is not stilled, thought is not stilled, and contact is not stilled”〔T02 0122b22〕; 「彼欲寂滅、覺寂滅、觸寂滅」—“when desire is stilled, thought is stilled, and contact is stilled”〔T02 0122b28〕; 「若彼欲不得者得、不獲者獲、不證者證生」—“if that desire arises—attaining what was unattained, obtaining what was unobtained, realizing what was unrealized”〔T02 0122c08〕; 「當知是沙門之沙門、婆羅門之婆羅門」—“know that these are ascetics among ascetics, brāhmaṇas among brāhmaṇas”〔T02 0122c19〕
- Treatise: 「一切有情應斷諸受,略由三緣而得生起」—“The feelings of all sentient beings that are to be abandoned arise, briefly, from three conditions”〔T30n1579 0851b28〕; 「一者、欲緣,謂於未來世。二者、尋緣,謂於過去世。三者、觸緣,謂於現在世現前境界」—“first, the condition of desire, namely regarding the future; second, the condition of reflection, namely regarding the past; third, the condition of contact, namely regarding the objects present before one in the present”〔T30n1579 0851b29〕; 「謂有情眾略有八種」—“namely, the assemblies of sentient beings are briefly of eight kinds”〔T30n1579 0851c02〕; 「具足於邪見乃至邪解脫智者」—“those complete in wrong view up to wrong liberation and knowledge”〔T30n1579 0851c07〕; 「具足於正見乃至正解脫智者」—“those complete in right view up to right liberation and knowledge”〔T30n1579 0851c08〕; 「即說名為不寂靜緣」—“this is called the condition of non-quiescence”〔T30n1579 0851c24〕; 「所有諸欲未得為得、未證為證、未觸為觸」—“all desires—to attain the unattained, to realize the unrealized, to touch the untouched”〔T30n1579 0852a22〕; 「於第一義諸沙門中,許為沙門;諸梵志中,許為梵志」—“among ascetics in the highest sense, accepted as an ascetic; among brahmins, accepted as a brahmin”〔T30n1579 0852a28〕
The shared words are 「欲」—“desire,” 「觸」—“contact,” 「緣」—“condition,” 「邪見」—“wrong view,” 「正見」—“right view,” 「未得」—“unattained,” and 「沙門」—“ascetic”; the sūtra has 「覺」—“thought,” the treatise 「尋」—“reflection”; the sūtra 「寂滅」—“stilled” and 「不寂滅」—“not stilled,” the treatise 「寂靜」—“quiescence” and 「不寂靜」—“non-quiescence”; the sūtra 「邪解脫、邪智」—“wrong liberation, wrong knowledge” and 「正解脫、正智」—“right liberation, right knowledge,” the treatise 「邪解脫智」—“wrong liberation and knowledge” and 「正解脫智」—“right liberation and knowledge”; the sūtra 「不獲者獲」—“obtaining what was unobtained,” the treatise 「未觸為觸」—“to touch the untouched”; the sūtra 「婆羅門」—“brāhmaṇa,” the treatise 「梵志」—“brahmin”: the words differ.
The joy of seclusion · the five things (Discourses 482 and 483 · Inferior and the Rest)
- Sūtra: 「汝當精勤,時時學遠離喜樂,具足身作證」—“you should be diligent and train from time to time in the joy of seclusion, realizing it fully with the body”〔T02 0123a06〕; 「得遠離五法,修滿五法」—“he is free of five things and fulfils five things”〔T02 0123a15〕; 「謂斷欲所長養喜」—“he abandons the joy nourished by desire”〔T02 0123a16〕; 「謂隨喜、歡喜、猗息、樂、一心」—“gladness, joy, tranquillity, happiness, and one-pointedness”〔T02 0123a19〕; 「不苦不樂捨,淨念一心,第四禪具足住」—“with the equanimity that is neither painful nor pleasant, pure mindfulness and one-pointedness, dwells having attained the fourth dhyāna”〔T02 0123b14〕
- Treatise: 「復次,於遠離喜身作證住諸聖弟子,能斷五法,能修五法令得圓滿」—“Further, the noble disciples who dwell having realized with the body the joy of seclusion can abandon five things and can cultivate five things to fulfilment”〔T30n1579 0852b07〕; 「又喜樂捨劣中勝品,謂在欲界及四靜慮」—“Further, joy, happiness, and equanimity in inferior, middling, and superior grades, namely in the realm of desire and the four meditations”〔T30n1579 0852b09〕; 「第四靜慮地捨,一切過患皆遠離故,名善清淨」—“the equanimity of the stage of the fourth meditation, because all faults are far removed, is called well purified”〔T30n1579 0852b11〕
The shared words are 「遠離」—“seclusion,” 「喜」—“joy,” 「樂」—“happiness,” 「捨」—“equanimity,” 「身作證」—“realizing with the body,” 「聖弟子」—“noble disciple,” and 「五法」—“five things”; the sūtra has 「遠離五法」—“free of five things,” the treatise 「能斷五法」—“can abandon five things”; the sūtra 「修滿五法」—“fulfils five things,” the treatise 「能修五法令得圓滿」—“can cultivate five things to fulfilment”; the sūtra 「有食」—“carnal,” 「無食」—“non-carnal,” and 「無食無食」—“beyond the non-carnal,” the treatise 「劣中勝品」—“inferior, middling, and superior grades”; the sūtra 「第四禪」—“the fourth dhyāna,” the treatise 「第四靜慮」—“the fourth meditation”: the words differ. The treatise further points to the characteristics of its five things with 「應知如前三摩呬多地廣辨其相」—“it should be known that their characteristics are explained at length above in the Stage of Concentration”〔T30n1579 0852b08〕; the text of that stage is not recorded for this fascicle.
One feeling up to innumerable feelings · two feelings · the higher happiness (Discourse 485 · Differences in the Characteristics of Feelings)
- Sūtra: 「正應有二受——樂受、苦受。若不苦不樂受,是則寂滅」—“There should be just two feelings, pleasant and painful; as for neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, that is stilling”〔T02 0123c27〕; 「我有時說一受,或時說二受,或說三、四、五、六、十八、三十六,乃至百八受,或時說無量受」—“I sometimes teach one feeling, sometimes two feelings, or three, four, five, six, eighteen, thirty-six, up to a hundred and eight feelings, and sometimes innumerable feelings”〔T02 0124a05〕; 「有二受,欲受、離欲受」—“there are two feelings: feeling of desire and feeling free of desire”〔T02 0124a27〕; 「更有勝樂過於此故」—“Because there is a higher happiness beyond it”〔T02 0124b04〕; 「沙門釋種子唯說想受滅,名為至樂」—“the ascetic son of the Śākyas teaches only the cessation of perception and feeling as the highest happiness”〔T02 0124b11〕; 「此非世尊所說受樂數」—“this is not what the World-Honored One counts as the happiness of feeling”〔T02 0124b13〕
- Treatise: 「復次,由十種相,當知諸受所有差別」—“Further, by ten kinds of aspect the differences among the feelings should be known”〔T30n1579 0852b13〕; 「受唯有二,一、苦、二、樂」—“feeling is only of two kinds: first, painful; second, pleasant”〔T30n1579 0852b18〕; 「是故世尊即依如是苦樂寂靜假設為有」—“therefore the World-Honored One, relying on such quiescence of pain and pleasure, provisionally designated it as existing”〔T30n1579 0852b20〕; 「樂有二種,所謂欲樂及遠離樂」—“happiness is of two kinds, namely the happiness of desire and the happiness of seclusion”〔T30n1579 0852b21〕; 「劣樂者,謂無所有處已下。中樂者,謂第一有。勝樂者,謂想受滅」—“inferior happiness is from the sphere of nothingness downward; middling happiness is the summit of existence; superior happiness is the cessation of perception and feeling”〔T30n1579 0852b23〕; 「說有三種最寂靜樂」—“three kinds of utterly quiescent happiness are taught”〔T30n1579 0852b28〕; 「非據受樂說滅盡定以為有樂,然斷受樂說名為樂」—“it is not on the basis of felt happiness that the attainment of cessation is said to have happiness; rather, the cutting off of felt happiness is called happiness”〔T30n1579 0852c07〕
The shared words are 「二」—“two,” 「苦」—“painful,” 「樂」—“pleasant,” 「受」—“feeling,” 「勝」—“higher,” 「想受滅」—“the cessation of perception and feeling,” and 「受樂」—“the happiness of feeling”; the sūtra has 「是則寂滅」—“that is stilling,” the treatise 「苦樂寂靜」—“the quiescence of pain and pleasure”; the sūtra 「欲受、離欲受」—“feeling of desire and feeling free of desire,” the treatise 「欲樂及遠離樂」—“the happiness of desire and the happiness of seclusion”; the sūtra 「至樂」—“the highest happiness,” the treatise 「最寂靜樂」—“utterly quiescent happiness”: the words differ. The one feeling up to innumerable feelings listed in the sūtra and the ten kinds of aspect of the treatise differ in both number and name. The sūtra’s four kinds of happiness, 「離欲樂、遠離樂、寂滅樂、菩提樂」—“the happiness of freedom from desire, the happiness of seclusion, the happiness of stilling, the happiness of awakening,” have no list in the treatise.
The foremost seeing up to the foremost existence (Discourse 484 · Seeing and the Rest as Supreme)
- Sūtra: 「云何名為見第一」—“What is called the foremost seeing?”〔T02 0123b24〕; 「若見彼梵天者,名曰見第一」—“if one sees that Brahmā, this is called the foremost seeing”〔T02 0123b28〕; 「如其所觀,次第盡諸漏,是為見第一」—“as one has seen, one ends the outflows in due order: this is the foremost seeing”〔T02 0123c14〕; 「如實觀察,次第盡諸漏,是名有第一」—“contemplating as it really is, one ends the outflows in due order: this is called the foremost existence”〔T02 0123c18〕
- Treatise: 「依止如是色類見聞及樂想有,無間隨得諸漏永盡,當知此見名最勝見,乃至此有名最勝有」—“relying on seeing, hearing, and happiness, perception, and existence of such kinds, one thereupon at once attains the permanent ending of the outflows; it should be known that this seeing is called the supreme seeing, up to this existence is called the supreme existence”〔T30n1579 0852c13〕; 「是故此聞於其餘聞、此樂於其餘樂、此想於其餘想、此有於其餘有,說為最勝」—“therefore this hearing among other hearings, this happiness among other happinesses, this perception among other perceptions, this existence among other existences, is said to be supreme”〔T30n1579 0852c21〕
The shared words are 「見」—“seeing,” 「聞」—“hearing,” 「樂」—“happiness,” 「想」—“perception,” 「有」—“existence,” and 「諸漏」—“the outflows”; the sūtra has 「第一」—“foremost,” the treatise 「最勝」—“supreme”; the sūtra 「次第盡諸漏」—“ends the outflows in due order,” the treatise 「無間隨得諸漏永盡」—“at once attains the permanent ending of the outflows”: the words differ.
One thing up to ten things · weariness · contemplation (Discourses 486–489 · Knowing the Differences)
- Sūtra: 「若於一法,生正厭離、不樂、背捨,得盡諸漏」—“If toward one thing one gives rise to right weariness, takes no delight in it, and turns away from it, one attains the ending of the outflows”〔T02 0124b19〕; 「究竟苦邊,解脫於苦,謂一切眾生由食而存」—“one reaches the utter end of suffering and is liberated from suffering—namely, all beings subsist by nutriment”〔T02 0124c01〕; 「觀察無常、觀察變易、觀察離欲、觀察滅、觀察捨離,得盡諸漏」—“contemplates impermanence, contemplates change, contemplates dispassion, contemplates cessation, contemplates relinquishment, one attains the ending of the outflows”〔T02 0124c11〕
- Treatise: 「正於苦邊能隨得者,謂於苦諦得遍解脫」—“attaining rightly the end of suffering means attaining full liberation with regard to the truth of suffering”〔T30n1579 0852c26〕; 「於諸漏盡能隨得者,謂於集諦得勝解脫」—“attaining the ending of the outflows means attaining superior liberation with regard to the truth of origin”〔T30n1579 0852c27〕; 「應厭應離應解脫者,謂於滅諦能正作證」—“what is to be wearied of, to be parted from, to be liberated from, means rightly realizing the truth of cessation”〔T30n1579 0852c28〕; 「於無常等隨觀住者,謂於道諦能正修習」—“dwelling contemplating impermanence and the rest means rightly cultivating the truth of the path”〔T30n1579 0852c29〕; 「又由十相,應當了知境事差別」—“Further, by ten aspects the differences among the objects should be understood”〔T30n1579 0853a01〕
The shared words are 「苦邊」—“end of suffering,” 「漏盡」—“ending of the outflows” (the sūtra has 「盡諸漏」—“ends the outflows”), 「厭」—“weariness,” 「離」—“parting,” 「解脫」—“liberation,” 「無常」—“impermanence,” and 「十」—“ten”; the sūtra has 「生正厭離、不樂、背捨」—“gives rise to right weariness, takes no delight, turns away,” the treatise 「應厭應離應解脫」—“to be wearied of, to be parted from, to be liberated from”; the sūtra 「觀察無常」—“contemplates impermanence,” the treatise 「於無常等隨觀住」—“dwelling contemplating impermanence and the rest”: the words differ. The ten aspects of the treatise are the same in number as the ten things of the sūtra, but their names do not share words.
Questioning in return (Discourse 459 · Questioning, Declaring · for reference)
- Sūtra: 「我今問汝,隨意答我」—“I shall now question you; answer as you see fit”〔T02 0117c08〕; 「有眾生方便界,令諸眾生知作方便耶」—“Is there an element of endeavour in beings, enabling beings to know how to make endeavour?”〔T02 0117c09〕
- Treatise: 「應反詰云:汝問何業」—“one should question in return, saying: about what action do you ask?”〔T30n1579 0853b02〕
The shared word is 「問」—“question”; the sūtra answers by questioning in return, which the treatise calls 「反詰」—“questioning in return”; the sūtra’s 「自作」—“self-made,” 「他作」—“made by another,” and 「方便界」—“element of endeavour” do not appear in the treatise.
These discourses treat the elements; their mātṛkā is not in the gates of the feelings—the ten Discourses 456, 457, 458, 460, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, and 455〔not found: the whole span of the gates of the feelings in the Compendium of Topics (fascicle 96 of the treatise) was searched verbatim with such words as the seven elements · attainment · udāna · perception of desire · perception of harming · perception of deliverance · the various elements · the three realms · the three elements of escape · calm and insight · the elements of liberation · the earth element · not self · conditioned by the various elements, and no passage with the same words or the same simile was found〕. Discourse 477 is a carried-over discourse; what it carries is found in the preceding discourse. The eight phrases on examining feeling of Discourses 479 and 480 are found in the entry ‘The eight phrases on examining feeling · the seven aspects.’
IV. Essentials of the Commentary on This Passage
This fascicle has no old line-by-line commentary. The gates of the feelings in the Compendium of Topics are the treatise’s mātṛkā; its passages proceed in the order of the two uddānas it sets up (first topic). Below, in the treatise’s order, reading from 「自性」—“Intrinsic Nature” to 「問、記」—“Questioning, Declaring,” are listed its passages that share words with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (verbatim, with anchors), with the discourses that share the words noted. Passages of the treatise that share no words with the discourses of this fascicle are not listed.
1. Intrinsic Nature, And Conditions—the three feelings · the three classes of contact (shares with Discourses 466, 475, 476, and 478 the words 「三受」—“the three feelings” and 「觸」—“contact”)
「略說三受,是受自性。三品類觸,是受因緣」—“The three feelings, briefly stated, are the intrinsic nature of feeling. The three classes of contact are the conditions of feeling”〔T30n1579 0850c23〕.
2. Seeing—seeing pleasant feeling as suffering · painful feeling as a dart · feeling neither painful nor pleasant as impermanent and subject to cessation (shares with Discourse 467 the words 「樂受」—“pleasant feeling,” 「苦受」—“painful feeling,” 「無常」—“impermanence,” and 「正見」—“right view”)
「又諸樂受變壞法故,貪依處故,貪是當來眾苦因故,由此應觀樂受為苦」—“Further, because pleasant feelings are subject to decay, because they are a basis for greed, and because greed is a cause of the many sufferings to come, therefore pleasant feeling should be seen as suffering”〔T30n1579 0850c24〕; 「若諸苦受現在前時,惱害性故,如中毒箭而未得拔,由此應觀苦受如箭」—“When painful feelings are present, because by nature they afflict, as when struck by a poisoned dart not yet drawn out, therefore painful feeling should be seen as a dart”〔T30n1579 0850c26〕; 「非苦樂受,已滅壞者是無常故,正現前者是滅法故,於二更續能隨順故」—“feeling neither painful nor pleasant: because what has ceased and decayed is impermanent, because what is now present is subject to cessation, and because it can lead on to the other two in turn”〔T30n1579 0850c28〕.
3. Defilement—the three latent tendencies · practising pure conduct thoroughly (shares with Discourses 468 and 470 the words 「貪」—“greed,” 「瞋」—“hatred,” and 「修梵行」—“practise pure conduct”)
「於樂受中有貪隨眠,於苦受中有瞋隨眠,於非苦樂無明隨眠,是名於受所起雜染」—“In pleasant feeling there is the latent tendency of greed, in painful feeling the latent tendency of hatred, in what is neither painful nor pleasant the latent tendency of ignorance; this is called the defilement that arises with regard to feeling”〔T30n1579 0851a03〕; 「為欲永害諸隨眠故,熟修梵行,非唯為遣諸纏因緣」—“in order to destroy the latent tendencies forever, one practises pure conduct thoroughly, not merely to dispel the conditions of the entanglements”〔T30n1579 0851a08〕.
4. The Person—the power of discernment · the dark pit of feeling (shares with Discourse 469 the words 「苦受」—“painful feeling”)
「無思擇力補特伽羅,受苦受時,心極憂悴」—“The person without the power of discernment, when feeling painful feeling, is utterly sorrowful and worn in mind”〔T30n1579 0851a09〕; 「是故名為現見圓滿冥闇受坑,難得其底」—“therefore it is called the dark pit of feeling, plainly seen and complete, whose bottom is hard to reach”〔T30n1579 0851a12〕.
5. Differences in Turning—two poisoned darts · a whirlwind · a guesthouse · differences of class (shares with Discourses 470, 471, 472, and 483 the words 「毒箭」—“poisoned dart,” 「風」—“wind,” 「客舍」—“guesthouse,” and 「五欲」—“the five sense pleasures”)
「猶如一人中二毒箭」—“like a man struck by two poisoned darts”〔T30n1579 0851a15〕; 「應觀此受猶若旋風」—“this feeling should be seen as like a whirlwind”〔T30n1579 0851a23〕; 「應觀此受如客舍中羇旅色類」—“this feeling should be seen as like the kinds of travellers in a guesthouse”〔T30n1579 0851a24〕; 「又彼諸受自性所依染淨品別,當知名受品類差別」—“Further, the distinctions of those feelings by intrinsic nature, by support, and by the defiled or the pure class should be known as the differences of class among feelings”〔T30n1579 0851a25〕.
6. The Reasoning—all feelings are suffering (shares with Discourses 473 and 474 the words 「無常」—“impermanent” and 「皆悉是苦」—“are all suffering”)
「非苦樂受及能隨順此受諸行,由無常故,應知是苦;所有樂受及能隨順此受諸行,變壞法故,應知是苦」—“Feeling neither painful nor pleasant, and the formations that lead on to this feeling, because impermanent, should be known as suffering; all pleasant feelings, and the formations that lead on to this feeling, because subject to decay, should be known as suffering”〔T30n1579 0851b02〕; 「由此道理,當知諸受皆悉是苦」—“by this reasoning, it should be known that all feelings are suffering”〔T30n1579 0851b05〕.
7. Quiescence—three kinds of quiescence · quiescence and quieting · the quiescence of speech (shares with Discourse 474 the words 「止息」—“quieting” and 「言語」—“speech”)
「一、由依止上定地故,下地諸受皆得寂靜。二、由暫時不現行故,而得寂靜。三、由當來究竟不轉,而得寂靜」—“First, by relying on a higher stage of concentration, the feelings of the lower stages all become quiescent. Second, by not manifesting for a time, they become quiescent. Third, by finally not turning in the time to come, they become quiescent”〔T30n1579 0851b06〕; 「即此語言,若正證入初靜慮定,即便寂靜」—“this very speech, when one rightly realizes and enters the concentration of the first meditation, becomes quiescent”〔T30n1579 0851b12〕; 「是故此位說名一切語言寂靜」—“therefore this state is called the quiescence of all speech”〔T30n1579 0851b16〕.
8. Finally, Examination—the seven aspects (shares with Discourses 475–480 the words 「受」—“feeling” and 「觀」—“examine”)
「又由七行,於諸受中觀受七相」—“Further, by seven modes one examines seven aspects of feeling among the feelings”〔T30n1579 0851b20〕.
9. The Arising of Feeling—three conditions · eight assemblies · the condition of non-quiescence · the condition of quiescence (shares with Discourse 481 the words 「欲」—“desire,” 「觸」—“contact,” 「邪見」—“wrong view,” 「正見」—“right view,” and 「沙門」—“ascetic”)
「一者、欲緣,謂於未來世。二者、尋緣,謂於過去世。三者、觸緣,謂於現在世現前境界」—“First, the condition of desire, namely regarding the future; second, the condition of reflection, namely regarding the past; third, the condition of contact, namely regarding the objects present before one in the present”〔T30n1579 0851b29〕; 「若勝妙境現在前時,諸染污觸便復生起」—“when a superior, fine object is present, defiled contacts arise again”〔T30n1579 0852a05〕; 「由寂靜緣,便有第一寂靜無上諸受生起」—“through the condition of quiescence there arise the foremost, quiescent, unsurpassed feelings”〔T30n1579 0852a26〕; 「當知此中,一切諸受無有差別,皆觸為緣」—“It should be known that here all feelings, without distinction, have contact as their condition”〔T30n1579 0852b01〕.
10. Inferior and the Rest—realizing with the body the joy of seclusion · joy, happiness, and equanimity in inferior, middling, and superior grades (shares with Discourses 482 and 483 the words 「遠離」—“seclusion,” 「喜」—“joy,” 「五法」—“five things,” and 「捨」—“equanimity”)
「復次,於遠離喜身作證住諸聖弟子,能斷五法,能修五法令得圓滿」—“Further, the noble disciples who dwell having realized with the body the joy of seclusion can abandon five things and can cultivate five things to fulfilment”〔T30n1579 0852b07〕; 「又喜樂捨劣中勝品,謂在欲界及四靜慮」—“Further, joy, happiness, and equanimity in inferior, middling, and superior grades, namely in the realm of desire and the four meditations”〔T30n1579 0852b09〕.
11. Differences in the Characteristics of Feelings—ten kinds of aspect · feeling only of two kinds · two kinds of happiness · three kinds of happiness (shares with Discourse 485 the words 「二」—“two,” 「苦」—“painful,” 「樂」—“pleasant,” and 「想受滅」—“the cessation of perception and feeling”)
「復次,由十種相,當知諸受所有差別」—“Further, by ten kinds of aspect the differences among the feelings should be known”〔T30n1579 0852b13〕; 「世尊為欲開曉彼故,說如是言:樂有二種,所謂欲樂及遠離樂」—“The World-Honored One, wishing to enlighten him, spoke thus: happiness is of two kinds, namely the happiness of desire and the happiness of seclusion”〔T30n1579 0852b21〕; 「如是一切,總為三樂。一者、應遠離樂,二者、應修習、有上住樂,三者、最極究竟解脫無上住樂」—“All of these together are three kinds of happiness: first, the happiness to be abandoned; second, the happiness to be cultivated, a dwelling that has something higher; third, the happiness of utmost, final liberation, an unsurpassed dwelling”〔T30n1579 0852c02〕.
12. Seeing and the Rest as Supreme—the supreme seeing up to the supreme existence (shares with Discourse 484 the words 「見」—“seeing,” 「聞」—“hearing,” 「樂」—“happiness,” 「想」—“perception,” and 「有」—“existence”)
「當知此見名最勝見,乃至此有名最勝有」—“it should be known that this seeing is called the supreme seeing, up to this existence is called the supreme existence”〔T30n1579 0852c14〕.
13. Knowing the Differences—the four truths matched to four phrases · ten aspects (shares with Discourses 486–489 the words 「苦邊」—“end of suffering,” 「漏盡」—“ending of the outflows,” 「厭」—“weariness,” and 「無常」—“impermanence”)
「復次,由遍了知應遍知事,於其苦諦得遍解脫,於其集諦得勝解脫,於其滅諦能正作證,於其道諦能正修習」—“Further, by fully knowing what is to be fully known, one attains full liberation with regard to the truth of suffering, attains superior liberation with regard to the truth of origin, rightly realizes the truth of cessation, and rightly cultivates the truth of the path”〔T30n1579 0852c24〕.
14. Questioning, Declaring—questioning in return (shares with Discourse 459 the word 「問」—“question”)
「復次,即依如上所說差別,應生問論」—“Further, relying on the differences stated above, questions and discussion should arise”〔T30n1579 0853a18〕; 「若有問言:造作業已,往善趣不?應反詰云:汝問何業」—“If someone asks, ‘Having done an action, does one go to a good destination?’ one should question in return, saying, ‘About what action do you ask?’”〔T30n1579 0853b02〕.
The passages of the treatise on 「二記別」—“the two declarations,” 「二識火熾然所依」—“the two supports on which the fire of consciousness blazes,” 「二種意所生身」—“the two kinds of mind-made body,” and 「二種善避他論」—“the two ways of skilfully avoiding others’ theses”〔T30n1579 0853b08〕 and what follows share no words with the text of the discourses of this fascicle and are not listed.
V. Divergent Readings of the Commentators
This fascicle has no divergent readings of the ancient masters. The Saṃyukta Āgama has no old line-by-line commentary; the Compendium of Topics is the only mirror, the teaching of a single school, with nothing to set in separate columns.
VI. Terms (first occurrences — glosses drawn only from the Compendium of Topics, verbatim)
The terms already established in earlier fascicles are not repeated in this fascicle (the three rows ‘element of ignorance,’ ‘not self · not other than self · not within one another,’ and ‘final nirvāṇa’ have been seen in earlier fascicles; this fascicle lists them for their new context and does not call them first occurrences); among them, those that bear on the text of the discourses of this fascicle are: the five aggregates of clinging · fetter · gratification · danger · escape · subject to change · origin · cessation · the path leading · unsurpassed, right and perfect awakening (carried over from Fascicle 1); the end of suffering (carried over from Fascicle 2); the root of the Dharma · the eye of the Dharma · the support of the Dharma · the burden · man · meditative reflection · the existing body (carried over from Fascicle 3); elder bhikṣus · unbroken comprehension · dwelling happily here and now (carried over from Fascicle 5); the three feelings · calm · insight · the eight worldly dharmas · self-made · made by another · right view up to right concentration · thoughts of desire · thoughts of hatred (carried over from Fascicle 7); the fetter of conceit that binds and attaches (carried over from Fascicle 9); the perception of greed · the perception of hatred · the perception of harming · wrong intention · the strands of the five sense pleasures (carried over from Fascicle 10); the summer retreat · the six modes of joy · the six modes of sorrow · the six modes of equanimity · dwelling in equanimity with right mindfulness and right knowledge · Śāriputra (carried over from Fascicle 13); the four nutriments · counted among ascetics · the goal of an ascetic (carried over from Fascicle 14); the Buddha Vipaśyin (carried over from Fascicle 15); the eighteen elements · the various elements · the eye element · the form element · the various perceptions · desire · thought · fever · quest · the wise (carried over from the previous fascicle).
| Term | First occurrence in this fascicle (verbatim) | Anchor | The Compendium of Topics |
|---|---|---|---|
| The element of light · the element of purity (光界·淨界) | 「有光界、淨界、無量空入處界」—“There is the element of light, the element of purity, the element of the sphere of infinite space” | 〔T02 0116c13〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The elements of the sphere of infinite space · of the sphere of infinite consciousness · of the sphere of nothingness · of the sphere of neither perception nor non-perception (無量空入處界·無量識入處界·無所有入處界·非想非非想入處界) | 「有光界、淨界、無量空入處界」—“There is the element of light, the element of purity, the element of the sphere of infinite space” | 〔T02 0116c13〕 | Not explained in the treatise; the treatise reads 「從空無邊處乃至無所有處」—“from the sphere of boundless space up to the sphere of nothingness” (「三、或依止三種想定,謂從空無邊處乃至無所有處」—“third, or relying on three concentrations with perception, namely from the sphere of boundless space up to the sphere of nothingness”〔T30n1579 0852c19〕) |
| The element of cessation (滅界) | 「滅界者,緣有身可知」—“The element of cessation is known in dependence on the existing body” | 〔T02 0116c24〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The summit of existence · the attainment of the summit of existence (有第一·第一有正受) | 「此諸界於自行正受而得」—“these elements are reached in the attainment proper to each” | 〔T02 0116c27〕 | 「中樂者,謂第一有」—“middling happiness is the summit of existence”〔T30n1579 0852b24〕 |
| The attainment proper to each · the attainment of the cessation of the existing body (自行正受·有身滅正受) | 「滅界者,於有身滅正受而得」—“the element of cessation is reached in the attainment of the cessation of the existing body” | 〔T02 0116c29〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The udāna phrase (優檀那句) | 「說優檀那句」—“spoke the udāna phrase” | 〔T02 0117a05〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The inferior element · the middling element · the superior element (下界·中界·勝界) | 「緣界故生說,非不界」—“Speech arises conditioned by an element, not without an element” | 〔T02 0117a06〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The bhikṣu Vakkalin (婆迦利比丘) | 「時,有婆迦利比丘在佛後執扇扇佛」—“At that time the bhikṣu Vakkalin, standing behind the Buddha, was fanning the Buddha with a fan” | 〔T02 0117a12〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The Fully and Perfectly Awakened One (三藐三佛陀) | 「若於三藐三佛陀起非三藐三佛陀見,彼見亦緣界而生耶」—“If, toward the Fully and Perfectly Awakened One, one gives rise to the view that he is not the Fully and Perfectly Awakened One, does that view too arise conditioned by an element?” | 〔T02 0117a14〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The element of ignorance (無明界) | 「凡夫界者,是無明界」—“The element of the ordinary person is the element of ignorance” | 〔T02 0117a17〕 | Not explained in the treatise; the treatise has 「無明隨眠」—“the latent tendency of ignorance” (「於非苦樂無明隨眠」—“in what is neither painful nor pleasant, the latent tendency of ignorance”; see the third topic) |
| The element of desire · the element of harming · the element of deliverance · the element of non-harming (欲界·害界·出要界·不害界) | 「謂緣欲界也」—“It is conditioned by the element of desire” | 〔T02 0117a24〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The desire for it · the fever of it · the quest for it (欲欲·欲熱·欲求) | 「生欲想、欲欲、欲覺、欲熱、欲求」—“there arise the perception of desire, the desire for it, the thought of it, the fever of it, the quest for it” | 〔T02 0117a24〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Going wrong in three places (三處邪) | 「此眾生起三處邪,謂身、口、心」—“this being goes wrong in three places: body, speech, and mind” | 〔T02 0117a26〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The perception of peril (危嶮想) | 「生危嶮想」—“gives rise to the perception of peril” | 〔T02 0117b05〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The perception of deliverance (出要想) | 「有因生出要想」—“A perception of deliverance arises from a cause” | 〔T02 0117b11〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The element of endeavour · of steadfastness · of firmness · of going forth · of making (方便界·安住界·堅固界·出界·造作界) | 「有眾生方便界,令諸眾生知作方便耶」—“Is there an element of endeavour in beings, enabling beings to know how to make endeavour?” | 〔T02 0117c09〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| A basis of joy · a basis of sorrow · a basis of equanimity (喜處·憂處·捨處) | 「眼界異、色界異喜處」—“The eye element is distinct, the form element is distinct: a basis of joy” | 〔T02 0117c27〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The three realms: the realm of desire · the realm of form · the formless realm (三界:欲界·色界·無色界) | 「有三界。云何三?謂欲界、色界、無色界」—“There are three realms. What are the three? The realm of desire, the realm of form, and the formless realm” | 〔T02 0118a12〕 | 「謂欲界繫受」—“namely, feeling bound to the realm of desire” is a phrase of Discourse 485; the treatise reads 「欲、色二界」—“the two realms of desire and form” (「欲、色二界愛所生識,名色為依」—“the consciousness born of craving in the two realms of desire and form has name and form as its support”〔T30n1579 0853b11〕) |
| The Fully Awakened One · the sorrowless, stainless phrase (三耶三佛·無憂離垢句) | 「三耶三佛說,無憂離垢句」—“this the Fully Awakened One has taught, the sorrowless, stainless phrase” | 〔T02 0118a17〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The three elements of escape · the element of the cessation of all thought and perception (三出界·一切思想滅界) | 「謂三種出界」—“namely, the three kinds of element of escape” | 〔T02 0118b06〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The elder named Elder (上座上座名者) | 「尊者阿難往詣上座上座名者所」—“the venerable Ānanda went to where the elder named Elder was” | 〔T02 0118b16〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The element of liberation · the element of abandoning · the element of desirelessness (解脫界·斷界·無欲界) | 「若斷界、無欲界、滅界」—“the element of abandoning, the element of desirelessness, the element of cessation” | 〔T02 0118b27〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The same Dharma · the same phrasing · the same meaning · the same taste (同法·同句·同義·同味) | 「大師及諸弟子皆悉同法、同句、同義、同味」—“the Teacher and his disciples all have the same Dharma, the same phrasing, the same meaning, the same taste” | 〔T02 0118c13〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| This conscious body · external objects (此識身·外境界) | 「云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使」—“How should one know and how should one see so that in this conscious body of mine and in all the signs of external objects there is no ‘I,’ no view of ‘mine,’ no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches?” | 〔T02 0118c26〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The earth element · the water element · the fire element · the wind element · the space element · the consciousness element (地界·水界·火界·風界·空界·識界) | 「若比丘於所有地界」—“If a bhikṣu, with regard to whatever earth element there is” | 〔T02 0118c29〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Not self · not other than self · not within one another (非我·不異我·不相在) | 「彼一切非我、不異我、不相在如實知」—“knows as it really is that all of it is not self, not other than self, not within one another” | 〔T02 0119a02〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Rightly attaining unbroken comprehension of conceit · turning away the bonds (正慢無間等·轉諸結) | 「是名斷愛,轉諸結,正慢無間等,究竟苦邊」—“this is called cutting off craving, turning away the bonds, rightly attaining unbroken comprehension of conceit, and reaching the utter end of suffering” | 〔T02 0119a07〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Contact as cause · contact as origin · born from contact · turning by contact (觸因·觸集·觸生·觸轉) | 「謂此三受,觸因、觸集、觸生、觸轉」—“these three feelings have contact as their cause, contact as their origin; they are born from contact and turn by contact” | 〔T02 0119a17〕 | The treatise reads 「受因緣」—“the conditions of feeling”: 「三品類觸,是受因緣」—“the three classes of contact are the conditions of feeling”〔T30n1579 0850c24〕 |
| The notion of a sword’s thrust (劍刺想) | 「觀於樂受而作苦想,觀於苦受作劍刺想,觀不苦不樂受作無常想」—“See pleasant feeling with the notion of suffering, see painful feeling with the notion of a sword’s thrust, see neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling with the notion of impermanence” | 〔T02 0119a27〕 | The treatise reads 「如箭」—“as a dart”: 「由此應觀苦受如箭」—“therefore painful feeling should be seen as a dart”〔T30n1579 0850c27〕 |
| The fetter of greed · the fetter of hatred · the fetter of delusion (貪使·瞋恚使·癡使) | 「為斷樂受貪使故,於我所修梵行」—“to abandon the fetter of greed toward pleasant feeling, pure conduct is practised under me” | 〔T02 0119b16〕 | The treatise reads 「隨眠」—“latent tendency”: 「於樂受中有貪隨眠,於苦受中有瞋隨眠,於非苦樂無明隨眠」—“in pleasant feeling there is the latent tendency of greed, in painful feeling the latent tendency of hatred, in what is neither painful nor pleasant the latent tendency of ignorance”〔T30n1579 0851a03〕 |
| Counted among the many (眾數) | 「明智者命終,不墮於眾數」—“the clear-minded one, at life’s end, is not counted among the many” | 〔T02 0119c03〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Final nirvāṇa (般涅槃) | 「眾數既已斷,永處般涅槃」—“the count once cut off, one abides forever in final nirvāṇa” | 〔T02 0119c04〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The deep abyss (深嶮) | 「大海深嶮者,此世間愚夫所說深嶮」—“The deep abyss of the great ocean is the deep abyss as the fools of the world speak of it” | 〔T02 0119c08〕 | The treatise reads 「冥闇受坑」—“the dark pit of feeling”: 「是故名為現見圓滿冥闇受坑,難得其底」—“therefore it is called the dark pit of feeling, plainly seen and complete, whose bottom is hard to reach”〔T30n1579 0851a12〕 |
| Bodily feeling · mental feeling (身受·心受) | 「增長二受,若身受、若心受」—“he gives rise to two feelings, a bodily feeling or a mental feeling” | 〔T02 0120a11〕 | The treatise reads 「染心領納」—“taken in with a defiled mind” and 「相應領納」—“taken in by association”: 「二毒箭者,即喻三受或染心領納,謂由貪瞋癡;或相應領納,謂由生等苦」—“The two poisoned darts are a simile for the three feelings, taken in either with a defiled mind, namely through greed, hatred, and delusion, or by association, namely through birth and the other sufferings”〔T30n1579 0851a16〕 |
| Two poisoned darts (雙毒箭) | 「譬如士夫身被雙毒箭」—“It is like a man struck in the body by two poisoned darts” | 〔T02 0120a12〕 | The treatise reads 「二毒箭」—“two poisoned darts”: 「猶如一人中二毒箭」—“like a man struck by two poisoned darts”〔T30n1579 0851a15〕 |
| The viśva wind · the vairambha wind · the wind-circle (毘濕波風·鞞嵐婆風·風輪) | 「有塵土風、無塵土風、毘濕波風、鞞嵐婆風、薄風、厚風,乃至風輪起風」—“there are dusty winds, dustless winds, viśva winds, vairambha winds, thin winds, thick winds, up to winds that rise from the wind-circle” | 〔T02 0120b17〕 | Not explained in the treatise; the treatise reads 「旋風」—“a whirlwind” (see the third topic) |
| Carnal feeling · non-carnal feeling (食受·無食受) | 「樂無食、苦無食、不苦不樂無食受」—“pleasant non-carnal, painful non-carnal, neither-painful-nor-pleasant non-carnal feeling” | 〔T02 0120b22〕 | The treatise reads 「有味受」—“savoury feeling” and 「無味受」—“unsavoury feeling”: 「有味受者,諸世間受。無味受者,諸出世受」—“Savoury feelings are the mundane feelings; unsavoury feelings are the supramundane feelings”〔T30n1579 0851a26〕 |
| Feeling of attachment (貪受·貪著受) | 「樂貪著受、苦貪著受、不苦不樂貪著受」—“pleasant feeling of attachment, painful feeling of attachment, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling of attachment” | 〔T02 0120c15〕 | The treatise reads 「依耽嗜受」—“feeling of relishing”: 「依耽嗜受者,於妙五欲諸染污受」—“feelings of relishing are the defiled feelings toward the fine five sense pleasures”〔T30n1579 0851a27〕 |
| Feeling of deliverance (出要受) | 「樂出要受、苦出要受、不苦不樂出要受」—“pleasant feeling of deliverance, painful feeling of deliverance, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling of deliverance” | 〔T02 0120c16〕 | The treatise reads 「依出離受」—“feeling of renunciation”: 「依出離受者,即是一切出離、遠離所生諸善定不定地俱行諸受」—“feelings of renunciation are all the wholesome feelings, accompanying the concentrated and the unconcentrated stages, born of renunciation and seclusion”〔T30n1579 0851a28〕 |
| Guesthouse (客舍) | 「譬如客舍種種人住」—“It is like a guesthouse where many kinds of people lodge” | 〔T02 0120c09〕 | 「應觀此受如客舍中羇旅色類」—“this feeling should be seen as like the kinds of travellers in a guesthouse”〔T30n1579 0851a24〕 |
| Caṇḍāla (旃陀羅) | 「旃陀羅野人,持戒犯戒者」—“caṇḍālas, wild folk, keepers of the precepts and breakers of the precepts” | 〔T02 0120c21〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The wise (𭶑慧) | 「於諸一切受,𭶑慧能了知」—“all the feelings the wise is able to understand” | 〔T02 0121a15〕 | Not explained in the treatise (in the same position Discourses 470–472 read 「黠慧」—“the wise”) |
| Gradual stilling · gradual quieting (漸次寂滅·漸次止息) | 「我以諸行漸次寂滅故說,以諸行漸次止息故說」—“I say it because of the gradual stilling of formations, I say it because of the gradual quieting of formations” | 〔T02 0121a28〕 | 「當知此中,暫時不行,名為寂靜;令其究竟成不行法,名為止息」—“It should be known that here, ceasing to operate for a time is called quiescence; making them finally become things that do not operate is called quieting”〔T30n1579 0851b09〕 |
| The superior quieting · the rare quieting · the higher quieting · the unsurpassed quieting (勝止息·奇特止息·上止息·無上止息) | 「復有勝止息、奇特止息、上止息、無上止息」—“There is further the superior quieting, the rare quieting, the higher quieting, the unsurpassed quieting” | 〔T02 0121b18〕 | Not explained in the treatise; the treatise reads 「說其心於貪瞋癡離染解脫」—“it is said that his mind is free of defilement and liberated from greed, hatred, and delusion”〔T30n1579 0851b20〕 |
| The cessation of perception and feeling (想受滅) | 「想受滅正受時,想受寂滅」—“in the attainment of the cessation of perception and feeling, perception and feeling are stilled” | 〔T02 0121b08〕 | 「勝樂者,謂想受滅」—“superior happiness is the cessation of perception and feeling”〔T30n1579 0852b24〕 |
| The path leading to the origin of feeling · the path leading to the cessation of feeling · the gratification in feeling · the danger in feeling · the escape from feeling (受集道跡·受滅道跡·受味·受患·受離) | 「云何為受?云何受集?云何受滅?云何受集道跡?云何受滅道跡」—“What is feeling? What is the origin of feeling? What is the cessation of feeling? What is the path leading to the origin of feeling? What is the path leading to the cessation of feeling?” | 〔T02 0121b29〕 | Not explained in the treatise; the treatise reads 「七相」—“seven aspects” (see the third topic) |
| The Buddha Śikhin · the Buddha Viśvabhū · the Buddha Krakucchanda · the Buddha Kanakamuni · the Buddha Kāśyapa · the Buddha Śākyamuni (式棄佛·毘濕波浮佛·迦羅迦孫提佛·迦那迦牟尼佛·迦葉佛·釋迦文佛) | 「式棄佛、毘濕波浮佛、迦羅迦孫提佛、迦那迦牟尼佛、迦葉佛」—“the Buddha Śikhin, the Buddha Viśvabhū, the Buddha Krakucchanda, the Buddha Kanakamuni, the Buddha Kāśyapa” | 〔T02 0121c10〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| An ascetic among ascetics (沙門之沙門) | 「彼是沙門之沙門、婆羅門之婆羅門」—“they are ascetics among ascetics, brāhmaṇas among brāhmaṇas” | 〔T02 0122b06〕 | 「於第一義諸沙門中,許為沙門;諸梵志中,許為梵志」—“among ascetics in the highest sense, accepted as an ascetic; among brahmins, accepted as a brahmin”〔T30n1579 0852a28〕 |
| Icchānaṅgala (壹奢能伽羅) | 「如是我聞:一時,佛住壹奢能伽羅國壹奢能伽羅林中」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the country of Icchānaṅgala, in the Icchānaṅgala Grove” | 〔T02 0122b13〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Poṣadha (布薩) | 「唯除乞食及布薩」—“except for the alms round and the poṣadha” | 〔T02 0122b16〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| A portion of meditation (禪分) | 「我以初成佛時所思惟禪法少許禪分」—“with a small portion of the meditation I reflected on when I first became a Buddha” | 〔T02 0122b18〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The three conditions of desire, thought, and contact (欲·覺·觸三因緣) | 「欲是因緣、覺是因緣、觸是因緣」—“desire is a condition, thought is a condition, contact is a condition” | 〔T02 0122b21〕 | 「一者、欲緣,謂於未來世。二者、尋緣,謂於過去世。三者、觸緣,謂於現在世現前境界」—“first, the condition of desire, namely regarding the future; second, the condition of reflection, namely regarding the past; third, the condition of contact, namely regarding the objects present before one in the present”〔T30n1579 0851b29〕 |
| The condition (緣緣) | 「緣緣、緣緣集、緣緣滅、緣緣集道跡、緣緣滅道跡」—“the condition, the origin of the condition, the cessation of the condition, the path leading to the origin of the condition, the path leading to the cessation of the condition” | 〔T02 0122c12〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Showing · instructing · illumining · gladdening (示·教·照·喜) | 「示、教、照、喜」—“showing, instructing, illumining, and gladdening” | 〔T02 0122c26〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The three months’ invitation (三月請) | 「唯願世尊與諸大眾受我三月請衣被、飲食、應病湯藥」—“May the World-Honored One, with the great assembly, accept my invitation for three months of robes, food and drink, and medicines for illness” | 〔T02 0122c28〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The joy of seclusion · realizing with the body (遠離喜樂·身作證) | 「汝當精勤,時時學遠離喜樂,具足身作證」—“you should be diligent and train from time to time in the joy of seclusion, realizing it fully with the body” | 〔T02 0123a06〕 | 「復次,於遠離喜身作證住諸聖弟子,能斷五法,能修五法令得圓滿」—“Further, the noble disciples who dwell having realized with the body the joy of seclusion can abandon five things and can cultivate five things to fulfilment”〔T30n1579 0852b07〕 |
| Nourished by desire · nourished by the unwholesome (欲所長養·不善所長養) | 「謂斷欲所長養喜」—“he abandons the joy nourished by desire” | 〔T02 0123a16〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Tranquillity (猗息) | 「謂隨喜、歡喜、猗息、樂、一心」—“gladness, joy, tranquillity, happiness, and one-pointedness” | 〔T02 0123a19〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Carnal gladness · non-carnal gladness · gladness beyond the non-carnal (likewise happiness, equanimity, and liberation) (食念·無食念·無食無食念(樂·捨·解脫同)) | 「有食念者、有無食念者、有無食無食念者」—“there are those with carnal gladness, those with non-carnal gladness, those with gladness beyond the non-carnal” | 〔T02 0123a24〕 | The treatise reads 「喜樂捨劣中勝品」—“joy, happiness, and equanimity in inferior, middling, and superior grades”: 「又喜樂捨劣中勝品,謂在欲界及四靜慮」—“Further, joy, happiness, and equanimity in inferior, middling, and superior grades, namely in the realm of desire and the four meditations”〔T30n1579 0852b09〕 |
| Accompanied by form · accompanied by the formless (色俱行·無色俱行) | 「云何有食解脫?謂色俱行」—“What is carnal liberation? That which is accompanied by form” | 〔T02 0123b15〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Bhadra (跋陀羅) | 「爾時,尊者跋陀羅比丘及尊者阿難俱住祇樹給孤獨園」—“At that time the venerable bhikṣu Bhadra and the venerable Ānanda were both staying in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park” | 〔T02 0123b21〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The foremost seeing · the foremost hearing · the foremost happiness · the foremost perception · the foremost existence (見第一·聞第一·樂第一·想第一·有第一) | 「云何名為見第一」—“What is called the foremost seeing?” | 〔T02 0123b24〕 | The treatise reads 「最勝見」—“the supreme seeing” up to 「最勝有」—“the supreme existence”: 「當知此見名最勝見,乃至此有名最勝有」—“it should be known that this seeing is called the supreme seeing, up to this existence is called the supreme existence”〔T30n1579 0852c14〕 |
| Brahmā (梵天) | 「有梵天自在造作、化如意,為世之父」—“There is Brahmā, sovereign and creating, transforming at will, the father of the world” | 〔T02 0123b27〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The happiness free of joy (離喜之樂) | 「有眾生於此身離喜之樂潤澤」—“there are beings for whom, in this body, the happiness free of joy soaks it” | 〔T02 0123c04〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The two worthy ones (二正士) | 「時,二正士共論說已」—“When the two worthy ones had finished their discussion” | 〔T02 0123c19〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| King Bimbisāra · Udāyin (瓶沙王·優陀夷) | 「爾時,瓶沙王詣尊者優陀夷所」—“At that time King Bimbisāra went to where the venerable Udāyin was” | 〔T02 0123c22〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| One feeling up to innumerable feelings (一受乃至無量受) | 「我有時說一受」—“I sometimes teach one feeling” | 〔T02 0124a05〕 | The treatise reads 「十種相」—“ten kinds of aspect”: 「復次,由十種相,當知諸受所有差別」—“Further, by ten kinds of aspect the differences among the feelings should be known”〔T30n1579 0852b13〕 |
| Feeling bound to the realm of desire · feeling bound to the realm of form · feeling bound to the formless realm · unbound feeling (欲界繫受·色界繫受·無色界繫受·不繫受) | 「謂欲界繫受、色界繫受、無色界繫受,及不繫受」—“namely, feeling bound to the realm of desire, feeling bound to the realm of form, feeling bound to the formless realm, and unbound feeling” | 〔T02 0124a10〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The faculty of pleasure · of joy · of pain · of sorrow · of equanimity (樂根·喜根·苦根·憂根·捨根) | 「謂樂根、喜根、苦根、憂根、捨根」—“namely, the faculty of pleasure, the faculty of joy, the faculty of pain, the faculty of sorrow, the faculty of equanimity” | 〔T02 0124a12〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Thirty-six feelings · a hundred and eight feelings (三十六受·百八受) | 「謂三十六受,過去三十六、未來三十六、現在三十六」—“namely, thirty-six feelings: thirty-six past, thirty-six future, thirty-six present” | 〔T02 0124a19〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Feeling of desire · feeling free of desire (欲受·離欲受) | 「有二受,欲受、離欲受」—“there are two feelings: feeling of desire and feeling free of desire” | 〔T02 0124a27〕 | The treatise reads 「欲樂及遠離樂」—“the happiness of desire and the happiness of seclusion”: 「樂有二種,所謂欲樂及遠離樂」—“happiness is of two kinds, namely the happiness of desire and the happiness of seclusion”〔T30n1579 0852b21〕 |
| Those gone forth in other teachings · the ascetic son of the Śākyas · the highest happiness (異學出家·沙門釋種子·至樂) | 「沙門釋種子唯說想受滅,名為至樂」—“the ascetic son of the Śākyas teaches only the cessation of perception and feeling as the highest happiness” | 〔T02 0124b11〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Counted as the happiness of feeling (受樂數) | 「此非世尊所說受樂數」—“this is not what the World-Honored One counts as the happiness of feeling” | 〔T02 0124b13〕 | 「非據受樂說滅盡定以為有樂,然斷受樂說名為樂」—“it is not on the basis of felt happiness that the attainment of cessation is said to have happiness; rather, the cutting off of felt happiness is called happiness”〔T30n1579 0852c07〕 |
| The happiness of freedom from desire · the happiness of seclusion · the happiness of stilling · the happiness of awakening (離欲樂·遠離樂·寂滅樂·菩提樂) | 「謂離欲樂、遠離樂、寂滅樂、菩提樂」—“namely, the happiness of freedom from desire, the happiness of seclusion, the happiness of stilling, the happiness of awakening” | 〔T02 0124b15〕 | The treatise has 「遠離樂」—“the happiness of seclusion”: 「樂有二種,所謂欲樂及遠離樂」—“happiness is of two kinds, namely the happiness of desire and the happiness of seclusion”〔T30n1579 0852b21〕; the other three are not explained in the treatise |
| Weariness · turning away (厭離·背捨) | 「若於一法,生正厭離、不樂、背捨,得盡諸漏」—“If toward one thing one gives rise to right weariness, takes no delight in it, and turns away from it, one attains the ending of the outflows” | 〔T02 0124b19〕 | 「應厭應離應解脫者,謂於滅諦能正作證」—“what is to be wearied of, to be parted from, to be liberated from, means rightly realizing the truth of cessation”〔T30n1579 0852c28〕 |
| Name and form (名及色) | 「復有二法,名及色」—“There are further two things: name and form” | 〔T02 0124b21〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The six internal and external sense bases · the seven stations of consciousness · the nine abodes of beings · the ten courses of action (六內外入處·七識住·九眾生居·十業跡) | 「謂九眾生居」—“namely, the nine abodes of beings” | 〔T02 0124b24〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The six internal sense bases · the six external sense bases (內六入處·外六入處) | 「如內六入處,外六入處亦如是說」—“As with the six internal sense bases, so too it is to be said of the six external sense bases” | 〔T02 0125a29〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
The proper names follow the characters of the base text: 「婆迦利」—“Vakkalin,” 「瞿師羅」—“Ghoṣila,” 「羅睺羅」—“Rāhula,” 「跋陀羅」—“Bhadra,” 「瓶沙王」—“King Bimbisāra,” 「優陀夷」—“Udāyin,” 「毘婆尸」—“Vipaśyin,” 「式棄」—“Śikhin,” 「毘濕波浮」—“Viśvabhū,” 「迦羅迦孫提」—“Krakucchanda,” 「迦那迦牟尼」—“Kanakamuni,” 「迦葉」—“Kāśyapa,” 「釋迦文」—“Śākyamuni,” and 「壹奢能伽羅」—“Icchānaṅgala”; they are not changed to follow other translations. The 「優檀那句」—“udāna phrase” of Discourse 457 Xuanzang renders with a different transliteration; this fascicle records only its sound and sets up no separate meaning.
VII. Similes and Rhetoric
Five similes:
- The great fire in the wilderness (Discourse 458)—the unwholesome side: 「譬如城邑聚落不遠有曠野,大火卒起」—“It is like a wilderness not far from a town or village, where a great fire suddenly breaks out”〔T02 0117b07〕; 「當知彼諸野中眾生悉被火害」—“know that the creatures in that wilderness are all harmed by the fire”〔T02 0117b09〕. The wholesome side: 「有人堪能手足滅火」—“there is someone able to put out the fire with hands and feet”〔T02 0117b25〕; 「當知彼諸眾生依草木者,悉不被害」—“know that the creatures that live in the grass and trees are none of them harmed”〔T02 0117b26〕.
- The deep abyss of the great ocean (Discourse 469)—「大海深嶮者,此世間愚夫所說深嶮」—“The deep abyss of the great ocean is the deep abyss as the fools of the world speak of it”〔T02 0119c08〕; 「是大水積聚數耳」—“it is merely an accumulation of great waters”〔T02 0119c10〕; applied to the Dharma: 「是名大海極深嶮處」—“this is called the deepest abyss of the great ocean”〔T02 0119c11〕; the verse 「永淪生死海,莫知休息處」—“forever sunk in the sea of birth and death, one knows no place of rest”〔T02 0119c21〕.
- Two poisoned darts · one poisoned dart (Discourse 470)—「譬如士夫身被雙毒箭」—“It is like a man struck in the body by two poisoned darts”〔T02 0120a12〕; 「譬如士夫被一毒箭,不被第二毒箭」—“It is like a man struck by one poisoned dart and not by a second”〔T02 0120a25〕.
- A wild wind in the sky (Discourse 471)—「譬如空中狂風卒起」—“It is like a wild wind suddenly rising in the sky”〔T02 0120b16〕; 「有塵土風、無塵土風、毘濕波風、鞞嵐婆風、薄風、厚風,乃至風輪起風」—“there are dusty winds, dustless winds, viśva winds, vairambha winds, thin winds, thick winds, up to winds that rise from the wind-circle”〔T02 0120b17〕; applied to the Dharma: 「身中受風亦復如是」—“so too the winds of feeling in the body”〔T02 0120b18〕.
- Many kinds of people lodging in a guesthouse (Discourse 472)—「譬如客舍種種人住」—“It is like a guesthouse where many kinds of people lodge”〔T02 0120c09〕; 「若剎利、婆羅門、長者居士、野人獵師、持戒犯戒、在家出家」—“kṣatriyas, brāhmaṇas, householders and laymen, wild folk and hunters, keepers of the precepts and breakers of the precepts, those at home and those gone forth”〔T02 0120c10〕; applied to the Dharma: 「此身亦復如是,種種受生」—“So too this body: various feelings arise”〔T02 0120c11〕.
Verse (Discourse 461)—spoken by the venerable Ānanda, four lines of eight phrases, five characters to the phrase:
「曉了於欲界,色界亦復然,」—“Clearly comprehending the realm of desire, and the realm of form likewise,”〔T02 0118a14〕 「捨一切有餘,得無餘寂滅。」—“relinquishing all that remains, one attains stilling without remainder.”〔T02 0118a15〕 「於身和合界,永盡無餘證,」—“The elements joined in this body, realized as ended without remainder,”〔T02 0118a16〕 「三耶三佛說,無憂離垢句。」—“this the Fully Awakened One has taught, the sorrowless, stainless phrase.”〔T02 0118a17〕
Verse (Discourse 462)—spoken by the venerable Ānanda, four lines of eight phrases, five characters to the phrase:
「若色界眾生,及住無色界,」—“Beings of the realm of form, and those who dwell in the formless realm,”〔T02 0118a26〕 「不識滅界者,還復受諸有。」—“not knowing the element of cessation, return again to existence.”〔T02 0118a27〕 「若斷於色界,不住無色界,」—“If one has cut off the realm of form and does not dwell in the formless realm,”〔T02 0118a28〕 「滅界心解脫,永離於生死。」—“with the mind liberated in the element of cessation, one is forever free of birth and death.”〔T02 0118a29〕
Verse (Discourse 463)—spoken by the venerable Ānanda, four lines of eight phrases, five characters to the phrase:
「知從欲界出,超踰於色界,」—“Knowing the escape from the realm of desire, passing beyond the realm of form,”〔T02 0118b09〕 「一切行寂滅,勤修正方便。」—“all formations stilled, striving with right endeavour.”〔T02 0118b10〕 「斷除一切愛,一切行滅盡,」—“Cutting off all craving, all formations ended,”〔T02 0118b11〕 「知一切有餘,不復轉還有。」—“knowing all that remains, one turns no more back into existence.”〔T02 0118b12〕
Verse (Discourse 467)—spoken by the World-Honored One, five lines of ten phrases, five characters to the phrase:
「觀樂作苦想,苦受同劍刺,」—“Seeing pleasure with the notion of suffering, painful feeling as a sword’s thrust,”〔T02 0119b04〕 「於不苦不樂,修無常滅想,」—“toward what is neither painful nor pleasant, cultivating the notion of impermanence and cessation,”〔T02 0119b05〕 「是則為比丘。正見成就者,」—“this is a bhikṣu. One accomplished in right view”〔T02 0119b06〕 「寂滅安樂道,住於最後邊,」—“walks the path of stilling and peace, dwells at the final limit,”〔T02 0119b07〕 「永離諸煩惱,摧伏眾魔軍。」—“forever free of the defilements, crushing the armies of Māra.”〔T02 0119b08〕
Verse (Discourse 468)—spoken by the World-Honored One, eleven lines of twenty-two phrases, five characters to the phrase:
「樂受所受時,則不知樂受,」—“While feeling pleasant feeling, one does not understand pleasant feeling;”〔T02 0119b23〕 「貪使之所使,不見出要道。」—“driven by the fetter of greed, one does not see the path of deliverance.”〔T02 0119b24〕 「苦受所受時,則不知苦受,」—“While feeling painful feeling, one does not understand painful feeling;”〔T02 0119b25〕 「瞋恚使所使,不見出要道。」—“driven by the fetter of hatred, one does not see the path of deliverance.”〔T02 0119b26〕 「不苦不樂受,正覺之所說,」—“Neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, taught by the Perfectly Awakened One—”〔T02 0119b27〕 「不善觀察者,終不度彼岸。」—“one who does not observe it well never crosses to the other shore.”〔T02 0119b28〕 「比丘勤精進,正知不動轉,」—“The bhikṣu strives with vigour, with clear comprehension, unmoving;”〔T02 0119b29〕 「如此一切受,慧者能覺知。」—“all such feelings one who has wisdom is able to know.”〔T02 0119c01〕 「覺知諸受者,現法盡諸漏,」—“One who knows the feelings ends the outflows here and now;”〔T02 0119c02〕 「明智者命終,不墮於眾數。」—“the clear-minded one, at life’s end, is not counted among the many.”〔T02 0119c03〕 「眾數既已斷,永處般涅槃。」—“The count once cut off, one abides forever in final nirvāṇa.”〔T02 0119c04〕
Verse (Discourse 469)—spoken by the World-Honored One, nine lines of eighteen phrases, five characters to the phrase:
「身生諸苦受,逼迫乃至死,」—“When painful feelings arise in the body, pressing even to death,”〔T02 0119c18〕 「憂悲不息忍,號呼發狂亂,」—“grieving without cease, unable to bear it, wailing and growing distraught,”〔T02 0119c19〕 「心自生障礙,招集眾苦增,」—“the mind itself raises an obstruction, gathering many pains that increase;”〔T02 0119c20〕 「永淪生死海,莫知休息處。」—“forever sunk in the sea of birth and death, one knows no place of rest.”〔T02 0119c21〕 「能捨身諸受,身所生苦惱,」—“One who can let go the feelings in the body, the pains and vexations born of the body,”〔T02 0119c22〕 「切迫乃至死,不起憂悲想。」—“pressing hard even to death, gives rise to no thought of grief.”〔T02 0119c23〕 「不啼哭號呼,能自忍眾苦,」—“He does not cry or wail, and can himself bear the many pains;”〔T02 0119c24〕 「心不生障礙,招集眾苦增。」—“the mind raises no obstruction—that obstruction which gathers many pains to increase.”〔T02 0119c25〕 「不淪沒生死,永得安隱處。」—“He does not sink in birth and death, and forever finds a place of peace.”〔T02 0119c26〕
Verse (Discourse 470)—spoken by the World-Honored One, eight lines of sixteen phrases, five characters to the phrase:
「多聞於苦樂,非不受覺知,」—“The learned one, as to pain and pleasure, is not without feeling or knowing;”〔T02 0120b06〕 「彼於凡夫人,其實大有聞。」—“compared with the ordinary person, he has in truth heard much.”〔T02 0120b07〕 「樂受不放逸,苦觸不增憂,」—“In pleasant feeling he is not heedless; meeting painful contact, his sorrow does not grow;”〔T02 0120b08〕 「苦樂二俱捨,不順亦不違。」—“pain and pleasure alike relinquished, neither following nor opposing.”〔T02 0120b09〕 「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動,」—“The bhikṣu strives with skilful means, with right knowledge, unshaken;”〔T02 0120b10〕 「於此一切受,黠慧能了知。」—“all these feelings the wise is able to understand.”〔T02 0120b11〕 「了知諸受故,現法盡諸漏,」—“Because he understands the feelings, he ends the outflows here and now;”〔T02 0120b12〕 「身死不墮數,永處般涅槃。」—“at the body’s death he is not counted, abiding forever in final nirvāṇa.”〔T02 0120b13〕
Verse (Discourse 471)—spoken by the World-Honored One, ten lines of twenty phrases, five characters to the phrase; the last four lines are verbatim the same as the last four lines of the verse of Discourse 470:
「譬如虛空中,種種狂風起,」—“As in the empty sky various wild winds rise,”〔T02 0120b26〕 「東西南北風,四維亦如是。」—“winds from east, west, south, and north, and from the four intermediate directions likewise.”〔T02 0120b27〕 「有塵及無塵,乃至風輪起,」—“With dust and without dust, up to the winds that rise from the wind-circle,”〔T02 0120b28〕 「如是此身中,諸受起亦然。」—“so in this body the arising of feelings is likewise.”〔T02 0120b29〕 「若樂若苦受,及不苦不樂,」—“Pleasant or painful feeling, and neither painful nor pleasant,”〔T02 0120c01〕 「有食與無食,貪著不貪著。」—“carnal and non-carnal, attached and unattached.”〔T02 0120c02〕 「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動,」—“The bhikṣu strives with skilful means, with right knowledge, unshaken;”〔T02 0120c03〕 「於此一切受,黠慧能了知。」—“all these feelings the wise is able to understand.”〔T02 0120c04〕 「了知諸受故,現法盡諸漏,」—“Because he understands the feelings, he ends the outflows here and now;”〔T02 0120c05〕 「身死不墮數,永處般涅槃。」—“at the body’s death he is not counted, abiding forever in final nirvāṇa.”〔T02 0120c06〕
Verse (Discourse 472)—spoken by the World-Honored One, eleven lines of twenty-two phrases, five characters to the phrase; the last six lines have the same words as the last six lines of the verse of Discourse 471, except that at the end of the two phrases 「貪著不貪著」—“attached and unattached” and 「黠慧能了知」—“the wise is able to understand,” Discourse 471 has 「。」—“.” and Discourse 472 has 「,」—“,”:
「譬如客舍中,種種人住止,」—“As in a guesthouse many kinds of people stay,”〔T02 0120c19〕 「剎利婆羅門,長者居士等,」—“kṣatriyas, brāhmaṇas, householders, laymen, and the rest,”〔T02 0120c20〕 「旃陀羅野人,持戒犯戒者,」—“caṇḍālas, wild folk, keepers of the precepts and breakers of the precepts,”〔T02 0120c21〕 「在家出家人,如是等種種,」—“those at home and those gone forth, many kinds such as these,”〔T02 0120c22〕 「此身亦如是。種種諸受生,」—“so too this body. Various feelings arise,”〔T02 0120c23〕 「若樂若苦受,及不苦不樂,」—“pleasant or painful feeling, and neither painful nor pleasant,”〔T02 0120c24〕 「有食與無食,貪著不貪著,」—“carnal and non-carnal, attached and unattached;”〔T02 0120c25〕 「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動,」—“the bhikṣu strives with skilful means, with right knowledge, unshaken;”〔T02 0120c26〕 「於此一切受,黠慧能了知,」—“all these feelings the wise is able to understand;”〔T02 0120c27〕 「了知諸受故,現法盡諸漏,」—“because he understands the feelings, he ends the outflows here and now;”〔T02 0120c28〕 「身死不墮數,永處般涅槃。」—“at the body’s death he is not counted, abiding forever in final nirvāṇa.”〔T02 0120c29〕
Verse (Discourse 473)—spoken by the World-Honored One, six lines of twelve phrases, five characters to the phrase; the last three lines correspond to the latter part of the verses of Discourses 470–472, but 「於此」—“these” reads 「於諸」—“all the,” 「黠慧」—“the wise” reads 「𭶑慧」—“the wise,” and 「了知諸受故」—“because he understands the feelings” reads 「悉知諸受已」—“having fully known the feelings”:
「知諸行無常,皆是變易法,」—“Knowing formations are impermanent, all subject to change,”〔T02 0121a12〕 「故說受悉苦,正覺之所知。」—“therefore he says feeling is all suffering: this the Perfectly Awakened One knows.”〔T02 0121a13〕 「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動,」—“The bhikṣu strives with skilful means, with right knowledge, unshaken;”〔T02 0121a14〕 「於諸一切受,𭶑慧能了知。」—“all the feelings the wise is able to understand.”〔T02 0121a15〕 「悉知諸受已,現法盡諸漏,」—“Having fully known the feelings, he ends the outflows here and now;”〔T02 0121a16〕 「身死不墮數,永處般涅槃。」—“at the body’s death he is not counted, abiding forever in final nirvāṇa.”〔T02 0121a17〕
Fixed formulas:
| Formula | Anchor | Discourse |
|---|---|---|
| 「所說種種界。云何為種種界」—“The various elements that are spoken of—what are the various elements?” | 〔T02 0117c25〕; the same form is also seen at 〔T02 0118a10〕〔T02 0118b04〕 | 460 · 461 · 463 (Discourse 462 reads 「云何名為種種界」—“what are called the various elements?”) |
| 「云何知、云何見我此識身及外境界一切相,得無有我、我所見、我慢繫著使」—“How should one know and how should one see so that in this conscious body of mine and in all the signs of external objects there is no ‘I,’ no view of ‘mine,’ no fetter of conceit that binds and attaches?” | 〔T02 0118c26〕; the same form is also seen at 〔T02 0119a13〕〔T02 0119a24〕〔T02 0119b13〕 | 465–468 |
| 「現法苦住,有苦、有礙、有惱、有熱」—“dwells in suffering here and now, with pain, with obstruction, with vexation, with fever” | 〔T02 0117a27〕 | 458 (the wholesome side reads 「現法樂住,不苦、不礙、不惱、不熱」—“dwells happily here and now, without pain, without obstruction, without vexation, without fever”〔T02 0117b15〕) |
| 「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」—“The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma” | 〔T02 0120a03〕; also seen at 〔T02 0122a05〕 | 470 · 478 |
| 「諦聽,善思,當為汝說」—“Listen closely and consider well; I shall explain it for you” | 〔T02 0118c28〕; also seen at 〔T02 0120a08〕〔T02 0122a07〕 | 465 · 470 · 478 |
| 「比丘勤方便,正智不傾動」—“The bhikṣu strives with skilful means, with right knowledge, unshaken” | 〔T02 0120b10〕; also seen at 〔T02 0120c03〕〔T02 0120c26〕〔T02 0121a14〕 | 470–473 (Discourse 468 reads 「比丘勤精進,正知不動轉」—“The bhikṣu strives with vigour, with clear comprehension, unmoving”〔T02 0119b29〕) |
| 「身死不墮數,永處般涅槃」—“at the body’s death he is not counted, abiding forever in final nirvāṇa” | 〔T02 0120b13〕; also seen at 〔T02 0120c06〕〔T02 0120c29〕〔T02 0121a17〕 | 470–473 |
| 「觸集是受集,觸滅是受滅」—“the origin of contact is the origin of feeling; the cessation of contact is the cessation of feeling” | 〔T02 0121c03〕; also seen at 〔T02 0121c22〕 | 475 · 476 (Discourse 478 reads 「觸集是受集、觸滅是受滅」—“the origin of contact is the origin of feeling, the cessation of contact is the cessation of feeling”) |
| 「若於受愛樂、讚歎、染著、堅住,是名受集道跡」—“If one delights in feeling, praises it, is attached to it, and abides firmly in it, this is called the path leading to the origin of feeling” | 〔T02 0121c04〕; also seen at 〔T02 0121c23〕〔T02 0122a09〕 | 475 · 476 · 478 |
| 「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有」—“My birth is ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know for myself that I shall not receive a later existence” | 〔T02 0122b02〕; also seen at 〔T02 0122b08〕〔T02 0122c16〕〔T02 0122c21〕 | 480 · 481 |
| 「復有二法,名及色」—“There are further two things: name and form” | 〔T02 0124b21〕; also seen at 〔T02 0124c02〕〔T02 0124c13〕〔T02 0124c26〕 | 486–489 |
| 「歡喜隨喜,作禮而去」—“rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, paid homage, and departed” | 〔T02 0118a18〕; also seen at 〔T02 0118a30〕〔T02 0118b13〕 | 461–463 |
Types of question and answer—the questions and answers of this fascicle are of six types: first, bhikṣus ask about conditions and about what is attained (in Discourse 456 a certain bhikṣu asks 「何因緣可知」—“by what condition can they be known,” and the bhikṣus ask again 「以何正受而得」—“by what attainment are they reached”); second, a lay person asks and a disciple answers (in Discourses 460–463 the householder Ghoṣila asks and the venerable Ānanda answers; in Discourse 485 King Bimbisāra asks and the venerable Udāyin answers, and afterwards they go together to the Buddha); third, one question asked in turn in three places (in Discourse 464 the venerable Ānanda asks the Elder, the five hundred bhikṣus, and the Buddha); fourth, one question with four answers (in Discourses 465–468 Rāhula asks the same question, and the Buddha answers four times); fifth, the Buddha asks first and the bhikṣus request him to speak (the request 「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」—“The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma” in Discourses 470 and 478); sixth, the Buddha questions in return (in Discourse 459 he questions the brāhmaṇa in return with 「方便界」—“the element of endeavour,” 「安住界」—“the element of steadfastness,” and the rest). There is besides a discussion between two disciples with no words of the Buddha (Discourse 484).
Repeated patterns—Discourse 458 repeats each of its two unwholesome sides, the perception of desire and the perception of harming, and its two wholesome sides, the perception of deliverance and the perception of non-harming, with the five links ‘perception, desire, thought, fever, quest’; Discourse 460 repeats 「二因緣生識,三事和合生觸」—“from the two as conditions arises consciousness; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact” three times, for the basis of joy, the basis of sorrow, and the basis of equanimity; Discourses 465–468, four discourses, repeat Rāhula’s question; Discourses 471 and 472 each list twenty-one feelings; Discourse 474 lists nine stages on each of its two sides, stilling and quieting; Discourses 475, 476, and 478 repeat the phrases of examining feeling; Discourses 479, 480, and 481 set side by side the two sides, knowing as it really is and not knowing as it really is; Discourse 481 lists in turn, four times, the stilling and the non-stilling of desire, thought, and contact; Discourse 483 has four groups of three each; Discourse 484 repeats 「第一」—“foremost” five times, and repeats 「次第盡諸漏」—“ends the outflows in due order” five times; Discourse 485 lists in turn from one feeling to innumerable feelings; Discourses 486–489, four discourses, list alike from one thing to ten things; Discourse 455 speaks forward and blocks in reverse with the six links ‘not conditioned by … but conditioned by ….’
The carried-over type—Discourse 477, 「如異比丘問經,尊者阿難所問經亦如是」—“As with the discourse asked by a certain bhikṣu, so too with the discourse asked by the venerable Ānanda”〔T02 0121c29〕, does not begin with 「如是我聞」—“Thus have I heard”; it takes the question of the preceding discourse as its question, changing only the one who asks.
The form of the verses—the ten verses of this fascicle all have five characters to the phrase and two phrases to the line; in Discourses 461–463 they come after 「即說偈言」—“then spoke a verse,” and what precedes the verse is the venerable Ānanda’s answer; in Discourses 467–473 they come after 「爾時,世尊即說偈言」—“At that time the World-Honored One spoke a verse,” and what precedes the verse is the Buddha’s prose. The latter parts of the four verses of Discourses 470–473 share one form; the latter part of the verse of Discourse 468 has another form. This fascicle has no summary verse.
Abbreviated groups of phrases and the compilers’ restatements—for the abbreviated texts, see the table of abbreviated texts in the first topic. The lists at the end of Discourses 480 and 455 come after 「佛說此經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse” and 「佛說是經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse,” and are the words of the compilers, not of the Buddha; the list at the end of Discourse 475 also comes after 「佛說此經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse,” yet it has the self-designation 「及我釋迦文佛」—“and I, the Buddha Śākyamuni,” and is the Buddha’s words.
VIII. Citation and Carrying Forward
- Shared words with the Compendium of Topics—the places where the text of the discourses of this fascicle shares words with the Compendium of Topics are listed verbatim in the third, fourth, and sixth topics and in ① of the tenth topic; here only the anchors are listed: 〔T30n1579 0850c15〕〔T30n1579 0850c16〕〔T30n1579 0850c23〕〔T30n1579 0850c24〕〔T30n1579 0850c25〕〔T30n1579 0850c26〕〔T30n1579 0850c27〕〔T30n1579 0850c28〕〔T30n1579 0851a01〕〔T30n1579 0851a03〕〔T30n1579 0851a08〕〔T30n1579 0851a09〕〔T30n1579 0851a12〕〔T30n1579 0851a13〕〔T30n1579 0851a14〕〔T30n1579 0851a15〕〔T30n1579 0851a16〕〔T30n1579 0851a19〕〔T30n1579 0851a20〕〔T30n1579 0851a23〕〔T30n1579 0851a24〕〔T30n1579 0851a25〕〔T30n1579 0851a26〕〔T30n1579 0851a27〕〔T30n1579 0851a28〕〔T30n1579 0851b01〕〔T30n1579 0851b02〕〔T30n1579 0851b05〕〔T30n1579 0851b06〕〔T30n1579 0851b09〕〔T30n1579 0851b12〕〔T30n1579 0851b16〕〔T30n1579 0851b20〕〔T30n1579 0851b21〕〔T30n1579 0851b26〕〔T30n1579 0851b27〕〔T30n1579 0851b28〕〔T30n1579 0851b29〕〔T30n1579 0851c02〕〔T30n1579 0851c07〕〔T30n1579 0851c08〕〔T30n1579 0851c24〕〔T30n1579 0852a05〕〔T30n1579 0852a22〕〔T30n1579 0852a26〕〔T30n1579 0852a28〕〔T30n1579 0852b01〕〔T30n1579 0852b07〕〔T30n1579 0852b08〕〔T30n1579 0852b09〕〔T30n1579 0852b11〕〔T30n1579 0852b13〕〔T30n1579 0852b18〕〔T30n1579 0852b20〕〔T30n1579 0852b21〕〔T30n1579 0852b23〕〔T30n1579 0852b24〕〔T30n1579 0852b28〕〔T30n1579 0852c02〕〔T30n1579 0852c07〕〔T30n1579 0852c13〕〔T30n1579 0852c14〕〔T30n1579 0852c19〕〔T30n1579 0852c21〕〔T30n1579 0852c24〕〔T30n1579 0852c26〕〔T30n1579 0852c27〕〔T30n1579 0852c28〕〔T30n1579 0852c29〕〔T30n1579 0853a01〕〔T30n1579 0853a18〕〔T30n1579 0853b02〕〔T30n1579 0853b11〕.
- Carrying forward of the uddānas—the nine items of the first uddāna, 「自性、與因緣、見、染、數取趣、轉差別、道理、寂靜、後觀察」—“Intrinsic Nature, And Conditions, Seeing, Defilement, The Person, Differences in Turning, The Reasoning, Quiescence, Finally, Examination,” correspond to the positions of Discourses 466–480 of this fascicle, but the treatise follows the order of its gates and the sūtra the order of its discourses: Intrinsic Nature and And Conditions correspond to Discourses 466, 475, 476, and 478; Seeing to Discourse 467; Defilement to Discourses 468 and 470; The Person to Discourse 469; Differences in Turning to Discourses 470, 471, 472, and 483; The Reasoning to Discourses 473 and 474; Quiescence to Discourse 474; Finally, Examination to Discourses 475–480. Of the seven items of the second uddāna, 「受生起、劣等、諸受相差別、見等為最勝、知差別、問、記」—“The Arising of Feeling, Inferior and the Rest, Differences in the Characteristics of Feelings, Seeing and the Rest as Supreme, Knowing the Differences, Questioning, Declaring”: The Arising of Feeling corresponds to Discourse 481; Inferior and the Rest to Discourses 482 and 483; Differences in the Characteristics of Feelings to Discourse 485; Seeing and the Rest as Supreme to Discourse 484; Knowing the Differences to Discourses 486–489; Questioning to Discourse 459 (for reference); for Declaring, the text of the discourses of this fascicle has no shared words.
- Carrying forward within the fascicle (only shared forms are recorded)—Discourses 460–463 form one group, all arising from the question of the householder Ghoṣila, and Discourses 461–463 all close with 「歡喜隨喜,作禮而去」—“rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, paid homage, and departed.” Discourses 465–468 form one group, all arising from Rāhula’s question, and Discourses 465 and 468 both close with 「究竟苦邊」—“reaching the utter end of suffering.” Discourses 469–473 form one group, all speaking verses on how the ordinary person and the noble one feel pain or how feelings arise; the latter parts of the four verses of Discourses 470–473 share one form. Discourses 475–480 form one group, all using the phrases feeling, the origin of feeling, the cessation of feeling, and the rest; Discourse 477 carries on from the preceding discourse with 「如異比丘問經」—“As with the discourse asked by a certain bhikṣu.” Discourses 486–489 form one group, all listing from one thing to ten things; in Discourse 489, for 「由食存」—“subsist by nutriment”〔T02 0124c25〕 the three editions read 「由食而存」—“subsist by nutriment” (see the ninth topic). Discourse 455, with Discourses 456–459, takes 「界」—“element” as its theme, and stands after the closing title.
- Beyond this fascicle—in Discourse 457 the bhikṣu Vakkalin’s question takes up 「如我先說」—“as I said before”〔T02 0117a17〕, which points to the udāna phrase earlier in the same discourse; in Discourse 464 the answers of the five hundred bhikṣus and of the World-Honored One, 「如上座所說」—“as the Elder has said” and 「如五百比丘所說」—“as the five hundred bhikṣus have said,” both point to the earlier part of the same discourse; what Discourse 477 carries on from is the preceding discourse. No discourse outside the fascicle is pointed to.
IX. Placement Among the Recensions
The Taishō collation notes for this fascicle come to fifty-seven variant readings in all (【大】 = the original Taishō printing; 【宋】【元】【明】 = the three editions, abbreviated 【三】 in the Taishō notes; current reading = the character adopted in the current transcription; 「無」—“lacks it” = that edition lacks the character; recorded together, without adjudication; nos. 005, 013, 014, 018, 022, 023, 024, 047, and 057, nine in all, are rows of revision in the current edition, not original Taishō notes):
| No. | Anchor | Current reading | Variant readings |
|---|---|---|---|
| 001 | 0116c11 | 品 (chapter) | 【宋】【元】無 (lack it) |
| 002 | 0116c22 | 內 (the inner) | 【元】【明】內空 (inner space) |
| 003 | 0116c29 | 有 (existence) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it) |
| 004 | 0117a05 | 陰 (shade) | 【宋】【元】【明】蔭 (shade, another character) |
| 005 | 0117a07 | 下 (inferior) | 【大】不 (not) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note) |
| 006 | 0117a12 | 勝 (superior) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it) |
| 007 | 0117a19 | 此 (this) | 【宋】【元】【明】是 (this, another word) |
| 008 | 0117b12 | 有 (there is) | 【宋】【元】【明】為 (is) |
| 009 | 0117c06 | 非 (not) | 【宋】【元】【明】不 (not, another word) |
| 010 | 0117c07 | 生 (beings) | 【宋】【元】【明】生生 (the character doubled) |
| 011 | 0118b06 | 種 (kinds) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it) |
| 012 | 0118c23 | 此 (this) | 【宋】【元】【明】是 (this, another word) |
| 013 | 0119a08 | 轉 (turning away) | 【大】縛 (binding) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note) |
| 014 | 0119a08 | (none) | 【大】斷諸愛 (cutting off cravings) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note) |
| 015 | 0119a08 | 正 (rightly) | 【元】【明】止 (stopping) |
| 016 | 0119a16 | 轉 (turn) | 【宋】【元】【明】觸 (contact) |
| 017 | 0119b13 | 坐 (sat) | 【宋】【元】【明】住 (stood) |
| 018 | 0119b21 | 轉 (turning away) | 【大】縛 (binding) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note) |
| 019 | 0119c14 | 溺 (drowned) | 【宋】漏 (outflow) |
| 020 | 0120a01 | 苦 (painful) | 【宋】【元】【明】苦受 (painful feeling) |
| 021 | 0120a02 | 苦 (painful) | 【宋】【元】【明】苦受 (painful feeling) |
| 022 | 0120a24 | 悲 (lamenting) | 【大】無 (lacks it) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note) |
| 023 | 0120b01 | 味 (gratification) | 【大】昧 (obscure) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note) |
| 024 | 0120c10 | (none) | 【大】[04] (a note mark) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note) |
| 025 | 0121a17 | 身死不墮 (at the body’s death does not fall) | 【宋】【元】【明】死不墮於 (at death does not fall into) |
| 026 | 0121a27 | 故 (because) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it) |
| 027 | 0121b13 | 想 (perception) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it) |
| 028 | 0121b24 | 此 (this) | 【宋】【元】【明】是 (this, another word) |
| 029 | 0121c08 | 此 (this) | 【宋】【元】是 (this, another word) |
| 030 | 0121c18 | 禮 (bowed) | 【宋】【元】【明】佛 (the Buddha) |
| 031 | 0121c25 | 喜 (joy) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it) |
| 032 | 0122a05 | 言 (said) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it) |
| 033 | 0122a06 | 唯 (may) | 【宋】【元】【明】惟 (a variant form) |
| 034 | 0122a11 | 樂喜 (pleasure and joy) | 【宋】【元】【明】喜樂 (the two characters reversed) |
| 035 | 0122a13 | 此 (this) | 【宋】【元】【明】是 (this, another word) |
| 036 | 0122a24 | 此 (this) | 【宋】【元】【明】是 (this, another word) |
| 037 | 0122b02 | 現 (here and now) | 【宋】【元】【明】非現 (not here and now) |
| 038 | 0122b09 | 此 (this) | 【宋】【元】【明】是 (this, another word) |
| 039 | 0122b19 | 禪法 (meditation) | 【宋】【元】【明】諸禪 (the meditations) |
| 040 | 0122b20 | 惟 (reflect) | 【宋】唯 (a variant form) |
| 041 | 0122c10 | 緣 (condition) | 【宋】【元】【明】緣故 (because of the condition) |
| 042 | 0122c16 | 現 (here and now) | 【宋】【元】【明】非現 (not here and now) |
| 043 | 0123a07 | 勤 (diligent) | 【宋】【元】【明】進 (vigorous) |
| 044 | 0123a12 | 中 (within) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it) |
| 045 | 0123a22 | 此 (this) | 【宋】【元】【明】是 (this, another word) |
| 046 | 0123c14 | 作 (made) | 【宋】【元】【明】所 (what) |
| 047 | 0123c16 | 聞 (heard) | 【大】問 (asked) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note) |
| 048 | 0123c23 | 瓶沙 (Bimbisāra) | 【宋】五山 (five mountains) |
| 049 | 0123c27 | 正 (just) | 【宋】政 (a graphic variant) |
| 050 | 0124a01 | 共 (together) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it) |
| 051 | 0124a04 | 故 (therefore) | 【宋】【元】【明】欲 (wish) |
| 052 | 0124a21 | 比 (in like manner) | 【宋】【元】【明】比丘 (bhikṣu) |
| 053 | 0124a24 | 義 (meaning) | 【宋】議 (discussion) |
| 054 | 0124b02 | 眾 (beings) | 【宋】【元】【明】若眾 (if beings) |
| 055 | 0124b13 | 應 (should) | 【宋】【元】【明】然 (so) |
| 056 | 0124c26 | 食 (nutriment) | 【宋】【元】【明】食而 (nutriment, with a connecting particle) |
| 057 | 0125a15 | (none) | 【大】非 (not) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note) |
The position of Discourse 455—at the head of Discourse 455 the Taishō note reads 「S. 14. 7-10. Saññā &c. 本經【三】在當卷初」—“S. 14. 7-10. Saññā &c. In 【三】 this discourse stands at the beginning of the fascicle,” 0125a06, and again 「本經【宋】【元】【明】在當卷初」—“In 【宋】【元】【明】 this discourse stands at the beginning of the fascicle,” 0125a06; at the head of Discourse 456: 「如是前宋元明俱有(如是乃至亦如是說)三百四十八字卷末出之」—“The Song, Yuan, and Ming editions all have the preceding (from ‘Thus’ up to ‘is to be spoken in the same way’), three hundred and forty-eight characters, which appear at the end of the fascicle,” 0116c12. That is, in the three editions Discourse 455 stands at the head of the fascicle, before Discourse 456, while in the current base text it stands at the end of the fascicle, after the closing title. Recorded together, without adjudication; the plain rendering follows the current order.
Twelve matters worth recording (recorded together, without adjudication):
- The chapter title at the head of the fascicle (no. 001)—in 「雜因誦第三品之五」—“the fifth of the third chapter of the Recitation on Miscellaneous Causes,” the 「品」—“chapter” (0116c11): 【宋】【元】 lack it.
- Readings in Discourse 456 (nos. 002 · 003)—in 「緣內故可知」—“is known in dependence on the inner,” the 「內」—“inner” (0116c22): 【元】【明】 read 內空 (inner space), that is, they read ‘is known in dependence on inner space’; in 「第一有正受」—“the attainment of the summit of existence,” the 「有」—“existence” (0116c29): the three editions lack it, that is, the three editions read ‘the foremost attainment.’ The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Readings in Discourse 457 (nos. 004–007)—in 「於講堂陰中」—“in the shade of the hall,” the 「陰」—“shade” (0117a05): the three editions read 蔭 (shade, another character); in 「緣下界」—“conditioned by an inferior element,” the 「下」—“inferior” (0117a07): 【大】 reads 不 (not), that is, 【大】 reads ‘conditioned by a non-element,’ and the current reading is 下 (inferior) (a row of revision in the current edition); in 「勝受生勝」—“superior rebirth—all of them superior,” the final 「勝」—“superior” (0117a12): the three editions lack it, that is, the three editions read ‘superior rebirth’; in 「佛說此經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse,” the 「此」—“this” (0117a19): the three editions read 是 (this, another word). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Readings in Discourses 458 and 459 (nos. 008–010)—in Discourse 458, in 「云何有因生出要想」—“How does a perception of deliverance arise from a cause?” the 「有」—“there is” (0117b12): the three editions read 為 (is); in Discourse 459, in 「而言我非自作」—“and yet you say that I am not self-made,” the 「非」—“not” (0117c06): the three editions read 不 (not, another word); in the line of 「眾生為自作」—“beings are self-made,” the 「生」—“beings” (0117c07): the three editions read 生生 (the character doubled). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Reading in Discourse 463 (no. 011)—in 「謂三種出界」—“namely, the three kinds of element of escape,” the 「種」—“kinds” (0118b06): the three editions lack it, that is, the three editions read ‘namely, the three elements of escape,’ the same as 「是名三出界」—“these are called the three elements of escape” in the same discourse. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Readings in Discourse 465 (nos. 013–015)—the line 「是名斷愛,轉諸結,正慢無間等」—“this is called cutting off craving, turning away the bonds, rightly attaining unbroken comprehension of conceit” (0119a08): for 「轉」—“turning away,” 【大】 reads 縛 (binding), and the current reading is 轉 (turning away) (a row of revision); 【大】 also has four more characters, 「、斷諸愛」—“, cutting off cravings,” which the current reading lacks (a row of revision); in 「正慢」—“rightly … conceit,” for the 「正」—“rightly,” 【元】【明】 read 止 (stopping). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Readings in Discourses 466 and 468 (nos. 016–018)—in Discourse 466, in 「何生、何轉」—“from what are they born, by what do they turn,” the 「轉」—“turn” (0119a16): the three editions read 觸 (contact); in Discourse 468, in 「退坐一面」—“withdrew and sat to one side,” the 「坐」—“sat” (0119b13): the three editions read 住 (stood); in 「轉去諸結」—“turning away the bonds,” the 「轉」—“turning” (0119b21): 【大】 reads 縛 (binding), and the current reading is 轉 (turning) (a row of revision). In both places, Discourses 465 and 468, 【大】 reads 縛 (binding) for 「轉」—“turning.” The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Readings in Discourses 469 and 470 (nos. 019–023)—in Discourse 469, in 「長淪沒溺」—“long sunk and drowned,” the 「溺」—“drowned” (0119c14): 【宋】 reads 漏 (outflow); in Discourse 470, in the two places of 「生苦樂受」—“gives rise to painful and pleasant feelings,” the 「苦」—“painful” (0120a01 · 0120a02): the three editions read 苦受 (painful feeling); in 「憂悲稱怨」—“grieving and lamenting, crying out,” the 「悲」—“lamenting” (0120a24): 【大】 lacks it, and the current reading has it (a row of revision); in 「集、滅、味、患、離」—“origin, cessation, gratification, danger, escape,” the 「味」—“gratification” (0120b01): 【大】 reads 昧 (obscure), and the current reading is 味 (gratification) (a row of revision). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Readings in Discourses 472, 473, and 474 (nos. 024–027)—in the line 「若剎利」—“kṣatriyas” (0120c10) of the prose before the verse of Discourse 472, 【大】 has the note mark 「[04]」—“[04],” which the current reading deletes (a row of revision); in the verse of Discourse 473, in 「身死不墮數」—“at the body’s death he is not counted,” for the 「身死不墮」—“at the body’s death he is not” (0121a17), the three editions read 死不墮於 (at death does not fall into), that is, the three editions read ‘at death he does not fall into the count’; in Discourse 474, in 「一切行無常故」—“because all formations are impermanent,” the 「故」—“because” (0121a27): the three editions lack it; in 「空入處想止息」—“the perception of the sphere of space is quieted,” the 「想」—“perception” (0121b13): the three editions lack it. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Readings in Discourses 476 and 478 (nos. 030–034)—in Discourse 476, in 「稽首禮足」—“bowed his head at his feet,” the 「禮」—“bowed” (0121c18): the three editions read 佛 (the Buddha); in 「生樂喜」—“pleasure and joy arise,” the 「喜」—“joy” (0121c25): the three editions lack it; in Discourse 478, in 「白佛言」—“said to the Buddha,” the 「言」—“said” (0122a05): the three editions lack it; in 「唯願」—“may you,” the 「唯」—“may” (0122a06): the three editions read 惟 (a variant form); in 「生樂喜」—“pleasure and joy arise,” the 「樂喜」—“pleasure and joy” (0122a11): the three editions read 喜樂 (the two characters reversed). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Readings in Discourses 480 and 481 (nos. 037 · 039 · 041 · 042)—on the side of not knowing as it really is in Discourses 480 and 481, in 「現法自知作證」—“realizes for himself here and now,” the 「現」—“here and now” (0122b02 · 0122c16): the three editions read 非現 (not here and now) in both places, that is, the three editions read ‘does not realize for himself here and now’; in Discourse 481, for 「禪法」—“meditation” (0122b19), the three editions read 諸禪 (the meditations); in 「是名不寂滅因緣」—“this is called the condition of non-stilling,” the 「緣」—“condition” (0122c10): the three editions read 緣故 (because of the condition). The plain rendering follows the current reading 「現法自知作證」—“realizes for himself here and now,” and an inline note records that before 「現」—“here and now” the three editions have 「非」—“not”; it does not supply the character following the three editions.
- Readings in Discourses 482, 484, 485, 489, and 455 (nos. 043 · 044 · 046–057)—in Discourse 482, in 「當精勤」—“should be diligent,” the 「勤」—“diligent” (0123a07): the three editions read 進 (vigorous); in 「如來大眾中」—“within the Tathāgata’s great assembly,” the 「中」—“within” (0123a12): the three editions lack it; in Discourse 484, in 「我作方便」—“I made endeavour,” the 「作」—“made” (0123c14): the three editions read 所 (what); in 「如其所聞」—“as one has heard,” the 「聞」—“heard” (0123c16): 【大】 reads 問 (asked), and the current reading is 聞 (heard) (a row of revision); in Discourse 485, for 「瓶沙」—“Bimbisāra” (0123c23), 【宋】 reads 五山 (five mountains); in 「正應有二受」—“there should be just two feelings,” the 「正」—“just” (0123c27): 【宋】 reads 政 (a graphic variant); in 「俱共詣佛所」—“went together to where the Buddha was,” the 「共」—“together” (0124a01): the three editions lack it; in 「今故共來」—“now we have therefore come together,” the 「故」—“therefore” (0124a04): the three editions read 欲 (wish); in 「比如是無量名說」—“in like manner, thus innumerable are spoken of by name,” the 「比」—“in like manner” (0124a21): the three editions read 比丘 (bhikṣu); in 「真實之義」—“the true meaning,” the 「義」—“meaning” (0124a24): 【宋】 reads 議 (discussion); in 「眾生依此初禪」—“beings, relying on this first dhyāna,” the 「眾」—“beings” (0124b02): the three editions read 若眾 (if beings); in 「此所不應」—“this should not be,” the 「應」—“should” (0124b13): the three editions read 然 (so); in Discourse 489, in 「由食存」—“subsist by nutriment,” the 「食」—“nutriment” (0124c26): the three editions read 食而 (nutriment, with a connecting particle), that is, the three editions, like Discourses 486–488, read ‘subsist by nutriment’; in Discourse 455, in the line 「非緣眼想生眼觸」—“not conditioned by eye-perception does eye-contact arise” (0125a15), 【大】 has one more 「非」—“not,” which the current reading lacks (a row of revision). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
Punctuation: before 「如此諸界,何因緣可知」—“these elements—by what condition can they be known?”〔T02 0116c19〕 in Discourse 456, the base text uses 「。」—“.” to close 「滅界」—“the element of cessation”; copied as it stands. In Discourse 457, in 「如是中。如是勝界」—“So with the middling. So with the superior element”〔T02 0117a10〕, the base text uses 「。」—“.” to close 「中」—“the middling”; the plain rendering has ‘So too with the middling element,’ following its abbreviation. In Discourse 458 the base text opens each paragraph with an opening quotation mark and does not close it (the five paragraphs from 「云何因生欲想」—“How does a perception of desire arise from a cause?” onward); the plain rendering closes them paragraph by paragraph. In Discourses 473 and 474 the base text puts the thought in outer quotation marks and the bhikṣu’s restatement to the Buddha in inner quotation marks; the plain rendering introduces it with a colon and adds no inner quotation marks. In Discourses 480 and 481 the base text puts ‘My birth is ended…’ in inner quotation marks; the plain rendering introduces it with a colon. In Discourse 485 the base text puts 「莫作是言:『世尊說三受——樂受、苦受、不苦不樂受。』」—“Do not say this: ‘The World-Honored One teaches three feelings—pleasant feeling, painful feeling, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling.’” in inner quotation marks; the plain rendering introduces it with a colon. In Discourse 470 the base text has 「佛告諸比丘」—“The Buddha said to the bhikṣus” twice in succession (〔T02 0120a05〕〔T02 0120a08〕); copied as it stands.
Gaiji: the present transcription of this fascicle has no character of the private-use area; it has one character of the extension F area, 「𭶑」—“wise” (in the verse of Discourse 473, 「𭶑慧能了知」—“the wise is able to understand”〔T02 0121a15〕), copied as it stands without change; in the same position Discourses 470–472 read 「黠慧」—“the wise.”
Interlinear notes: none in this fascicle.
The line form of the verses: ten verses; in the base text each line is of two phrases, seventy-two lines in all (anchors line by line in the seventh topic); at the head of the first line stands the opening quotation mark, and at the end of the last line the closing mark. Whether the 「即說偈言」—“then spoke a verse” before the verses of Discourses 461–463 stands on the same line as the answer or on a separate line follows the line order of the base text. The plain rendering records them all in verse form, each line of two phrases.
X. Mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics, Saṃyutta Coordinates, and Variants of the Alternate Translation
① The mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics (discourse by discourse)—only places where the treatise’s words and the discourse’s words are the same words or the same simile, verbatim, are taken as established, and one sentence of the treatise is cited for each; where the sense is close but the treatise lacks the words, it is passed over with one sentence in present-day language and marked 〔correspondence of meaning; no shared words in the treatise〕; where the treatise and the discourse share words but, by the method of correspondence, it is listed only for reference, it is marked 〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕. The names of the items of the treatise’s uddāna are appended after the discourse numbers, as readings (first topic).
| Discourse | Mātṛkā (verbatim) | Anchor | Shared words |
|---|---|---|---|
| 456 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | — |
| 457 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | — |
| 458 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | — |
| 459 (Questioning, Declaring · for reference) | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「應反詰云:汝問何業」—“one should question in return, saying: about what action do you ask?”〔T30n1579 0853b02〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕 | 0853b02 | 問 (question) |
| 460 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | — |
| 461 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | — |
| 462 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | — |
| 463 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | — |
| 464 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | — |
| 465 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | — |
| 466 (Intrinsic Nature, And Conditions) | 「略說三受,是受自性」—“The three feelings, briefly stated, are the intrinsic nature of feeling”〔T30n1579 0850c23〕 | 0850c23 | 三受·觸 (the three feelings · contact) |
| 467 (Seeing) | 「由此應觀樂受為苦」—“therefore pleasant feeling should be seen as suffering”〔T30n1579 0850c25〕 | 0850c25 | 樂受·苦受·無常·正見 (pleasant feeling · painful feeling · impermanence · right view) (the sūtra 「劍刺」—“a sword’s thrust,” the treatise 「箭」—“a dart”; the words differ) |
| 468 (Defilement) | 「於樂受中有貪隨眠,於苦受中有瞋隨眠,於非苦樂無明隨眠」—“in pleasant feeling there is the latent tendency of greed, in painful feeling the latent tendency of hatred, in what is neither painful nor pleasant the latent tendency of ignorance”〔T30n1579 0851a03〕 | 0851a03 | 樂受·苦受·貪·瞋·修梵行 (pleasant feeling · painful feeling · greed · hatred · practise pure conduct) (the sūtra 「使」—“fetter,” the treatise 「隨眠」—“latent tendency”; the words differ) |
| 469 (The Person) | 「是故名為現見圓滿冥闇受坑,難得其底」—“therefore it is called the dark pit of feeling, plainly seen and complete, whose bottom is hard to reach”〔T30n1579 0851a12〕 | 0851a12 | 受·苦 (feeling · pain) (the sūtra 「大海極深嶮處」—“the deepest abyss of the great ocean,” the treatise 「冥闇受坑」—“the dark pit of feeling”; the words differ) |
| 470 (Differences in Turning) | 「猶如一人中二毒箭」—“like a man struck by two poisoned darts”〔T30n1579 0851a15〕 | 0851a15 | 毒箭 (poisoned dart) (the sūtra 「雙毒箭」—“two poisoned darts,” the treatise 「二毒箭」—“two poisoned darts”) |
| 471 (Differences in Turning) | 「應觀此受猶若旋風」—“this feeling should be seen as like a whirlwind”〔T30n1579 0851a23〕 | 0851a23 | 風·受 (wind · feeling) (the sūtra 「狂風」—“a wild wind,” the treatise 「旋風」—“a whirlwind”; the words differ) |
| 472 (Differences in Turning) | 「應觀此受如客舍中羇旅色類」—“this feeling should be seen as like the kinds of travellers in a guesthouse”〔T30n1579 0851a24〕 | 0851a24 | 客舍·受 (guesthouse · feeling) |
| 473 (The Reasoning) | 「由此道理,當知諸受皆悉是苦」—“by this reasoning, it should be known that all feelings are suffering”〔T30n1579 0851b05〕 | 0851b05 | 無常·皆悉是苦 (impermanent · are all suffering) (the sūtra 「變易法」—“subject to change,” the treatise 「變壞法」—“subject to decay”; the words differ) |
| 474 (The Reasoning · Quiescence) | 「當知此中,暫時不行,名為寂靜;令其究竟成不行法,名為止息」—“It should be known that here, ceasing to operate for a time is called quiescence; making them finally become things that do not operate is called quieting”〔T30n1579 0851b09〕 | 0851b09 | 止息·言語·解脫 (quieting · speech · liberated) (the sūtra 「寂滅」—“stilling,” the treatise 「寂靜」—“quiescence”; the words differ) |
| 475 (Intrinsic Nature, And Conditions · Finally, Examination) | 「又由七行,於諸受中觀受七相」—“Further, by seven modes one examines seven aspects of feeling among the feelings”〔T30n1579 0851b20〕 | 0851b20 | 受·觀 (feeling · examine) (the sūtra eight phrases, the treatise seven aspects; the numbers differ) |
| 476 (the same) | 「又由七行,於諸受中觀受七相」—“Further, by seven modes one examines seven aspects of feeling among the feelings”〔T30n1579 0851b20〕 | 0851b20 | 受·觀 (feeling · examine) |
| 477 | Carried from the preceding discourse; the mātṛkā is the same as for the preceding discourse | — | — |
| 478 (the same) | 「三品類觸,是受因緣」—“the three classes of contact are the conditions of feeling”〔T30n1579 0850c24〕 | 0850c24 | 三受·觸 (the three feelings · contact) |
| 479 (Finally, Examination) | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; the passage on examining feeling, 「又由七行,於諸受中觀受七相」—“Further, by seven modes one examines seven aspects of feeling among the feelings”〔T30n1579 0851b20〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕 | 0851b20 | 受 (feeling) |
| 480 (Finally, Examination) | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; 「於第一義諸沙門中,許為沙門;諸梵志中,許為梵志」—“among ascetics in the highest sense, accepted as an ascetic; among brahmins, accepted as a brahmin”〔T30n1579 0852a28〕〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕 | 0852a28 | 沙門 (ascetic) (the sūtra 「婆羅門」—“brāhmaṇa,” the treatise 「梵志」—“brahmin”; the words differ) |
| 481 (The Arising of Feeling) | 「一者、欲緣,謂於未來世。二者、尋緣,謂於過去世。三者、觸緣,謂於現在世現前境界」—“first, the condition of desire, namely regarding the future; second, the condition of reflection, namely regarding the past; third, the condition of contact, namely regarding the objects present before one in the present”〔T30n1579 0851b29〕 | 0851b29 | 欲·觸·緣·邪見·正見·沙門 (desire · contact · condition · wrong view · right view · ascetic) (the sūtra 「覺」—“thought,” the treatise 「尋」—“reflection”; the words differ) |
| 482 (Inferior and the Rest) | 「復次,於遠離喜身作證住諸聖弟子,能斷五法,能修五法令得圓滿」—“Further, the noble disciples who dwell having realized with the body the joy of seclusion can abandon five things and can cultivate five things to fulfilment”〔T30n1579 0852b07〕 | 0852b07 | 遠離·喜·身作證·聖弟子·五法 (seclusion · joy · realizing with the body · noble disciple · five things) |
| 483 (Differences in Turning · Inferior and the Rest) | 「又喜樂捨劣中勝品,謂在欲界及四靜慮」—“Further, joy, happiness, and equanimity in inferior, middling, and superior grades, namely in the realm of desire and the four meditations”〔T30n1579 0852b09〕 | 0852b09 | 喜·樂·捨 (joy · happiness · equanimity) (the sūtra 「有食」—“carnal,” 「無食」—“non-carnal,” and 「無食無食」—“beyond the non-carnal,” the treatise 「劣中勝品」—“inferior, middling, and superior grades”; the words differ) |
| 484 (Seeing and the Rest as Supreme) | 「當知此見名最勝見,乃至此有名最勝有」—“it should be known that this seeing is called the supreme seeing, up to this existence is called the supreme existence”〔T30n1579 0852c14〕 | 0852c14 | 見·聞·樂·想·有·諸漏 (seeing · hearing · happiness · perception · existence · the outflows) (the sūtra 「第一」—“foremost,” the treatise 「最勝」—“supreme”; the words differ) |
| 485 (Differences in the Characteristics of Feelings) | 「受唯有二,一、苦、二、樂」—“feeling is only of two kinds: first, painful; second, pleasant”〔T30n1579 0852b18〕 | 0852b18 | 二·苦·樂·想受滅·受樂 (two · painful · pleasant · the cessation of perception and feeling · the happiness of feeling) (the sūtra 「欲受、離欲受」—“feeling of desire, feeling free of desire,” the treatise 「欲樂及遠離樂」—“the happiness of desire and the happiness of seclusion”; the words differ) |
| 486 (Knowing the Differences) | 「於諸漏盡能隨得者,謂於集諦得勝解脫」—“attaining the ending of the outflows means attaining superior liberation with regard to the truth of origin”〔T30n1579 0852c27〕 | 0852c27 | 漏盡·厭·離 (ending of the outflows · weariness · parting) |
| 487 (Knowing the Differences) | 「正於苦邊能隨得者,謂於苦諦得遍解脫」—“attaining rightly the end of suffering means attaining full liberation with regard to the truth of suffering”〔T30n1579 0852c26〕 | 0852c26 | 苦邊·解脫 (end of suffering · liberation) |
| 488 (Knowing the Differences) | 「於無常等隨觀住者,謂於道諦能正修習」—“dwelling contemplating impermanence and the rest means rightly cultivating the truth of the path”〔T30n1579 0852c29〕 | 0852c29 | 無常·漏盡 (impermanence · ending of the outflows) |
| 489 (Knowing the Differences) | 「正於苦邊能隨得者,謂於苦諦得遍解脫」—“attaining rightly the end of suffering means attaining full liberation with regard to the truth of suffering”〔T30n1579 0852c26〕 | 0852c26 | 苦邊·無常·解脫 (end of suffering · impermanence · liberation) |
| 455 | No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse | — | — |
② Saṃyutta coordinates (discourse by discourse · only the original Taishō notes recorded):
| Discourse | Taishō note (verbatim) | Anchor |
|---|---|---|
| 456 | 「S. 14. 11. Sattimā.」 | 0116c12 |
| 457 | 「S. 14. 13. Giñjakāvasatha.」 | 0117a03 |
| 458 | — | — |
| 459 | — | — |
| 460 | 「S. 35. 129. Ghosita.」 | 0117c23 |
| 461 | — | — |
| 462 | — | — |
| 463 | — | — |
| 464 | — | — |
| 465 | 「S. 18. 21. Anusaya.」 | 0118c24 |
| 466 | 「S. 36. 10. Phassamūlaka.」 | 0119a11 |
| 467 | 「S. 36. 5. Daṭṭhabbena.」 | 0119a22 |
| 468 | 「S. 36. 3. Pahānena.」 | 0119b11 |
| 469 | 「S. 36. 4. Pātāla.」 | 0119c07 |
| 470 | 「S. 36. 6. Sallattena.」 | 0119c28 |
| 471 | 「S. 36. 12- 3. Ākāsa.」 (so in the original Taishō note; the current collated text reads 「S. 36. 12-13. Ākāsa.」) | 0120b15 |
| 472 | 「S. 36. 14. Agāra.」 | 0120c08 |
| 473 | 「S. 36. 1. Samādhi.」 | 0121a02 |
| 474 | 「S. 36. 15-16. Santaka.」 | 0121a19 |
| 475 | 「S. 36. 24. Pubbeññāṇa.」 | 0121b26 |
| 476 | 「S. 36. 11. Rahogataka.」 | 0121c13 |
| 477 | — | — |
| 478 | 「S. 36. 25. Bhikkhu.」 | 0122a02 |
| 479 | — | — |
| 480 | 「S. 36. 26-28. Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā.」 | 0122a26 |
| 481 | — | — |
| 482 | — | — |
| 483 | 「S. 36. 29. Nirāmisa.」 | 0123a23 |
| 484 | — | — |
| 485 | 「S. 35. 193. Udāyi.」 | 0123c21 |
| 486 | — | — |
| 487 | — | — |
| 488 | — | — |
| 489 | — | — |
| 455 | 「S. 14. 7-10. Saññā &c. 本經【三】在當卷初」 | 0125a06 |
Twenty S. coordinates; fifteen discourses have no S. coordinate: Discourses 458, 459, 461, 462, 463, 464, 477, 479, 481, 482, 484, 486, 487, 488, and 489.
Taishō notes other than S. coordinates (copied verbatim, not translated): Discourse 458 「A. VI. 39. Nidāna.」 (0117a21); Discourse 459 「A. VI. 38. Attakārī.」 (0117c02); Discourse 482 「A. V. 176. Pīti.」 (0122c24); Discourse 484 「A. V. 170. Bhaddaji.」 (0123b20).
Taishō notes on transcription (copied verbatim, not translated): Discourse 456 「光界…有滅界 Ābhādhātu, subhadh°, ākāsānañcāyatanadh°, viññaṇañcāyatanadh°, ākincaññāyatanadh°, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadh°, saññāvedayitanirodhad°.」 (0116c13); Discourse 460 「Kosambī.」 (0117c23), 「瞿師羅 Ghosita.」 (0117c23); Discourse 465 「Rāhula.」 (0118c25); Discourse 484 「跋陀羅 Bhaddaji.」 (0123b21); Discourse 485 「瓶沙王 Pañcakaṅga.」 (0123c22), 「優陀夷 Udāyi.」 (0123c22).
③ Variants of the Alternate Translation: no parallel discourse is found in the Alternate Translation (see the second topic). The similes and proper names of the discourses that appear in the Compendium of Topics have been listed in the third and sixth topics; the rest—the element of light · the element of purity · the udāna phrase · Vakkalin · the great fire in the wilderness · the element of endeavour · Ghoṣila · the elder named Elder · the five hundred bhikṣus · Rāhula · the earth element · the sword’s thrust · the great ocean · the many kinds of people in the guesthouse · Vipaśyin · Śikhin · Viśvabhū · Krakucchanda · Kanakamuni · Kāśyapa · Śākyamuni · Icchānaṅgala · poṣadha · Anāthapiṇḍada · Śāriputra · Bhadra · Brahmā · King Bimbisāra · Udāyin · the four kinds of happiness · name and form · the seven stations of consciousness · the nine abodes of beings · the ten courses of action—are not found in the words of the corresponding passages of the treatise〔not found: each word was searched verbatim through the whole span of the gates of the feelings in the Compendium of Topics (fascicle 96 of the treatise), and was not found〕.